Read Elvis with its analysis


See Full Analysis here



Scene 1 -  Colonel Parker's Dilemma: Balancing Elvis' Health and His Fans' Expectations
INT. ORDINARY APT. (VEGAS) - LATE AFTERNOON (1997)

The sun-spotted hand of an old man adjusts a radio dial.

RADIO ANNOUNCER (V.O.)
(on radio)
It's a beautiful jackpot of a day
here in Las Vegas and, you guessed
it, the biggest song of 1997...

The jaunty Euro hit "Macarena!" plays as a frail,
corpulent MAN ascends a ladder and strains to lift a box
marked, "CHRISTMAS CARDS, 1997."

Annoyed by the music, he flicks the dial again: ear-
splitting white noise.

THUD! He crashes onto the floor. CHRISTMAS CARDS are
splayed around him.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
I know what you're thinking... who
the hell is this Colonel fellow?

The man's fleshy, grey face gasping desperately. This is
COLONEL TOM PARKER (87).

We TRACK ACROSS him to the Christmas cards: a portrait of
Elvis, magnificent, king-like, beside the old man
dressed in an ill-fitting Santa suit. An inscription
reads: "Merry Christmas, from Elvis and the Colonel."

SMASH CUT TO:


EXT. LAS VEGAS STRIP - DUSK

SIRENS BLARE! As an AMBULANCE screams through the neon
heart of Sin City, we hear...

RADIO ANNOUNCER (V.O.)
Colonel Tom Parker, legendary
manager of Elvis Presley, has been
rushed to Valley Hospital...


INT. AMBULANCE - CONTINUOUS ACTION

LOOKING DOWN ON: Colonel. Eyes closed. Dead-looking.
MEDICS attempt to revive him.




(CONTINUED)
2.
CONTINUED:

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
There are some who’d make me out
to be the villain of this here
story...


EXT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - DUSK

The ambulance races past the International Hotel.

The CAMERA WHIP PANS TO its towering sign: "THE STAR TREK
EXPERIENCE: BOLDLY GOING WHERE NO MAN HAS GONE BEFORE."

The sign SPINS ON ITS AXIS as we JOURNEY BACK TO the
International of the 1970s. The sign now heralding:
"ELVIS!"


EXT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - PORTE COCHERE - NIGHT (1974)

We STREAM ALONG WITH the ELVIS FANS pouring out of limos
and THROUGH the hotel's glass doors...

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
Who’d say I exploited the boy and
stole all his money...

A CAMERA CREW shoots 16MM FOOTAGE of CROWDS being ushered
through the lobby. QUICK CUTS of every possible
permutation of merchandise being snatched up by the
adoring crowds.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
Trapped him in Vegas and enabled
his drug addiction...


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SERVICE CORRIDOR - NIGHT

SPLASH! We're UNDERWATER. A DROWNED MAN, pale face
obscured by long, black tendrils of hair...


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SHOWROOM - NIGHT

Onstage, a WARM-UP COMEDIAN cracks cheesy gags.


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - CASINO - NIGHT

By a roped-off craps table, a gold trolley stacked high
with chips. A small crowd looks on as a gruff-looking
security guard, RED WEST, ushers in the beige TOM DISKIN.
He leans in to the cigar-puffing silhouette of the
Colonel, whispering in his ear.

(CONTINUED)
3.
CONTINUED:

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
And eventually, when I had
squeezed all I could out of him...


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SERVICE CORRIDOR - NIGHT

SUDDENLY: THE DROWNED MAN is pulled by his hair from a
bucket of ice water! This is ELVIS PRESLEY (38).

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
... I destroyed him.

TILT UP as a still corpulent, but younger, 64-YEAR-OLD
COLONEL enters, brandishing his elephant-headed cane. He
takes in the situation before him.

Elvis has collapsed on the floor. His bodyguards, SONNY
and Red West, hold staff at bay. Childhood friend JERRY
SCHILLING shoots a recriminating glance at the Colonel.

NURSE TISH suppresses panic as DR. NICK holds Elvis’ head
above a bucket of ice water. Everyone looks to Colonel.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
That's right. It was me who killed
Elvis Presley.

Colonel’s steely gaze. A frightening moment of
consideration as we hear...

COLONEL
Now, you listen up real good. The
only thing that matters is that
that man gets on that stage
tonight!

But then, Nurse Tish pipes up courageously.

NURSE TISH
If he was my son...

She glances to a grey-haired man with a pencil mustache
arriving meekly in the shadows. This is VERNON PRESLEY
(57). Elvis’ father.

NURSE TISH
... I’d put him in the hospital.

Suddenly cold, off-handed:

COLONEL
Of course, it’s a Presley
Enterprises decision, Vernon...

All eyes on Vernon.
4.


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SHOWROOM - NIGHT

The comic, running out of gags, stalls for time. The
crowd grows restless at their tables.


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SERVICE CORRIDOR - NIGHT

After an eternity, Vernon mumbles:

VERNON
What can you do for him, Dr. Nick?

Dr. Nick pops open his BAG OF TRICKS. WE GLIMPSE: MEDS,
PILLS, SYRINGES. As Dr. Nick prepares an injection...


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - BACKSTAGE - NIGHT

DUM! DUM! DUM! DUM! A thunderous drum roll...

As now we see IMAGES in the style of A SUPERHERO DONNING
HIS COSTUME: WHITE JUMPSUIT! DIAMOND-ENCRUSTED PRIZE-
FIGHTER BELT! 9MM SLIPPED INTO HIS LEFT BOOT, GOLD PPK
SLIPPED IN HIS RIGHT! CHRISTIAN, JEWISH, AND BUDDHIST
BLING! THE LIGHTNING BOLT NECKLACE ALREADY IN PLACE!!!

AN AMERICAN EAGLE CAPE SPREADS ITS RHINESTONE WINGS!

ELVIS
(sings)
Glory! Glory!!! Halleluuuujah!!!

The eagle turns to REVEAL: Superhero Elvis, reaching for
the final divine notes, spreading his wings up to God...

ELVIS
(sings)
His truuuuth is maaaarching
ooooonnnnn!!!!!!!!

The ballad crescendos! Elvis’ giant band lashes their
instruments. Two gospel choirs: one white, one Black.

ELVIS
(sings)
His truuuuth is maaaarching
ooooonnnnn!!!!!!!!

As the last chords thunder through the night, we GO TO...
5.


EXT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - NIGHT

The Elvis sign has transformed back into "The Star Trek
Experience." With a BEEP, BEEP, we--

JUMP CUT BACK TO:


INT. VALLEY HOSPITAL - COLONEL’S ROOM - NIGHT (1997)

The ‘90s Hilton seen THROUGH the window. Colonel lies in
a hospital bed.

The Colonel jolts upward.

OLD COLONEL
No!... It's not true. I didn't
kill him... I loved him. I didn’t
kill him. But I know who did.

He looks up to the morphine drip. The BEEP, BEEP of the
heart monitor transforms into a MUSICAL PULSE as morphine
snakes down a plastic tube into the Colonel's arm.

OLD COLONEL
It weren’t me...

Colonel slowly pulls back the bedsheets and stands,
taking his IV stand with him. We TRACK ACROSS get well
paraphernalia. A red balloon appears, seemingly part of
the get well gifts. Colonel is drawn toward it.

OLD COLONEL
And it weren’t nothing to do with
what them dirt farmers and
muckrakers wrote up in all them
books.

The beat kicks in, balloon in one hand, IV stand in the
other. He shuffles down the corridor to the music.

OLD COLONEL
Evil manager? I wasn't his
manager! I was his promoter! It
was my job to present him to you.
To sell, package, and make money
in every conceivable way! And I
did!

As he glides down the corridor, a photo of Elvis and
Colonel appears.

OLD COLONEL
Elvis, the showman, and the
Colonel, the snowman.

(CONTINUED)
6.
CONTINUED:

Colonel's elephant-headed cane appears in his hand and he
gestures towards the walls, now collaged with snapshots
of Colonel and Elvis.

OLD COLONEL
There are thousands of photos of
me and my boy...

A collage of a thousand images now sprawls across both
sides of the corridor.

OLD COLONEL
Huddled, plotting, planning, and
whispering! Only I know what we
talked of. I know what was said.

The hospital hallway gives way to a corridor of Elvis
merchandise, packed with stuffed hound dogs, calendars,
buttons, hats and more balloons.

OLD COLONEL
But I never wrote no book. I never
sold my story. I never told the
real story. I never told the truth
about me and my boy. I never
talked...

The Colonel dons a boater hat.

OLD COLONEL
... until now!!

CUT TO a gold curtain rising to reveal: Old Colonel, now
resplendent in a striped blazer, every inch the carnival
barker, miming along to a contemporary, orchestral
version of Elvis' song, "Carnival Time." Colonel sashays
and warbles down a staircase into SPACE.

OLD COLONEL
(miming to Elvis)
Come on kids from eight to eighty
Hey there, mister, bring your lady
There's a big show on the inside
It's carnival time!

He balances on a tightrope above an abstract Vegas Strip.

OLD COLONEL
(miming to Elvis)
Popcorn, peanuts, and cotton candy
Pink lemonade that's dan-dan-dandy
Be a big shot for a dollar.
It's carnival time!



(CONTINUED)
7.
CONTINUED: (2)

Grabbing a bunch of balloons, he glides down off the
tightrope. He spins a roulette wheel, taking us back in
time...

Colonel, now with a stick-and-bindle over his shoulder,
runs along a WIGGLY CARPET that leads to a far-away model
of a 1930s carnival.

OLD COLONEL
As an orphan, I ran away to the
carnival, where I learned my
trade... the snow job.

PUSH IN on a red curtain touting "Tom Parker's Famous
Dancing Chickens."

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
Tom Parker’s Famous Dancing
Chickens!

Curtains fly open to reveal Old Colonel in front of a
stage on which ordinary chickens cluck about. A band
plays side-stage. A group of RUBES watches, intrigued.

OLD COLONEL
Ladies and gentleman, direct from
the deepest jungles of Peru... The
high-kicking chorus line of the
Barnyard Ballet!

CLOSE ON Colonel as he reveals the gas burners, secretly
heating the underside of the stage.

OLD COLONEL
(to camera)
Now then... the snow job! The art
of emptying a rube’s wallet while
leaving them with nothing but a
smile on their face.

As the plates heat up, the chickens appear to dance. The
rubes applaud! A mystical, minor-chord version of
"Carnival Time" begins.

OLD COLONEL
It was also in the carnival that I
learned from the great Madame
Zeena...

Colonel gestures to a caravan and we ZOOM TOWARDS it to
find MADAME ZEENA, a fortune teller gazing down into a
crystal ball.




(CONTINUED)
8.
CONTINUED: (3)

OLD COLONEL
The dark arts of hypnotism,
mentalism, and how to read a man's
greatest flaws and desires.

We see Colonel inside the ball, a backdrop of a European
village behind him. He waves his elephant cane to the
CAMERA, hypnotizing us, and throws cash in the air. As
the cash floats downward, it becomes falling snow.

OLD COLONEL
Of course, any promoter is limited
by the draw of his attraction.

We TRACK ACCROSS posters of the carnival oddities....
MERMAID MONSTER, LOBSTER BOY, ALIGATOR MAN.

OLD COLONEL
I had my acts... the Mermaid
Monster, Lobster Boy...

A young man (the silhouette of Elvis) stands in front of
THE GEEK poster.

OLD COLONEL
But the act that always made the
most snow is the one that excited
the audience with what they truly
feared and desired.

Old Colonel’s sun-spotted claw reaches out towards the
silhouette...

OLD COLONEL
The Geek...

Colonel pulls a lever and suddenly, jackpot on the slot
machine! ‘DING DING DING’ Elvis and Geek heads. Colonel
dances along a HALL OF MIRRORS in which we see
reflections of Elvis.

OLD COLONEL
(miming to Elvis)
Roustabouts are roustabout'n
And there's happy shouts, children
shoutin'
If you've got doubts quit your
doubtin'

We see teddy bears reflected in the mirrors!

OLD COLONEL
(miming to Elvis)
There's thrills...

Hound dogs reflected in the mirrors!
(CONTINUED)
9.
CONTINUED: (4)

OLD COLONEL
(miming to Elvis)
It's spice...

Rows and rows of merchandise fill the mirrors!

OLD COLONEL
It's cheap at half the price!

Colonel sings as he bobs along on his Jamboree cart,
pulled by elephants. Inanimate merchandise comes to life
and marches along behind him! Thanksgiving Day Parade-
style hound dog balloons drift overhead.

OLD COLONEL
(miming to Elvis)
So don't be bashful, buy a ticket
Get the habit never kick it

CUT TO the band back in the ‘Dancing Chickens’ tent, who
pluck along.

OLD COLONEL
(miming to Elvis)
Hear the band there...

CUT TO the dancing chickens.

OLD COLONEL
(shouting at
chickens)
Don't just stand there!

With a gesture of his cane to the audience:

OLD COLONEL
I was an impresario of
astonishment!

Colonel runs up a wiggly carpet to a Carnival.

OLD COLONEL
It's carnival time!!

He hitches a ride on a tremendous Ferris Wheel, swooping
into the sky above the glittering, soft-focused lights of
the midway. Hank Snow's country and western ballad, “Fool
Such As I" softly begins.

OLD COLONEL
My next attraction was in the
country music business. I
partnered with one of its biggest
stars... Hank Snow!


(CONTINUED)
10.
CONTINUED: (5)

The Colonel looks below, where HANK SNOW, a ten-gallon-
hatted diminutive country singer, and his troubadours
perform on a stage at the Carnival.

HANK SNOW
(sings)
Pardon me if I’m sentimental when
we say goodbye...

The country music crowd is delighted.

OLD COLONEL
(miming to Hank Snow)
Now and then, there's a fool such
as I...
(speaking to camera)
Prophetic words. Hank Snow, such a
fool.

Looking on from the wings: an identically-dressed 19-year-
old version of Hank, JIMMIE RODGERS SNOW.

OLD COLONEL
And his hapless son, Jimmie
Rodgers Snow.

An abstract version of Elvis' "That's All Right" begins
to overwhelm the sound of Hank's voice. With the turn of
the Ferris wheel, night becomes day...
Genres: ["Drama","Biography","Musical"]

Summary The scene starts with Colonel Tom Parker struggling to lift a box of Christmas cards in his apartment in 1997, which leads to his hospitalization. The scene then shifts back in time to the International Hotel during Elvis' performances in the 1970s, showing the crowds, merchandise, and backstage preparations. The main conflict in the scene is between Colonel Parker, who wants Elvis to perform, and the other characters who are concerned about Elvis' health. The conflict is resolved when Vernon Presley ultimately decides to let Elvis perform. The scene ends with Elvis' iconic performance, complete with a white jumpsuit, diamond-encrusted prize-fighter belt, and an American eagle cape.
Strengths
  • Innovative storytelling through visual and mimed elements
  • Emotionally resonant themes of truth and redemption
  • Complex and well-developed characters
Weaknesses
  • Some elements may be confusing without prior knowledge of Elvis Presley's history

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to hook the audience with a bold, unconventional framing device that establishes Colonel Tom Parker's voice and the central mystery of his relationship with Elvis. The biggest limiter is the sheer density of visual and narrative information crammed into the opening pages, which risks overwhelming the reader before the story's emotional core can land; tightening the early hospital-to-carnival transition would improve clarity and pacing.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The concept of having the villainous manager narrate his own story from his deathbed, using carnival metaphors and surreal time-jumps, is highly original and immediately distinctive. However, the execution in this first scene is so packed with ideas (ambulance, flashbacks, fantasy sequences, multiple time periods) that the core concept risks feeling more chaotic than focused.

Plot: 5.5

The plot is fragmented across multiple timelines and fantasy sequences, which serves the concept but makes the forward momentum hard to track. The scene establishes a clear inciting incident (Colonel's heart attack) and a central question (did he kill Elvis?), but the plot is more about atmosphere and character introduction than linear progression.

Originality: 8.5

The scene is highly original in its structure (deathbed confession as carnival musical) and voice (the Colonel as unreliable, theatrical narrator). The actions and dialogue feel authentic to the carnival barker archetype, though the Elvis material is familiar.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Colonel Tom Parker is vividly drawn as a manipulative, theatrical, and defensive old man whose voice dominates the scene. Elvis appears only in glimpses (drowned, then superheroic), which teases his character but doesn't develop him yet. The supporting cast (Vernon, Nurse Tish, Dr. Nick) are sketched functionally but not memorably.

Character Changes: 2

The Colonel does not change within this scene—he is established as a fixed, defensive narrator. The scene is about revealing his perspective, not transforming it.

Internal Goal: 7.5

Colonel Tom Parker's internal goal is to control his own legacy—to reframe the narrative of his life from villain to loving promoter, and to absolve himself of guilt before death.

External Goal: 6

Colonel's external goal is to survive his heart attack and tell his story—to literally get out of the hospital bed and perform his confession.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The central conflict is between the Colonel's self-serving narrative and the implied truth of his exploitation of Elvis. There is also immediate conflict in the 1974 corridor scene (Colonel vs. Nurse Tish and Vernon over Elvis's health). The conflict is present but diffused by the fantasy sequences.

Opposition: 6

The opposition the Colonel faces is both external (his failing body, the medics, the judgment of history) and internal (his guilt, his need to control the narrative). The opposition is clear but not yet personified in a single antagonist.

High Stakes: 6.5

The stakes are high—the Colonel's life is ending, and he is about to reveal a truth that could redefine his legacy. However, the stakes feel abstract because the scene focuses more on his carnival past than on immediate consequences.

Story Forward: 5

The scene moves the story forward by establishing the framing device (Colonel's deathbed confession) and the central mystery (his role in Elvis's death). However, much of the runtime is spent on backstory and atmosphere rather than plot progression.

Unpredictability: 8.5

This scene is unpredictable because it opens with a heart attack, then immediately jumps into a surreal, fourth-wall-breaking carnival fantasy narrated by the dying man. The tonal shifts and time jumps defy conventional biopic openings.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene sets up a clash between the Colonel's carnival-barker philosophy ('the snow job'—empty wallets, full smiles) and the implied moral judgment that he exploited and destroyed Elvis. The Colonel's worldview is that promotion is love; the opposing view is that it is predation.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene evokes a mix of pity, fascination, and unease toward the Colonel. The drowning Elvis image and the Colonel's desperate 'I loved him' have emotional weight, but the rapid shifts into whimsical carnival fantasy undercut sustained emotional engagement.

Dialogue: 7.5

The Colonel's voice-over is the scene's strongest element—colloquial, bitter, and carnival-barker rhythmic. The spoken dialogue is sparse but effective (e.g., 'If he was my son... I’d put him in the hospital'). The mimed song lyrics are clever but risk feeling gimmicky if overused.

Engagement: 7.5

This scene is engaging because of its bold, unconventional voice, the mystery of the Colonel's guilt, and the vivid carnival imagery. The reader wants to know what he will confess and how the story will unfold.

Pacing: 5.5

The pacing is uneven—the opening hospital sequence is tense and grounded, but the extended carnival fantasy (pages 5-10) slows momentum with exposition and whimsy. The scene would benefit from trimming the fantasy to maintain urgency.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7

The formatting is generally professional, with clear scene headings and action lines. However, the rapid cuts between time periods and the extended fantasy sequence (pages 5-10) could benefit from clearer transitional cues to avoid confusion.

Structure: 6

The structure is deliberately non-linear, using a framing device (1997 hospital) with flashbacks and fantasy sequences. This suits the biopic/musical genre but risks disorientation in the opening scene. The structure is ambitious but not yet fully controlled.


Critique
  • The scene starts with a long description of the Colonel's physical appearance and his struggle with the radio and Christmas cards. This description is detailed, but it is not particularly relevant to the story and could be shortened to focus more on the Colonel's actions and motivations.
  • The scene cuts back and forth between the Colonel in the present day and flashbacks to the 1970s. This can be confusing for the reader and it would be helpful to have a clearer structure to the scene, such as starting with the present day and then cutting to the flashbacks.
  • The dialogue in the scene is often stilted and unnatural. It would be helpful to rewrite the dialogue to make it more conversational and engaging.
  • The scene ends with the Colonel being rushed to the hospital. This is a dramatic moment, but it is not clear what will happen next. It would be helpful to provide the reader with a clearer sense of the stakes and what is at stake for the Colonel.
Suggestions
  • Shorten the description of the Colonel's physical appearance and his struggle with the radio and Christmas cards.
  • Provide a clearer structure to the scene, such as starting with the present day and then cutting to the flashbacks.
  • Rewrite the dialogue to make it more conversational and engaging.
  • Provide the reader with a clearer sense of the stakes and what is at stake for the Colonel.



Scene 2 -  Discovery of Elvis Presley's Music and a Spontaneous Decision
EXT. CARNIVAL - DAY (1955)

Carnies pack up the carnival, tawdry in the morning
light. The abstract “That’s All Right“ transforms into
the original song, emanating in mono from a car radio.

CRANE DOWN to discover Jimmie Rodgers Snow, clutching a
record as he passes a gum-chewing teenager in the cab of
a truck. He flashes the record.

JIMMMY
Hot diggity dog, I got one! It
will blow their socks off.

We FOLLOW Jimmie to an open-flap chow tent, pitched
amidst the vehicles.


EXT. CARNIVAL - CHOW TENT - CONTINUOUS ACTION

45-YEAR-OLD COLONEL puffs his cigar and points with his
cane to a huge map of the South splayed in front of him.



(CONTINUED)
11.
CONTINUED:

COLONEL
Security, Diskin! Tell the mayors
of all these towns that we need a
police escort when Hank arrives in
town.

Colonel points to a couple more engagements on the map.
Typing out instructions at a nearby desk, is his
impossibly-bland lieutenant TOM DISKIN (35).

COLONEL
In Baton Rouge, we’ll stage a
carny wedding at the top of the
Ferris wheel. Madam Zeena, pick
out your next husband. In New
Orleans we’re going to use a
loudspeaker to announce you, Hank.
(to the Little
People)
Meaz-y leaz-ittle freaz-iends,
you’re going to be marching in a
parade!

LITTLE PEOPLE
Feaz-uck!/Sheaz-it!

HANK SNOW (O.S.)
And I'll be riding an elephant
too?

Next to Diskin, a nudie-suited Hank Snow strums his
guitar and half-listens to the Colonel. Around them, a
variety of COUNTRY PERFORMERS, as well as the odd
SIDESHOW CARNY, Zeena among them.

COLONEL
A man on an elephant seems
important.

DISKIN
(sotto)
And taller...

HANK SNOW
But we still need a novelty act to
bring in the young folk.

COLONEL
That’s why I’ve got you a meeting
with the Duke of Paducah tonight.
If we can book the funniest mouth
in the South as our opening act,
we’ll have the best show of the
season. We’ll be feasting on cake.


(CONTINUED)
12.
CONTINUED: (2)

Suddenly, we hear Elvis' high-pitched voice cutting off
Hank, mid-strum:

ELVIS (V.O.)
(on record)
That's all right, mama
That's all right with you
That's all right, mama
Any way you do...

All turn to see Jimmie Rodgers defiantly standing next to
the portable record player.

HANK SNOW
Jimmie, turn that racket off!

JIMMIE RODGERS SNOW
But y'all have to hear this! Kids
all over town are singing it
everywhere I go.

All present listen intently.

HANK SNOW
I hear Negro rhythms...

JIMMIE RODGERS SNOW
But with a country flavor!

Diskin picks up the record sleeve.

DISKIN
Sun Records, that’s Sam Phillips’
label.

COLONEL
Phillips? That fella who makes
race records? With all them
colored singers?

JIMMIE RODGERS SNOW
This fella’s on the ‘Hayride’
tonight, after me, in the
newcomers spot.

COLONEL
They ain't puttin' a colored boy
on the ‘Hayride’!

JIMMIE RODGERS SNOW
That’s the thing! He’s white!

The Colonel plucks the cigar from his mouth.

COLONEL
White...
(CONTINUED)
13.
CONTINUED: (3)


Suddenly, the voice of radio announcer DEWEY PHILLIPS can
be heard wafting in from the cab of the nearby truck.

DEWEY PHILLIPS (V.O.)
(on radio)
What do you think, Memphis?
Should we play it for the 27th
time?

Colonel rests his cane on his shoulder. He's strangely
still, which has the effect of drawing everyone in.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
It doesn't matter if you do ten
stupid things... As long as you do
one smart one.

Colonel intones hypnotically:

COLONEL
How far to Shreveport, Diskin?

DISKIN
Two hours.

COLONEL
Send the Duke our apologies. We’re
going to the Hayride.

As the Colonel and Diskin make a beeline for their
vehicle, Hank catches on:

HANK SNOW
Ahh... A novelty act!
Genres: ["Drama","Biography","Music"]

Summary At a carnival in 1955, Jimmie Rodgers Snow shares Elvis Presley's record with his colleagues, sparking excitement and curiosity. The Colonel, the carnival's leader, decides to attend a local music event in Shreveport after hearing the record, causing a sudden shift in plans. The scene is filled with a lively and engaging atmosphere as carnival workers pack up for the day.
Strengths
  • Engaging dialogue
  • Effective character introductions
  • Nostalgic tone
Weaknesses
  • Mild conflict
  • Low stakes

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to introduce the inciting event—Colonel Parker's discovery of Elvis—and it lands effectively through vivid carnival atmosphere and sharp character dynamics. The single biggest limiter is the heavy reliance on exposition and dialogue to convey the moment, which slightly undercuts the visceral thrill of hearing Elvis for the first time; a more sensory, less talky reveal would lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of a carnival as the backdrop for discovering Elvis is fresh and evocative, blending lowbrow entertainment with a pivotal cultural moment. The strength is the originality of the setting; the weakness is that the discovery itself is told rather than shown in a more visceral way.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances clearly: Colonel Parker shifts his focus from Hank Snow to Elvis after hearing the record. The strength is the clear cause-and-effect; the weakness is that the plot relies heavily on Jimmie's exposition and the Colonel's quick decision, feeling slightly rushed.

Originality: 7.5

The scene is original in its use of a carnival as the setting for Elvis's discovery, and the dialogue has an authentic period flavor. The actions (Colonel pointing with a cane, Jimmie flashing the record) feel genuine to the era.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Colonel Parker is vividly drawn as a shrewd, theatrical showman with a cane and cigar, while Jimmie and Hank Snow serve as foils. The strength is the Colonel's commanding presence; the weakness is that the other characters (Diskin, Hank) are somewhat flat and functional.

Character Changes: 3

Colonel Parker changes his plan from booking the Duke to going to the Hayride, but this is a tactical shift, not a deep character change. The strength is the decisiveness; the weakness is no internal transformation.

Internal Goal: 6

Colonel Parker's internal goal is to maintain his status as a master showman and find the next big thing to secure his legacy. His need is for control and novelty; his fear is irrelevance.

External Goal: 8

Colonel Parker's external goal is to book a novelty act for the upcoming tour, which shifts to meeting Elvis after hearing the record.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5.5

The central conflict is between the established country show (Hank Snow) and the disruptive new sound (Elvis). The strength is the clear tension in the Colonel's pivot; the weakness is that the conflict is resolved too quickly and without significant opposition.

Opposition: 4

The opposition is mild: Hank Snow's skepticism and the established plan for the Duke of Paducah. The Colonel faces little resistance, which lowers the tension.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are moderate: the Colonel's career and the success of the show depend on finding a novelty act. The strength is the implied future impact; the weakness is that the immediate stakes feel low (just a meeting).

Story Forward: 8

The scene moves the story forward by setting up the Colonel's first encounter with Elvis, which is the engine of the entire script. The strength is the clear narrative propulsion; the weakness is that it feels like a setup scene rather than a payoff.

Unpredictability: 7.5

This scene is unpredictable because the reader doesn't expect the Colonel to abandon his plans for a novelty act based on a record played by a teenager. The pivot is surprising and fresh.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash is between traditional country music (Hank Snow) and the new, racially-blurred sound of Elvis (white singer with 'Negro rhythms'), reflecting a cultural shift in 1950s America. The Colonel's worldview is pragmatic—he cares about success, not purity.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5

The scene generates mild excitement and curiosity about Elvis, but lacks deep emotional resonance. The strength is the Colonel's intrigued stillness; the weakness is that the characters' stakes feel low and the moment is more intellectual than emotional.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is lively and period-appropriate, with colorful lines like 'Hot diggity dog' and 'Meaz-y leaz-ittle freaz-iends.' The strength is the Colonel's hypnotic, authoritative speech; the weakness is that some exchanges feel expository (e.g., explaining who Sam Phillips is) rather than organic.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because of the colorful carnival setting, the Colonel's commanding presence, and the tantalizing introduction of Elvis's music as a disruptive force. The mystery of who this 'white boy' is keeps the reader curious.

Pacing: 7

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it starts with a slow, descriptive carnival atmosphere, then accelerates with the record player and the Colonel's sudden decision, creating a sense of momentum.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8.5

The formatting is professional with proper scene headings, character cues, and parentheticals. The use of (V.O.) and (O.S.) is correct. The only minor issue is the 'CONTINUED' headers, which are standard but slightly dated.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic setup: introduce the status quo (carnival planning), then a disruption (the record), then a decision (going to Shreveport). The structure is clear and effective for a drama, though the pacing is slightly front-loaded with exposition.


Critique
  • The scene lacks a clear goal or conflict. It is unclear what the characters are trying to achieve or what obstacles they face.
  • The dialogue is mostly exposition and does not reveal much about the characters or their relationships.
  • The scene is too long and could be shortened to make it more focused and impactful.
  • The scene lacks strong visuals and imagery to make it more engaging for the reader.
  • The ending of the scene is abrupt and does not leave the reader with a sense of closure.
Suggestions
  • Add a clear goal or conflict to the scene, such as the Colonel trying to convince Jimmie Rodgers Snow to book Elvis on the 'Hayride'.
  • Rewrite the dialogue to make it more natural and revealing of the characters' personalities and relationships.
  • Shorten the scene by cutting out unnecessary dialogue and action.
  • Add more strong visuals and imagery to the scene to make it more engaging for the reader.
  • Give the scene a more satisfying ending, such as the Colonel convincing Jimmie Rodgers Snow to book Elvis on the 'Hayride'.



Scene 3 -  Tension Builds as Elvis Prepares to Perform on the Hayride Show
EXT. "HAYRIDE” AUDITORIUM - NIGHT

HIGH WIDE OVER the Shreveport auditorium. We can hear
Jimmie Rodgers Snow singing within:

JIMMIE RODGERS SNOW (V.O.)
How do you think I feel?
I know your love’s not real...


INT. "HAYRIDE” AUDITORIUM - NIGHT

On stage, six diamond-studded, ten-gallon-hatted COWBOYS
croon around a COWGIRL, the object of Jimmie Rodgers
Snow’s affection.

JIMMIE RODGERS SNOW
(sings)
Another’s purdy speech,
(MORE) (CONTINUED)
14.
CONTINUED:
JIMMIE RODGERS SNOW (CONT'D)
Has put you out of reach
How do you think I feel...?

At the back of the auditorium, Diskin and Hank look on as
Jimmie leads the delighted audience to clap-and-respond.

HANK SNOW
The apple doesn’t fall far from
the tree! Jimmie has them eating
out of the palm of his hand!
(beat)
Where’s Colonel?

DISKIN
Making enquiries.


INT. "HAYRIDE” AUDITORIUM - BACKSTAGE - NIGHT

Colonel is behind the backdrop, gathering intel from
Hayride founder, HORACE LOGAN. PERFORMERS come and go.

COLONEL
Have you heard that fella singing
‘All Right Mama,’ the new record
on the Sun Label?

HORACE LOGAN
The pop jocks are playing him,
country deejays, too. Hell, even
the colored kids are buying his
record.

COLONEL
Colored kids? Where might I find
this act?

HORACE LOGAN
Dressing rooms!

As Horace reenters the stage, he gestures in the
direction of the dressing rooms from which a YOUNG MAN
carrying a guitar appears, heading for the stage door.

The Young Man stops briefly to address the house drummer
D.J FONTANA sitting backstage:

YOUNG MAN
Hey, you the house drummer? Just
play the back beat and stay out of
our way!

D.J. nods as the Young Man runs past the STAGE MANAGER.



(CONTINUED)
15.
CONTINUED:

STAGE MANAGER
Ellis Presley, Blue Moon Boys,
you’re up next.

Colonel follows, watching THROUGH the window as...


EXT. "HAYRIDE” AUDITORIUM - ALLEY - CONTINUOUS ACTION

The Young Man descends the stairs, passing a PICKUP
TRUCK, in which good ole boys drink beer and flirt with
their gals.

He joins BILL BLACK (28), who cradles a double-bass
beneath the stairs. Bill reads a poster for tonight’s
show. At the bottom, “THE BLUE MOON BOYS” and misspelled,
“ELLIS PRESLEY.”

SCOTTY
Bill... Go time.

BILL
I know. Ellis Presley... Got a
nice ring to it.

The Young Man turns, REVEAL:SCOTTY MOORE (24). He shakes
his head. They grab their instruments.

SCOTTY
This thing in tune?

BILL
Close enough.

The beautiful and formidable DIXIE LOCKE (17) joins them,
holding a bottle of PEPSI COLA.

SCOTTY
How is ‘Ellis’s stomach?

DIXIE
Thought I’d grab him a Pepsi, but
poor thing’s still shaking like a
leaf.

BILL
(to Scotty)
What’d they say?

SCOTTY
Newcomer’s spot or nothing. We’re
next.

DIXIE
You better come talk to him,
Scotty. He listens to you.
(CONTINUED)
16.
CONTINUED:

They all look up towards the sound of Jimmie Rogers
Snow’s number, and begin making their way across the
alley, towards two PARENTS huddled around a barely
visible BOY of around 20 years of age.

NELL (O.S.)
Hey Tommy, that’s him over there.

The trio passes a skinny country jock, TOMMY, arm around
NELL, his conservatively-dressed girlfriend, in the back
of a pickup.

NELL
That boy from Memphis whose record
everybody’s talking about.

TOMMY
(incredulous)
You mean the white kid that’s
singing race music?

Tommy addresses Scotty and Bill.

TOMMY
Hey Scotty Moore! You manage him?
(laughing)
Better tell him to watch out. One
day somebody’s going to beat the
hell outta him and peel them Negro
outfits right off his hide.

BILL
Sorry fella, the strip show costs
extra…

Laughter from Nell sends Tommy seething.

Scotty, Bill and Dixie arrive alongside the family as,
THROUGH the steps, Colonel glimpses the unseen Boy's
constantly-shaking, pink-trousered leg. The boy’s shy,
vulnerable voice:

BOY (O.S.)
W-what if I forget the words on
live radio? I ain’t no Jimmie
Rogers Snow...

He hears the father: VERNON (38), good looks faded by
hard years and disappointment.

VERNON
No one expects you to be Jimmie
Rogers Snow.

BILL
Its just a bit of clowning around.
(CONTINUED)
17.
CONTINUED: (2)

SCOTTY
That’s how we got this thing
started in the first place.

BETWEEN THE STEPS, Colonel can now see the mother, GLADYS
(43), intense and nervy, with smoldering Clara Bow eyes.

GLADYS
Scotty and Bill are right, Elvis.
You’re not out there on your own.
You boys are a band. The Lord gave
us music to bring people together.
We’re like a family, and family’s
the most important thing of all.

She strokes the Boy's neck as he drinks from a public
water fountain, one marked "WHITE," the other "COLORED."
Gladys indicates that they should all take up each
other’s hands.

GLADYS
If the good Lord wants to speak
through song here tonight, we are
but vessels of His will. Come on
now, Booby...

She looks up to the moonlight and intones mysteriously:

GLADYS
Jesse is shining bright tonight.

They all look up. Unsure of what they're doing, the
Colonel follows their gaze to see the moon shining above.

Gladys leads the group in song as one-by-one, they all
join:

GLADYS/VERNON/DIXIE/SCOTTY/BILL/
BOY
(sing)
Some glad morning...
When this life is over...
I'll fly away...

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
From my first encounter, this
insular, strange family was unique
in its closeness.

GLADYS/VERNON/DIXIE/SCOTTY/BILL/
BOY
(sing)
I’ll fly away, oh glory...


The CAMERA TRACKS ACROSS their faces, SETTLING ON Vernon.
(CONTINUED)
18.
CONTINUED: (3)

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
The boy's daddy had gone to jail.

The CAMERA PASSES ACROSS the fountain marked “WHITE”...

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
Leaving the boy and his mama alone
in one of four white houses in a
Black neighborhood.

... and settles on the fountain marked “COLORED."

MATCH CUT TO:
Genres: ["Drama","Musical","Biography"]

Summary The scene takes place at the Shreveport auditorium during the Hayride show. Jimmie Rodgers Snow is singing on stage, while Hank Snow and Diskin observe from the back of the auditorium. Colonel is gathering information from Horace Logan, the founder of the Hayride. A young man, Elvis Presley, is preparing to perform with his band, the Blue Moon Boys. There is tension between Elvis and a country jock named Tommy, who disapproves of Elvis' music. The scene ends with Elvis and his band joining hands with his parents and singing 'Some Glad Morning', despite the conflict and Elvis' nervousness.
Strengths
  • Strong character dynamics
  • Emotional depth
  • Engaging dialogue
  • Intimate family moments
Weaknesses
  • Some cliched dialogue
  • Slightly slow pacing in parts

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.8

This scene's primary job is to introduce Elvis Presley as a vulnerable, family-bound young man on the cusp of fame, and it lands this with emotional intimacy and effective period detail. The single biggest limiter is the over-reliance on Old Colonel voiceover to explain backstory (jail, neighborhood) that could be shown more organically, which slightly undercuts the scene's otherwise strong show-don't-tell momentum.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of introducing Elvis through the eyes of Colonel Parker, while also showing his humble, nervous beginnings, is strong. The scene effectively contrasts the public spectacle of the Hayride with the private family prayer circle. However, the concept is somewhat conventional for a biopic—the 'discovery' moment is familiar.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances the Colonel's quest to find the singer he heard on record, and it sets up Elvis's first major performance. The scene has a clear cause-and-effect: Colonel hears about the record, goes to the Hayride, and finds Elvis. The weakness is that the plot is largely procedural—Colonel asks, is directed, and observes—without a strong turning point or obstacle within the scene itself.

Originality: 6

The scene is a familiar biopic trope (the discovery), but it offers a fresh take by focusing on the family's spiritual ritual and the Colonel's detached observation. The water fountain imagery is a powerful, authentic detail. The dialogue feels period-accurate.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Elvis is effectively shown as shy, vulnerable, and supported by a tight-knit family, with Gladys as the spiritual anchor. Colonel is observant and calculating. The weakness is that secondary characters like Scotty, Bill, and Dixie are functional but lack distinct personalities beyond their roles.

Character Changes: 2

No character undergoes a significant change within this scene. Elvis remains nervous; Colonel remains curious. The scene sets up potential for future change but doesn't deliver it here.

Internal Goal: 7

Elvis's internal goal is to overcome his fear and prove himself worthy of his family's faith, driven by a need for acceptance and a fear of failure.

External Goal: 6

Elvis's external goal is to perform his set on live radio without forgetting the lyrics.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

Conflict is present but low-key: Tommy's verbal threat creates external tension, and Elvis's internal fear of forgetting lyrics is a minor obstacle. The scene lacks a direct confrontation or high-stakes opposition.

Opposition: 3

Opposition is mild: Tommy's verbal threat is the only direct opposition, but it is not acted upon. The scene lacks a strong antagonist or obstacle.

High Stakes: 5

The stakes are moderate: Elvis's career is on the line, but the scene focuses more on his nervousness than on a clear consequence of failure. The racial threat from Tommy hints at higher stakes but doesn't escalate.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by bringing Colonel into contact with Elvis and setting up his first performance. It establishes the key players and the racial tension that will likely recur. However, it is more of a setup scene than one that advances a plot twist or major decision.

Unpredictability: 4

This scene is somewhat predictable as a standard 'discovery' moment in a biopic. The prayer and the mention of 'Jesse' add a slight unpredictable emotional layer, but the overall trajectory is expected.

Philosophical Conflict: 5

The scene presents a clash between traditional country music (Jimmie Rodgers Snow) and the emerging 'race music' of rock 'n' roll, embodied by Tommy's hostility. This relates to Elvis's worldview as a white singer influenced by Black music, though this is not deeply explored.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6.5

The family prayer and Gladys's mention of 'Jesse' create a poignant, intimate moment. Elvis's visible shaking and vulnerability evoke sympathy. However, the emotional impact is somewhat diluted by the Colonel's detached voiceover and the procedural nature of the discovery.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is naturalistic and period-appropriate, with Tommy's threatening line and Bill's quick retort adding tension and humor. Gladys's spiritual dialogue is evocative. The weakness is that some lines, like the Old Colonel's voiceover, are expository and tell rather than show.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because it builds anticipation for Elvis's first appearance, uses the Colonel's POV as a narrative hook, and includes a touching family moment. The racial tension adds edge.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing is effective: it moves from the public performance to backstage intel to the intimate alley scene, with a steady rhythm. The voiceover slightly interrupts the flow, but the prayer sequence provides a natural pause before the performance.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8.5

Formatting is professional and clear, with proper scene headings, character introductions, and action lines. The use of (V.O.) and (O.S.) is correct. Minor issue: 'Ellis Presley' misspelling is intentional but could confuse readers briefly.

Structure: 6.5

The scene follows a classic setup structure: Colonel's investigation leads to the discovery of Elvis, with a brief character moment (the prayer) before the performance. The structure is functional but lacks a clear turning point or reversal.


Critique
  • The scene is well-written and engaging, capturing the excitement and anticipation of the crowd as they gather at the auditorium. The dialogue is natural and believable, and the characters are well-developed and relatable.
  • However, the scene is rather long, with a lot of dialogue and action. It could benefit from being trimmed down a bit, focusing on the most important moments and characters. The scene could also contain more backstory on the characters and the situation. There are a few plot holes, for example, why is the Colonel so interested in the young man singing?
  • Additionally, the scene could benefit from more visual interest. The descriptions of the setting and characters could be expanded to include more details, in particular the performer who appears onstage. The descriptions of the crowd's reactions could also be more vivid, giving the reader a better sense of the excitement and energy in the auditorium.
Suggestions
  • Consider cutting down some of the dialogue, action, and backstory to make the scene more concise and focused.
  • Expand the descriptions of the setting and characters to include more details, and provide more vivid descriptions of the crowd's reactions.
  • Add more backstory on the characters and the situation, such as why the Colonel is so interested in the young man singing.



Scene 4 -  Young Elvis's Musical Awakening and 1955 Performance
EXT. SHAKE RAG - AFTERNOON (1947)

An identical "COLORED" sign above a water fountain from
which SMOKY BELL (12) drinks. Next to him, a boy sits,
face buried in a CAPTAIN MARVEL JR. comic book.

The family’s singing transforms into a powerful,
spiritual version of "I'll Fly Away" emanating from a
distant PENTECOSTAL TENT.

The comic lowers and we see YOUNG ELVIS PRESLEY (12). His
hair and a crudely-fashioned cardboard lightning bolt
around his neck match the look of his comic book hero.

Young Elvis stands and looks towards the tent.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
It was there he first felt the
pull between the sacred...

A sharp WHISTLE! Smoky and Young Elvis look to their
SKINNY AFRICAN-AMERICAN FRIEND, waving them towards a
JUKE JOINT that hangs off the road.

BIG BOY CRUDUP (V.O.)
Whoooooooa, black snake crawlin’
in my room!

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
... and the profane.

The boys run off towards the juke joint as Young Elvis
stuffs his comic in the back pocket of his overalls.


INT. JUKE JOINT - AFTERNOON

YOUNG ELVIS’ POV THROUGH A SPYHOLE: A smoky room. The
nimble fingers of bluesman BIG BOY CRUDUP work the frets
of his weathered guitar. A drunk male CUSTOMER shakes his
leg in an erotic dance with a BORDELLO GIRL.
(CONTINUED)
19.
CONTINUED:

BIG BOY CRUDUP
(sings)
Whoooooa, black snake crawlin' in
my room!
Some pretty mama better come and
get this black snake soon.


EXT. SHAKE RAG - JUKE JOINT - AFTERNOON

The shocked boys fight over the spyhole.

BIG BOY CRUDUP (O.S.)
(sings)
That’s all right, mama
That’s all right with you...

It's too much for Young Elvis. He pulls away.


EXT. SHAKE RAG - AFTERNOON

HIGH WIDE: The boys give chase as Young Elvis bolts
towards the Pentecostal tent where the spiritual version
of "I'll Fly Away" swells up.


INT. PENTECOSTAL TENT - AFTERNOON

The other boys watch from the open flap as Young Elvis
moves forward, arms aloft, becoming the music.


EXT. "HAYRIDE” AUDITORIUM - BACK ALLEY - NIGHT (1955)

The Colonel glimpses just the Boy’s heavy-lidded,
mascaraed eyes.

ELVIS (BOY)
(sings)
I'll fly away, I'll fly away...


INT. PENTECOSTAL TENT - AFTERNOON (1947)

Smoky reaches for Young Elvis. Suddenly, his hand is
stayed by THE PASTOR.

PASTOR
Leave him be; he’s with the
spirit.

As Young Elvis' rapture builds, the CAMERA ASCENDS and
the spiritual is overlaid with:


(CONTINUED)
20.
CONTINUED:

BIG BOY CRUDUP (V.O.)
Whoooooooa, black snake crawlin’
in my room!
That's alright, mama, that's
alright with you,
That's alright, mama, any way you
do.


EXT. "HAYRIDE” AUDITORIUM - ALLEY - NIGHT (1955)

The shy boy duets with Crudup across time.

ELVIS
(sings)
I'll fly away, I'll fly away...

SAM PHILLIPS (31), stern, and his no-nonsense secretary
MARION KEISKER (36) appear at the stage door.

SAM PHILLIPS
Better get on up! They’ve just
made a big announcement about you
on the radio.

MARION
Folks are real excited!
(sotto)
Sam, don’t look so worried.

As Sam and Marion leave, Colonel uses this opportunity to
follow them back inside the stage door.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
Sam Phillips was on a mission to
save the world by recording black
music...

Colonel peels off and finds himself looking through the
dock door, where he can see Elvis and the boys ascending
the stairs, the family in tow.


EXT. SUN STUDIOS - DUSK (1954)

A converted shopfront. A neon sign reads: “SUN STUDIOS.
HAVE YOUR VOICE RECORDED -- ONE DOLLAR!” The music from
the Pentecostal church continues underneath.

Marion crosses the road to the studio, carrying coffee
and donuts.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
But it didn’t pay, so he tried to
find a white country-and-western
star.
21.


INT. SUN STUDIOS - CONTROL ROOM - DUSK

We follow Marion as she passes Scotty, Bill and the young
boy in the studio. Scotty is packing up his guitar.

SCOTTY
Sorry kid, I’ve got to work
tomorrow.

Marion enters the control room and plonks a coffee down
in front of Sam, despondent at the control desk.

SAM
I don’t know what it is you see in
this boy...

Marion looks up. Although they can't hear, she can see
Elvis larking around in the studio.

MARION
I just think he’s... different.

She flicks a switch. An intrigued Sam looks up and rises
to his feet.


INT. SUN STUDIOS - RECORDING ROOM - LATER

Sam, Marion, Scotty and Bill looking at Elvis, a moment
of shocked pause. Sam repositions the microphone in front
of Elvis.

SAM PHILLIPS
How do you know Big Boy Crudup?

Elvis shrugs. He starts to sing “That's Alright, Mama”
over the Pentecostal music. Scotty and Bill join... CUT
TO hours later, the musicians are shaping up the track.


INT. "HAYRIDE” AUDITORIUM - NIGHT (1955)

Elvis and the boys make their way inside. Using
instruments being loaded through the dock door as cover,
Colonel positions himself to get as close as possible.

As Elvis and the boys prepare to take the stage, Colonel
begins to ascend the stairs to the fly tower above.


INT. PENTECOSTAL TENT - AFTERNOON (1947)

The singing reaches a powerful crescendo as Young Elvis
is possessed by the sacred and the profane.


(CONTINUED)
22.
CONTINUED:

ELVIS (V.O.)
(in Sun Studios)
That's all right, mama...

The distant and dreamlike sound of HORACE LOGAN’s voice:

HORACE LOGAN (V.O.)
A young man from Memphis,
Tennessee... song on the Sun
label... sky-rocketed right up the
charts... Elvis Presley! Let's
give him a nice hand.

Tepid applause takes us to...


INT. "HAYRIDE” AUDITORIUM - STAGE - NIGHT (1955)

CLOSE ON Elvis’ shaking legs. TILT UP to DISCOVER a pink
jacket over feminine black lace. A white-hot spotlight
REVEALS his face: heavy with makeup, slumberous,
piercing, blue eyes stare back. His greasy black hair is
an architectural wonder and slashes across his forehead
like a scar.

This is ELVIS PRESLEY at 20. He is beautiful, defiant,
innocent, strange.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
I cannot overstate how strange he
looked. I'd seen clowns with less
makeup.

The Colonel looks out into the auditorium. Bodies
shifting in rickety chairs. Portraits of disdain,
disgust, and confusion. The South as it stands, soon to
be changed forever.

HORACE LOGAN (O.S.)
Elvis, how are you this evening?

ELVIS
Just fine. How're you, sir?

HORACE LOGAN
Are you all geared up with your
band there to...

ELVIS
I'm all geared up.

HORACE LOGAN
... to let us hear your songs?

Elvis, flustered, realizes he’s cut Horace off.

(CONTINUED)
23.
CONTINUED:

ELVIS
Uh, well, I'd just like to say how
happy we are to be down here. It's
a real honor for us to be- get a
chance to appear on the Louisiana
Hayride. We're gonna do a song for
you we got out on Sun Records...
you got anything else to say, Sir?

HORACE LOGAN
No, I'm ready!

Elvis looks up to the heavens...

ELVIS
It goes something like this...

At the front of the auditorium, an anxious Vernon stares
at the floor. Beside him, Gladys stares into the eyes of
her son. This does not go unnoticed by the Colonel.

Elvis’ chest heaves, mind races, heart pounds.

ELVIS
(sings)
Ohh, baby, baby, baby, baby, baby
Baby, baby, baby, baby, baby...

Snickers from the audience.

The Colonel puffs his cigar, eyes narrow. Maybe this
boy's not for the stage.

ELVIS
(sings)
Come back, baby, I wanna play
house with you.

In the front row, two of the country kids from the side
alley: pretty-girl NELL and her skinny country jock
boyfriend, TOMMY, chewing gum and smirking--

TOMMY
Get a haircut, fairy!

A flash of anger across Elvis’ face. He wails back:

ELVIS
(sings)
Weeeeeellll, you may go to
college, you may go to school,
You may have a pink Cadillac,
But don't you be nobody's fool.



(CONTINUED)
24.
CONTINUED: (2)

A cluster of girls in the front start to clap and wriggle
in their chairs excitedly. Colonel climbs the ladder to
the gantry.

ELVIS
(sings)
Now, baby, come back, baby, come.
Come back, baby come...

CAMERA CURLS DOWN Elvis’ body, revealing what all the
fuss is about.

ELVIS
(sings)
Come back, baby, I want to play
house with you!

Elvis’ raw nervous energy has caused his habitually shaky
leg to go into overdrive! The front of his pleated,
pegged pants flaps like a tent in a storm.

Fascinated, Colonel begins to cross the gantry for a
better vantage point.

ELVIS
(sings)
Well, listen to me, baby
What I’m talking about...

The unpegged pants seem to suggest, and maybe it's true,
that all hell is breaking loose down there.

ELVIS
(sings)
Come on back to me, little girl
So we can play some house.

A GIRL in the audience SCREAMS! Elvis and the band
falter, confused by the reaction.

ELVIS
(sings)
Now baby, come back baby, come
Come back baby, come...

Marion Keisker shushes the girl who screamed, beside her.

ELVIS
(sings)
Come back baby
I wanna play house with you...

But then there’s ANOTHER SCREAM, and then ANOTHER, mixed
with an uncertain laughter. The Colonel takes note.


(CONTINUED)
25.
CONTINUED: (3)

During the guitar solo, Elvis, confused, spins and yells
to Scotty and Bill:

ELVIS
What are they hollerin’ at?

BILL
It's the... wiggle.

ELVIS
The what?!

BILL
The wiggle!

BILL AND SCOTTY
(in unison)
Do more!

Bill slaps out a bass feature, riding Elvis’ energy as
the singer throws several thrusts out towards the girls.
They react in waves of squeals and screams.

Colonel descends the stairs side-stage onto the
auditorium floor.

ELVIS
(sings)
Well, this is one thing, baby
That I want you to know...

Marion, eyes locked on Elvis, as if suddenly beset by the
devil, finds herself standing and screaming, too.

Colonel, now amongst the audience, clocks this reaction
as he crocodiles across auditorium.

Gladys and Dixie watch, horrified.

GLADYS
Please, Lord, don't let them hurt
my baby!

VERNON
Hurt him? Looks like they
wanna...

He sees Dixie and coughs, embarrassed.

ELVIS
(sings)
Well, listen to me, baby
Try to understand...

Colonel eyes every face in the audience as he makes his
way side-stage.
(CONTINUED)
26.
CONTINUED: (4)

Nell is drawn toward the stage, Tommy follows her.

TOMMY
(to Elvis)
Pucker up, buttercup.

Elvis, mic in his fist, leans in and enrages Tommy by
sing-whispering a capella to sweet Nell:

ELVIS
(sings)
I'd rather be dead, little
girl...
(eyes on Tommy)
... than to see you with another
man.

Time stands still; a dramatic, tense pause. CUT TO Hank
in the wings who, having discovered his son Jimmie, leans
in and utters with revulsion:

HANK SNOW
Oh, my Lord... What in God’s sweet
name am I looking at?

JIMMIE
Pa...

HANK
What were you thinking, Jimmie?

JIMMIE
I guess I thought... I don’t know
what I’m thinking.

Jimmie bites his nail. Hank, in exasperation:

HANK
Where is Colonel?

Jimmie indicates toward the Colonel, watching from the
auditorium.

Elvis flicks his hair and a drop of sweat falls across
Nell's cheek. It's too much -- she implodes. Nell latches
on to Elvis' jacket, then another girl, and another.

ELVIS
(sings)
Come back, baby, I want to play
house with you!

Suddenly, Hank appears behind Colonel.



(CONTINUED)
27.
CONTINUED: (5)

HANK SNOW
If we leave now we can still meet
with the Duke of Paducah...

Colonel ignores him, frozen in disbelief at what he's
witnessing. Traces of "Black Snake Moan" join the score --
the profane.

ELVIS
(sings)
Oh, baby, baby, baby, baby...

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
And there it was. I saw it! They
would come to call it ‘teenage
hysteria.’ Whatever it was he was
doing, it touched something within
her. The urgent, desperate need to
consume and be consumed.

Marion and Sam look to each other, witnessing a miracle.
Hank witnesses a travesty: his son Jimmie, awestruck.

Elvis sinks momentarily beneath the throng of girls,
tearing at him, scratching his skin.

Nell, possessed, rips off Elvis’ jacket. Suddenly, she’s
accosted from behind! Gladys grabs the jacket, screaming:

GLADYS
Why are you trying to kill my
son?!

Gladys recoils in shock, holding Elvis’ jacket. The
curtain crashes closed. CLOSE on Colonel as we see the
last glimmer of Elvis, rescued by Scotty, tumbling back
through the blue curtains.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
It was the greatest carnival
attraction I’d ever seen...
Genres: ["Drama","Musical","Biography"]

Summary In Shake Rag, 1947, young Elvis Presley and Smoky Bell share a drink from a 'COLORED' water fountain, then are drawn to contrasting sounds of gospel music from a Pentecostal tent and Big Boy Crudup's blues music from a juke joint. Elvis experiences a spiritual moment at the tent, while Smoky heads to the juke joint. The scene shifts to 1955, showing Elvis's family watching his performance at the Hayride auditorium, with Sam Phillips and Marion Keisker discussing his potential. Hank Snow disapproves of his son Jimmie's interest in Elvis's music, creating a tension between sacred and profane music.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Character development
  • Tension building
  • Historical accuracy
Weaknesses
  • Some cliched reactions from the audience
  • Slightly predictable character dynamics

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

This scene's primary job is to dramatize the birth of Elvis's unique musical fusion and the Colonel's recognition of its commercial power, which it does with vivid cross-cutting and emotional intensity. The single biggest limiter is the over-reliance on voiceover narration that tells rather than trusts the imagery, and the occasional confusion in time jumps that can disorient the reader.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The concept of showing Elvis's dual musical influences (sacred and profane) through parallel scenes is strong and thematically rich. However, the execution relies heavily on voiceover to explain what the images already show, slightly diluting the originality.

Plot: 7

The plot moves from young Elvis's discovery of music to his first major performance, with clear cause and effect. The time jumps are mostly clear but the 1947/1955 shifts could be smoother, and the Colonel's voiceover sometimes interrupts narrative flow.

Originality: 8.5

The cross-temporal duet between young Elvis and Big Boy Crudup is a fresh and powerful visual metaphor. The use of the Colonel as a carnival barker framing device is original. The scene avoids clichés by focusing on the strangeness of Elvis's appearance.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Young Elvis is vividly drawn through his physicality and reactions; the Colonel is a keen observer. However, supporting characters like Smoky and the boys are underdeveloped, and Elvis's parents remain somewhat one-note (protective mother, passive father).

Character Changes: 7

Elvis transforms from a shy boy to a performer who discovers his power over the audience. The Colonel shifts from skeptical to recognizing a goldmine. The changes are clear but not deeply explored in this single scene.

Internal Goal: 8

Elvis's internal goal is to find a way to express his dual musical heritage (sacred and profane) and be accepted for his unique style. He fears rejection and longs for connection.

External Goal: 8

Elvis's external goal is to perform successfully on the Louisiana Hayride and win over the audience.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

Conflict is present on multiple levels: Elvis vs. Tommy, Elvis vs. audience expectations, Colonel vs. Hank Snow, and internal conflict within Elvis. The tension is palpable during the performance.

Opposition: 8

Opposition comes from Tommy, the skeptical audience, Hank Snow, and the conservative music establishment. The Colonel is initially an observer but becomes an ally. The opposition is strong and varied.

High Stakes: 7

Stakes are personal (Elvis's acceptance, family's fear) and professional (his career launch). The audience's hostile reaction raises the tension, but the stakes are not life-or-death.

Story Forward: 8

The scene advances the story by showing the key moment that will lead to Elvis's stardom and the Colonel's involvement. It sets up the central relationship and conflict with the music industry.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because the audience's hostile reaction and the sudden shift to hysteria are not telegraphed. The Colonel's unexpected fascination also subverts expectations.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The clash between traditional country music values (represented by Hank Snow and Tommy) and the new, sexually charged, racially blended sound of Elvis. This reflects the broader cultural conflict of the era.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 8

The scene builds emotional momentum from young Elvis's rapture to the chaotic performance, with moments of awe, fear, and triumph. Gladys's protective outburst adds a poignant layer.

Dialogue: 7

Dialogue is sparse but effective, especially the onstage banter and Tommy's taunts. The voiceover is well-written but occasionally over-explains. The singing lyrics serve as dialogue and are well-chosen.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because of the dynamic cross-cutting, the raw energy of the performance, and the mystery of the Colonel's perspective. The audience reaction and Gladys's intervention create strong dramatic moments.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it builds from quiet observation to explosive performance, with the voiceover providing breathing room. The time jumps are well-paced but the 1947 section feels slightly rushed.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is professional with clear scene headings, transitions, and parentheticals. The use of (V.O.) and (O.S.) is correct. Some sluglines could be more concise.

Structure: 7.5

The scene uses a non-linear structure with flashbacks and voiceover, which is appropriate for a biopic. The cross-cutting between 1947 and 1955 is effective but could be clearer with more distinct visual cues.


Critique
  • The dialogue between Smoky and Young Elvis regarding the comic book is a bit forced and unnatural.
  • The transition from the Pentecostal tent to the juke joint is sudden and disorienting.
  • The scene lacks a clear focus and seems to jump between different locations and events without a smooth flow.
  • The characterization of Young Elvis as a cardboard cutout of a comic book hero feels one-dimensional and lacks depth.
  • The use of the narrator, Old Colonel, to provide exposition throughout the scene can be seen as a lazy writing technique and undermines the emotional impact of the events depicted.
Suggestions
  • Consider expanding on the dialogue between Smoky and Young Elvis to make it more natural and engaging, perhaps by having them discuss their favorite comic book characters or share their dreams and aspirations.
  • Smooth out the transition between the Pentecostal tent and the juke joint by providing a brief establishing shot of the juke joint or using a dissolve effect to create a more seamless connection.
  • Tighten the focus of the scene by centering it around a specific event or conflict, such as Young Elvis' struggle to reconcile his religious upbringing with his growing fascination with secular music.
  • Develop the character of Young Elvis by giving him more nuanced motivations and emotions. Explore his inner thoughts and feelings, and show how his experiences shape his personality.
  • Minimize the use of the narrator, Old Colonel, and instead allow the actions and dialogue of the characters to convey the story and its themes.



Scene 5 -  Elvis's Rise to Fame: Excitement and Anxiety
EXT. MEMPHIS, TENNESSEE - DAY

The once-crucial cotton port on the snaking Mississippi
River and its triple-spanned bridge.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
He was my destiny.
28.


EXT. LAUDERDALE COURTS (MEMPHIS) - DAY

A large grass courtyard surrounded by a three-story red-
brick building. Mothers gossip, kids play football and
ride bikes. We catch on the radios all over:

RADIO ANNOUNCER (V.O.)
Here's a new one from Memphis'
own... Elvis Presley!

The opening lyrics of Elvis’ latest recording “Blue Moon”
can be heard, as a Crown Electric truck pulls up.

ELVIS (V.O.)
(vocal)
Blue moon,
You saw me standing alone,
Without a dream in my heart,
Without a love of my own...


INT. CROWN ELECTRIC TRUCK - DAY

We catch a glimpse of Elvis’ eyes in the rear-view
mirror. CUT TO his hand, taking up his guitar.


EXT. LAUDERDALE COURTS - DAY

As he alights from the truck, we catch Elvis in his two-
tone shoes and grey Crown Electric uniform.

He makes his way down the path, through the Courts, as
girls and boys look on, somewhat confused by Elvis’
sudden notoriety.

MEAN BOY
Hey squirrel, nice sideburns.

COOL GIRL
Hey Elvis.

They stare after Elvis as he crosses the courtyard and
enters the building. We GLIMPSE a humble living room
THROUGH a second-story window.


INT. PRESLEY APARTMENT - CONTINUOUS ACTION

A hand holds back the curtain. The girls can clearly be
seen, staring up. The curtain drops. We turn, and it is
Gladys inside the Presley’s humble apartment.




(CONTINUED)
29.
CONTINUED:

GLADYS
Elvis is home! Billy, go wash up
then keep setting the table for
dinner!

Wide-eyed COUSIN BILLY (15) races for the door.

BILLY
Ok, Aunt Gladys! I’m gonna see
Elvis for a second.

Gladys is clearly anxious as she crosses to the kitchen,
where Dixie is helping prepare dinner.

GLADYS
Vernon, Elvis is home.

Passing Vernon on the phone, we catch a few lines of the
conversation:

VERNON
Yeah, well, Elvis done good but...
Jimmie Rodgers Snow, he put on a
real good show.

Gladys takes a bowl of carrots from Dixie.

GLADYS
I’ll do that, Dixie, honey. What
you gonna see at the movies?

Dixie rushes to go freshen up.

DIXIE
Um, I’m not sure!

"Blue Moon" continues to play on a radio on the kitchen
windowsill. It’s too much for Gladys and she snaps the
radio off, anxiety palpable in her face. We CUT DOWN to
the radio again but strangely, an a capella version of
“Blue moon” can be heard.

ELVIS (V.O.)
(sings)
Oooohhh, oooohhh, eeee-aahhh...

Beyond the radio, through the window, the lights in the
other apartments illuminate, signaling the transition
from day to night.

Neighbors lean out windows, eavesdropping.
30.


EXT. LAUDERDALE COURTS - STAIRWELL - EVENING

Floating through the window and into the stairwell, we
discover the source of the music. It’s Elvis, later that
night, now joined by his girl, Dixie.

Having taken out the trash, he still holds the can in his
hand as he serenades Dixie.

ELVIS
(sings)
Without a love of my own...

Their lips almost touch. Elvis stares into Dixie’s eyes.

ELVIS
(disbelief)
Hank Snow...

Dixie, a little disappointed, discreetly rolls her eyes.
But Elvis is lost in the thought.

ELVIS
I used to play his records every
day with Mama and now he’s
personally asked for me to be on
his tour.... I can’t believe it.

The trash can clatters to the ground. Elvis scurries down
to retrieve it. Dixie, a loving roll of the eyes:

DIXIE
So, is that a yes?

ELVIS
Ahh yes?

DIXIE
Coming with me to Goldsmith's on
Sunday to pick out my prom dress.

ELVIS
Oh, sure, baby...

Elvis, having retrieved the can, is ascending the stairs.

DIXIE
Elvis, after prom, all the couples
are going to the teen canteen.

She takes the initiative and they kiss...

ELVIS
Wait, Sunday? Hell, we’re in New
Orleans.

(CONTINUED)
31.
CONTINUED:

Dixie is crestfallen.

ELVIS
But I’ll be back for the dance and
Mama can help you pick out your
dress.

GLADYS
Elvis, dinner’s ready! Better wash
up or you’ll be late for the
movies.

ELVIS
Alright, Mama. I'm sorry, baby.
It's just so much, so quick.

DIXIE
You told your parents?


INT. PRESLEY APARTMENT - LIVING ROOM - DAY

Out the window, the GIRLS in the courtyard stare up.

GLADYS (O.S.)
So, without so much as a word to
your daddy and me...

Gladys snaps the curtain shut.

GLADYS
You quit your job to run around in
that rickety jalopy, speeding down
dangerous roads, getting girls all
hopped up...

Elvis is now resplendent in a top-to-toe pink suit, his
immaculately quaffed bouffant of hair towering over his
scowling forehead. Clearly, things have not gone well.

Vernon is sitting on the couch as Dixie finishes setting
a makeshift dining table for dinner. Billy fills glasses
with iced tea. GRANDMA DODGER (65) sits silently in the
corner. Tension as Gladys serves up the meatloaf.

GLADYS
Soon, you'll be drinking, going
off to them slut parties--

ELVIS
Mama!

GLADYS
Not keeping the Sabbath...
(to everyone)
Dinner!
(MORE) (CONTINUED)
32.
CONTINUED:
GLADYS (CONT'D)
(to Elvis)
You just sit down now, eat!

Billy, Dixie and Elvis take their seats.

ELVIS
But Mama, it's only four days!

GLADYS
Yeah, four days! And then what?

VERNON
I knew a fella once, got his
record on the radio, and it was
all over in a flash.

ELVIS
Mr Phillips says every time I
perform onstage, it's gonna help
the record sell and we could make
some real money! I ain't gonna do
that driving a truck for Crown
Electric.

VERNON
Electrician is a good, stable job,
whereas I don't know a guitar
player worth a damn.

GLADYS
You listen to your Daddy.

At the exact moment Gladys speaks, the phone rings. Billy
jumps up to answer.

BILLY
It's my mama! She's with Aunt
Cletus and all the cousins on a
shared line... She wants to talk
to you. She heard Elvis on the
radio.

GLADYS
I can't right now!

ELVIS
Please, Mama! I'm just trying to
take care of my babies, that's all
I ever cared about! I ain’t ever
gonna let us be in a place again
where Daddy gets in trouble with
the law to put food on the table.

GLADYS
ELVIS!

(CONTINUED)
33.
CONTINUED: (2)

A tense silence. Vernon hangs his head, humiliated.

GLADYS
As the good Lord warns us, ‘Do not
wear yourself out to get rich, do
not trust your own Goddamn
cleverness!’

Overwhelmed, she storms out.

VERNON
I want to work. I do the best I
can with my back...

Dixie gestures towards the hallway and Gladys’ bedroom.

DIXIE
Elvis, you’ve upset your mama.

40 Elvis follows Gladys. 40
Genres: ["Drama","Biography"]

Summary The scene opens with a voice-over from the Old Colonel about Elvis's destiny, showing Elvis in his Crown Electric uniform in Memphis. Elvis's mother, Gladys, expresses anxiety about his sudden fame, while his father, Vernon, discusses Elvis's success over the phone. Elvis serenades his girlfriend, Dixie, with 'Blue Moon' and later shares his excitement about performing with Jimmie Rodgers Snow. The scene concludes with tension at the dinner table as Gladys voices her concerns about Elvis's new career.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Character dynamics
  • Tension-building
Weaknesses
  • Some dialogue may feel slightly melodramatic

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to dramatize the internal conflict between Elvis's burgeoning career and his family's fear of instability, which it does effectively through tense dinner-table confrontation and Gladys's palpable anxiety. The single biggest limiter is the somewhat on-the-nose dialogue from Gladys and Vernon, which leans into cliché and undercuts the emotional nuance, and a slight over-reliance on exposition to convey stakes rather than showing them through action.


Story Content

Concept: 6.5

The concept of showing Elvis's humble home life and the friction with his parents over his career choice is solid and grounded, but it's a familiar biopic beat. The unique a capella transition is a fresh touch, but the core conflict is conventional.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances clearly: Elvis is offered a tour, his parents object, and the scene ends with him trying to reconcile with his mother. The sequence is logical but the pacing is slightly uneven, with the romantic interlude feeling like a brief detour.

Originality: 5.5

The scene is not highly original in its situation—family conflict over a music career is a biopic staple. However, the a capella transition and the specific details (Crown Electric truck, Lauderdale Courts) add authenticity and a fresh texture.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Elvis is shown as ambitious yet respectful, Gladys as protective and fearful, Vernon as humiliated and cautious. Dixie and Billy are functional but underdeveloped. The characters feel real but their dialogue sometimes telegraphs their emotions too directly.

Character Changes: 4

Elvis doesn't fundamentally change here, but his resolve is tested. Gladys's emotional outburst reveals her deep fear, but neither character undergoes a significant shift by scene's end.

Internal Goal: 7.5

Elvis's internal goal is to prove himself as a provider and artist without losing his family's love and approval. He fears repeating his father's failures and craves validation.

External Goal: 8

Elvis's external goal is to go on the Hank Snow tour and advance his music career, which requires convincing his parents to let him quit his job.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The central conflict is between Elvis's desire to pursue music and his parents' fear of instability. It's clear and escalating, but the opposition is mostly verbal and lacks a strong physical or situational dimension.

Opposition: 6

The opposition Elvis faces is primarily from his mother Gladys, who is emotionally powerful but not a villain. Vernon is a weaker opponent. The opposition is strong in emotional terms but lacks a clear antagonist.

High Stakes: 6.5

The stakes are personal and financial: Elvis risks his family's approval and stability. They are clear but not life-or-death, and the scene doesn't raise the stakes beyond the immediate family conflict.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by establishing the family opposition to Elvis's career, setting up the tour, and deepening the stakes. It's a necessary beat but doesn't introduce new plot twists.

Unpredictability: 4.5

This scene is somewhat predictable because the conflict between a young artist and worried parents is a well-worn trope. The phone call interruption and the a capella moment add small surprises, but the overall arc is expected.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash is between the Protestant work ethic (stable job, family duty) and the risky pursuit of artistic ambition. Elvis's worldview is that talent and hard work can lift them out of poverty, while his parents believe in security through conventional labor.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6.5

The scene generates genuine sympathy for Elvis and Gladys, especially in the final moment when he follows her. However, the emotional impact is somewhat muted by the predictability of the argument and the slightly melodramatic tone.

Dialogue: 6.5

The dialogue is naturalistic in places ('I ain't ever gonna let us be in a place again') but occasionally heavy-handed ('Do not wear yourself out to get rich'). The phone call interruption is a nice touch, but Gladys's rant feels a bit overwritten.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because it pits a relatable family conflict against the backdrop of a rising star, and the a capella musical transition is a clever hook. The tension between Elvis's excitement and his mother's fear keeps the reader invested.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it builds from a calm arrival to a heated argument, with a brief romantic pause that slightly defuses tension before the climax. The rhythm is generally good, though the middle section drags a bit.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8.5

Formatting is professional and clear, with proper scene headings, action lines, and dialogue attribution. The use of V.O. and CUT TO is standard. Minor issue: the transition from day to night via window lights is a bit vague.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic dramatic structure: setup (Elvis arrives home), rising tension (dinner argument), climax (Gladys storms out), and resolution (Elvis follows). It's well-paced for a family drama, though the romantic interlude slightly disrupts the tension.


Critique
  • Elvis Presley is a famous person, so starting the scene with “EXT. MEMPHIS, TENNESSEE - DAY” is too vague. Consider using a more specific location, such as the outside of Elvis' apartment building or the studio where he is recording.
  • The scene lacks a clear purpose. It is not immediately clear what the characters are doing or what they are trying to achieve. Consider adding a more specific goal or objective to the scene.
  • The dialogue between Gladys and Elvis is stilted and unnatural. It does not sound like the way real people would talk to each other. Consider reworking the dialogue to make it more natural and believable.
  • The scene is too long. It could be shortened by cutting out some of the unnecessary dialogue and action.
  • The scene lacks visual interest. It is mostly just people talking in a living room. Consider adding some more visually interesting elements, such as music or movement.
Suggestions
  • Start the scene with a more specific location, such as the outside of Elvis' apartment building or the studio where he is recording.
  • Add a more specific goal or objective to the scene, such as Elvis trying to convince Gladys to let him go on tour.
  • Rewrite the dialogue between Gladys and Elvis to make it more natural and believable.
  • Shorten the scene by cutting out some of the unnecessary dialogue and action.
  • Add some more visually interesting elements to the scene, such as music or movement.



Scene 6 -  Elvis's Tender Moment with His Mother before Leaving for Tour
INT. PRESLEY APARTMENT - BEDROOM - CONTINUOUS ACTION

A pill being removed from a lacquered medication box.

Gladys gulps it down as Elvis appears in the doorway
through the mirror. She's breathing heavily, tears
streaming down her cheeks, black with mascara.

ELVIS
(half-jokingly)
I'm going to buy you one of them
pink Cadillacs, like you saw back
when you was working at the
hospital.

Gladys breaks a little. She turns to him, embarrassed.

GLADYS
I don't need no pink Cadillac.

ELVIS
Satnin'...

Elvis takes up Gladys' face in his hands, the tears
running from her eyes.

ELVIS
I just gotta be making the most of
this thing while I can. It's like
Daddy says, this could all be over
in a flash.

With this thought, Gladys' mood changes. Still anxious,
she sits at the dressing table, somewhat in a dream.
(CONTINUED)
34.
CONTINUED:

GLADYS
I'm not fearful of it being over,
Boobie...

She looks up to him.

GLADYS
It's the opposite...

She looks back to the mirror, messing with her hair.

GLADYS
Oh Lord, I look a frightful mess.

Unconsciously takes up a lipstick.

GLADYS
I don't know how to explain it,
but I saw it in that girl's eyes,
I saw it.

ELVIS
There's nothing to fear. They're
just kids getting all hopped up.

Applying lipstick, as if the very act comforts her.

GLADYS
No, it's more than that. It's
something I don't understand.
It's something beyond us. But I
know whatever it is, it's
something that can come between
us.

Elvis throws his arms around Gladys from behind, nuzzling
her neck as if she were a giant Teddy bear.

ELVIS
No, no, no... ain't nothing ever
going to do that. You're my girl,
my Satnin'. You'll always be my
best-est girl.

Gladys looks up into his eyes.

ELVIS
I'll call you every night.
Nothing, but nothing's gonna come
between us.

Gladys, pleading like a child:

GLADYS
You promise me, Boobie?

(CONTINUED)
35.
CONTINUED: (2)

Elvis, now the adult, reassuring the child that all will
be well:

ELVIS
I promise. I promise, I promise, I
promise...


EXT. LAUDERDALE COURTS - DAY

As Scotty helps Bill squeeze the double bass into the
CHEVY BEL AIR, Elvis gives Dixie a final kiss. The boys
tumble into the car. Vernon and Gladys wave with Billy by
their side as the car tears off into the future.


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

OLD COLONEL
(to camera)
Wanna bet?

He spins the roulette wheel and looks up to see Scotty’s
car driving away from Lauderdale Courts. To the iconic
opening of "Mystery Train," the roulette wheel transforms
into a SPINNING CHROME HUBCAP.


MONTAGE - EXT. RURAL ROAD (1955)

It's an AQUATONE BLUE SEDAN emblazoned with "Hank Snow's
Jamboree Attractions Tour!" Diskin at the wheel, Colonel
beside him. In an almost reckless gesture, the sedan
overtakes all the cars in a convoy.

COLONEL
Let’s pull over for lunch. What is
the name of the next place?

DISKIN
The Tasty Grill.

COLONEL
Tasty Grill.

COLONEL
(over megaphone)
Your attention please, your
attention please. We will be
pulling over for lunch up ahead at
the Tasty Grill. Lunchtime at the
Tasty Grill.

They approach Scotty's Chevy Bel Air, double bass
squeezed inside. Siting the boy’s car, Colonel hurriedly
winds the window down and turns to Diskin.
(CONTINUED)
36.
CONTINUED:

COLONEL
Slow down.

The sedan holds alongside the Chevy, Colonel pretending
not to notice the boys. A complete transformation,
Colonel announces with bonhomie:

COLONEL
(over megaphone)
Can I have your attention, this is
your morning bulletin. Colonel’s
promotional machine never fails!
The ‘Hank Snow All-Star Jamboree
Tour’ has completely sold out.
That’s right. And to celebrate I’m
buying all of you great artists
complimentary pie at the good old
Tasty Grill!

BILL
Who the hell is that?

ELVIS
That’s Colonel Tom Parker. He
knows all the big wheels in the
business. He made Eddy Arnold a
movie star.

SCOTTY
I heard he screwed him over.

Bill diffuses the tension.

BILL
I heard there’s free pie at the
Tasty Grill.

DISSOLVE THROUGH a LARGE POSTER headlined with "HANK
SNOW." At the bottom of a long list of supporting
artists: "Elvis Presley and the Blue Moon Boys."


EXT. SMALL COUNTRY DINER - DAY

The convoy is parked outside.


INT. SMALL COUNTRY DINER - DAY

Hank at the counter, flanked by Jimmie, performers, and
crew. Elvis and the boys, strangers to it all, are
relegated to the periphery, by the window.

TAP TAP TAP! Elvis looks up to see the Colonel waggling
his cane THROUGH the plate glass.

(CONTINUED)
37.
CONTINUED:

SCOTTY
Here he is. The man himself.

Colonel enters briskly, Diskin keeping pace.

COLONEL
Hello everybody, how’s the pie?
It’s cheap at half the price!

Everyone is confused at Colonel’s sudden generosity.

COLONEL
Hank! I’m here to check your
placement in the jukebox.

Colonel arrives at the jukebox, perusing the singles on
offer in the machine:

COLONEL
‘Let Me Go, Lover’, Hank Snow.
‘Conscience I'm Guilty’, Hank
Snow. ‘Cryin' Prayin' Waitin'
Hopin', Hank Snow.

Everyone applauds as Colonel makes his way over to Hank.

COLONEL
All hit records, all RCA! Can't
beat their distribution.

But Hank is distracted by the sight of Elvis and the boys
on the other side of the cafe. He turns to Colonel.

HANK
Colonel, what is that boy doing on
our tour?!

COLONEL
I told you all about him? He comes
from a good Christian family.

HANK
I do not recall.

COLONEL
And more importantly, about him
wanting to record one of your
songs?

HANK
Which one?

COLONEL
All of them! Them young’uns buy an
lot of his records.

(CONTINUED)
38.
CONTINUED: (2)

JIMMIE
That’s no lie, Pa. Kids these days
are buying more than adults!

Colonel pats Jimmie on the back.

COLONEL
Think of the money in the bank,
Hank.

JIMMIE
Wouldn’t want to miss out.

Hank, confused and bemused, glances towards Elvis and
considers what Colonel has said.

HANK
Well you warn him plenty, none of
those lewd gyrations or sudden
jerky movements.

Colonel, with an ambiguous nod of the head:

COLONEL
I’ll speak to the boy
immediately...

CUT TO Elvis at the table, clearly anxious.

ELVIS
You got a dime for the pay phone?
I promised to call Dixie and Mama-

But before he can finish his sentence:

COLONEL
Well, if it ain’t the new act...

The boys look up and there, towering over them, is the
Colonel. Elvis nervously leaps to his feet, proffering
his hand.

ELVIS
Colonel Parker, sir? Elvis
Presley.

COLONEL
Right. You’re the fella with that
funny new record all the kids are
listening to...

Scotty shifts defensively in the booth.

SCOTTY
It's getting lots of radio play,
sir.
(CONTINUED)
39.
CONTINUED: (3)

COLONEL
Who are you?

BILL
Blue Moon Boys.

COLONEL
I did not see that record of yours
on the jukebox... What label are
you on?

ELVIS
Sun... Sun Records. Sam Phillips.

COLONEL
Sun... If I were you, young man, I
would have a talk with my manager.

SCOTTY
That's me.

COLONEL
Hmm... Well, if you are his
manager I have two words for you:
one is distribution, and the other
is distribution... The pie is not
always free.

Colonel turns to the assembled company.

COLONEL
Alright, remember folks, show time
is snow time! Hank Snow time. See
you all in New Orleans.

With this, Colonel is gone. CLOSE ON Bill holding yet
another forkful of pie.

BILL
Free pie, huh? What’s that
supposed to mean?

Colonel taps on the glass and reiterates one last time:

COLONEL
Distribution.

ELVIS
It means our record should be on
that jukebox.

A glimmer of tension between Elvis and Scotty.

DISSOLVE THROUGH another poster, and another. "Elvis
Presley and the Blue Moon Boys" climbing up the bill.
40.
Genres: ["Drama","Biopic","Musical"]

Summary In the Presley apartment, Gladys expresses her fears for Elvis's future as he prepares to leave for his music tour. Elvis reassures his mother with love and alleviates her concerns, and the scene ends with Elvis, Scotty, Vernon, and Billy waving goodbye.
Strengths
  • Strong character development
  • Emotional depth
  • Effective tension building
Weaknesses
  • Some dialogue may feel slightly expository

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to deepen Elvis's emotional anchor (his promise to Gladys) while introducing the Colonel's manipulative charm as the engine of his rise. It lands the mother-son bond beautifully, but the Colonel's introduction feels rushed and overly expository, lacking a single sharp dramatic beat that would make his cunning truly land. The biggest limiter is that the scene tries to do too much—emotional farewell, tour setup, and villain introduction—without letting any one moment breathe, which would lift it if it focused on one core conflict per beat.


Story Content

Concept: 6.5

The concept of juxtaposing Elvis's private vulnerability with the Colonel's public manipulation is strong, but the execution feels familiar for a biopic—the 'promise to mother' and 'savvy manager' beats are well-worn. The roulette/hubcap transition is inventive but underused.

Plot: 6

The plot advances Elvis's career (joining the tour) and introduces the Colonel as a key player, but the sequence of events is somewhat disjointed—the montage and diner scene feel like setup rather than a cohesive narrative push.

Originality: 6

The scene offers a fresh take on the familiar 'promise to mother' trope by grounding it in specific, vulnerable details (mascara tears, 'Satnin''). The Colonel's jukebox manipulation is a clever, authentic detail, but the overall structure is conventional.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Gladys and Elvis's relationship is tender and well-drawn, with genuine emotional depth. The Colonel is introduced with clear manipulative traits, but his dialogue is a bit on-the-nose ('distribution'), and Scotty and Bill remain flat.

Character Changes: 4

Elvis shows a slight shift from anxious son to determined performer, but the change is subtle. Gladys's fear remains unresolved. The Colonel is introduced but unchanged.

Internal Goal: 7.5

Elvis's internal goal is to reassure his mother (and himself) that fame won't change their bond, driven by a need for security and fear of losing family.

External Goal: 6

Elvis's external goal is to join the Hank Snow tour and advance his career.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

Conflict is mild: internal (Gladys's fear, Elvis's anxiety) and external (Hank's disapproval, Colonel's pressure). The Colonel's manipulation creates low-grade tension, but no direct confrontation occurs.

Opposition: 4.5

Opposition is mild: Hank Snow disapproves, the Colonel is manipulative, and Gladys is fearful. No strong antagonist emerges in this scene—the Colonel is more of a catalyst than an obstacle.

High Stakes: 5.5

Stakes are personal (Elvis's promise to his mother) and career (joining the tour), but they feel moderate—the scene doesn't raise the stakes significantly beyond what was already established.

Story Forward: 6.5

The scene moves the story forward by getting Elvis on the tour and establishing the Colonel's influence, but it's more of a transitional scene than a plot-driving one.

Unpredictability: 4.5

The scene is somewhat predictable—the mother's fear and the manager's manipulation are familiar beats. The roulette wheel transition is a small surprise, but overall the trajectory is expected.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The clash between family loyalty (Gladys's fear of losing Elvis) and commercial ambition (the Colonel's manipulation) reflects a tension between authenticity and exploitation. Elvis is caught between these value systems.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6.5

The mother-son scene is genuinely affecting, with Gladys's vulnerability and Elvis's reassurance landing well. However, the shift to the diner dissipates that emotional buildup, leaving the scene feeling uneven.

Dialogue: 6.5

The dialogue between Elvis and Gladys is natural and moving ('You're my girl, my Satnin''). The Colonel's lines are clever but feel performative rather than organic, and the diner banter is functional but not memorable.

Engagement: 6.5

The scene is engaging because of the emotional pull between Elvis and Gladys, and the curiosity about the Colonel's intentions. However, the diner scene drags slightly with exposition.

Pacing: 5.5

The pacing is uneven: the intimate bedroom scene is slow and tender, then the montage and diner scene feel rushed, with too much information delivered quickly. The rhythm could benefit from more breathing room.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is professional and clear, with proper scene headings and transitions. The use of 'CONTINUED' and 'DISSOLVE THROUGH' is standard and effective.

Structure: 6

The scene uses a classic biopic structure: emotional farewell, montage, then introduction of a new character. The transitions (roulette wheel to hubcap) are creative but the pacing feels rushed, with too many locations in a short span.


Critique
  • The scene is well-written and captures the emotional tension between Gladys and Elvis.
  • The dialogue is natural and believable, and the characters are well-developed.
  • However, the scene could be more visually interesting.
  • For example, you could add more details about the setting or use more evocative language to describe the characters' actions and emotions.
  • Additionally, the scene could be more impactful if you raised the stakes for Elvis and Gladys. For example, you could have them argue about something more serious, or you could have Elvis make a decision that has more far-reaching consequences.
Suggestions
  • Add more details about the setting to make the scene more visually interesting.
  • Use more evocative language to describe the characters' actions and emotions.
  • Raise the stakes for Elvis and Gladys to make the scene more impactful.
  • Consider having them argue about something more serious, or have Elvis make a decision that has more far-reaching consequences.



Scene 7 -  Elvis's Dilemma: Artistic Expression vs. Personal Values
INT. AUDITORIUM - NIGHT

Elvis busts two strings on his guitar! He stands, blue-
suited, legs apart, motionless...

Teenage fans sizzling like eggs in a pan.

ELVIS
(A cappella)
I’m gonna hold my baby
As tight as I can
Well, tonight she’ll know
I’m a mighty, mighty, man
I heard the news
There’s good rockin’ tonight

Then suddenly, Elvis‘ body jackknifes! Scotty and Bill
take their cue. The crowd loses it!

ELVIS
(sings)
Well, we’re gonna rock
We gonna rock
Let’s rock
C’mon and rock...

As Elvis apes fornication, Hank, spruced and ready, joins
Colonel and his son Jimmie, now sporting slick pompadour
and sideburns, in the wings just in time to observe...

A PAIR OF PANTIES landing center stage!

ELVIS
(sings)
We’re gonna rock
All our blues away...

To Hank's horror, he sees another PAIR OF PANTIES! And
ANOTHER! Elvis caricatures an orgasmic shimmy.

HANK
Colonel, is that a pair of young
lady’s intimates I see upon the
stage?

COLONEL
Yes, I believe it is, Hank.

HANK
That best not happen when he sings
one of my songs.

COLONEL
I’m sure it won’t.

An apoplectic Hank storms off.
(CONTINUED)
41.
CONTINUED:



INT. MOTEL - ROOM - NIGHT

Elvis is pacing with the phone, just his pants on. A
TAPPING at the door, a FEW GIRLS GIGGLE outside.

ELVIS
(whispering)
Baby, no... It’s just part of our
act. We’re savin’ ourselves, like
we said... Love you...

The CLICK of the phone. He falls back onto the bed. Then
there comes a tapping. Softly. Steadily.

ELVIS
Is that a cheeseburger I hear
knocking at my door, Scotty?

Shirtless, Elvis gets up and opens the door to find a doe-
eyed FEMALE FAN...

She walks past Elvis, into the room. The fan lowers of
the strap of her dress and they fall to the bed together.

We PAN OFF TO a map of Florida.


INT./EXT. CHEVY BEL AIR - DAY

Scotty drives. Elvis looks despondent.

SCOTTY
Aw, come on, EP. Life on the road
ain’t the concern of folks back
home.

BILL
Why don’t you try one of these?

Bill offers up a small, white pill. Elvis considers it...

BILLY
Put the pep back in your step.

Elvis takes it with a swig of coke and we CUT TO:


EXT. DAYTONA CARNIVAL - STAGE - NIGHT

In a shower of panties, Elvis and the boys scuttle off
stage, past Colonel. Jimmie follows Elvis.



(CONTINUED)
42.
CONTINUED:

JIMMIE
Elvis! Elvis! I told them. I told
them but they didn't wanna believe
me! You're one of a kind! You're
something else and I promise, I'll
put my heart in it. I wanna be
just like you!

Colonel looks to ashen Hank, trembling with rage.

HANK SNOW
I can no longer in good conscience
appear onstage with that boy!

COLONEL
(nonplussed)
It is a conundrum, a conundrum...

HANK SNOW
After I perform, I shall spend the
night in prayer.

COLONEL
And I will do what needs to be
done.


EXT. CARNY CAMP - BACKSTAGE - NIGHT

Music, laughter. Through the doorway of Hank Snow’s
trailer, we see Hank in silent prayer. Emerging from the
trailer, he discovers a backstage petting party and slams
his door shut in disgust.

Scotty and a showgirl make their way through the party,
past pompadoured Jimmie performing on top of a table.
They tumble past Colonel, and into one of the trailers.

Elvis apart, gazing at the Ferris wheel, perturbed.


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

OLD COLONEL
I saw him alone, lost. A good
promoter knows the perfect
moment...

We FOLLOW Old Colonel's sun-spotted claw as it almost
comes to rest on Elvis' shoulder.

SCOTTY (V.O.)
Elvis!!!
43.


EXT. CARNY CAMP - NIGHT (1955)

Colonel, unseen, is standing behind Elvis.

Scotty, Bill, Jimmie and a bevy of girls are making their
way towards an enormous, illuminated clown's mouth.

BILL
Elvis, let’s go!

Elvis runs after them.


EXT./INT. CARNIVAL - HALL OF MIRRORS - NIGHT

Trailing the rest of the gang, Elvis enters the Hall of
Mirrors under the watchful gaze of ROY LUMOUS, the carny
fixer, lurking in the shadows.

We see Colonel appear in the reflection of a mirror. He
passes Lumous, speaking in a secret carny language:

COLONEL
You ceaz-ould get leaz-ost in heaz-
ere.

LUMOUS
Yeaz-ou ceaz-ould.

Lumous pulls a lever.


INT. CARNIVAL - HALL OF MIRRORS - NIGHT

The whole party reflected in the mirrors. Lumous’
tattooed hand closes a mirrored door. As if by magic,
Scotty, Bill, and the others disappear before our eyes,
leaving Elvis alone.

ELVIS
Fellas?... Bill?... Quit fooling
around.

COLONEL (O.S.)
Lost, my boy?...

Elvis spins, surprised by the apparition of the Colonel.

ELVIS
Colonel Parker, sir...

COLONEL
You look lost.

Elvis looks around, but he cannot even guess the way out.

(CONTINUED)
44.
CONTINUED:

ELVIS
(laughing to self)
Well, I was with the guys, then
they just... Yeah, I guess I am.

COLONEL
The roar of the crowd, life on the
road. Then calling home,
pretending to loved ones nothing
has changed, when everything
has... Lost.

Elvis tries to laugh it off.

ELVIS
I'm sorry, sir. I meant I don't
know the way out.

Colonel jovially concurs.

COLONEL
That's precisely what I am saying.
I saw you, standing apart from the
others, burdened... Like you
‘don't know the way out of this.’

Colonel pushes a mirror in which Elvis is reflected. It
swings open, revealing a shadowy world behind the midway.

COLONEL
But I do... Allow me to show you.

ZEENA (V.O.)
(sings)
Snowman's comin', yes, he's
comin'...


EXT. CARNIVAL - NIGHT

Elvis follows the Colonel as he skirts the canvas backs
of the tents, greeting roustabouts and freaks warmly as
he goes. Leaning into a group of LITTLE PEOPLE:

COLONEL
Miss Becky, Miss Kathy. A reaz-ed
one with the reaz-ubes?

The group giggles and nods.

COLONEL
(to Elvis)
Snowfall.

Colonel takes in their surroundings with a gesture of his
cane.
(CONTINUED)
45.
CONTINUED:

COLONEL
The language of the carnival. I'm
one of them. I came into this
world an orphan, you see, in
Huntington, West Virginia... But I
ran away, to join the circus.

ZEENA (O.S.)
(sings)
To sprinkle you with snow...

COLONEL
You're either circus, or you're
not. It's in your nature.

ZEENA
(sings)
He'll say ‘one, two, three,’ and
you'll be...
In cotton candy land...

They come upon Zeena on the steps of her trailer.

COLONEL
(to Zeena)
Al-A-Ga-Zam.

ZEENA
Al-A-Ga-Zam.

COLONEL
(to Elvis)
Madam Zeena and I had a mentalist
act together.
(to Madam Zeena)
Madam Zeena, young Mr. Presley.

ZEENA
Poor, white boy from Mississippi,
sings and the very rocks and
stones stand and follow...

ELVIS
And some of the girls, too, ma’am.

ZEENA
(to Colonel)
You’ll go far with the Colonel.

Elvis looks confused as he and the Colonel move off.

COLONEL
I saw you perform at the
‘Hayride.’


(CONTINUED)
46.
CONTINUED: (2)

ELVIS
You were there?

COLONEL
Yes, I was. And seeing you there
made me realize it was our destiny
to be together.

They stop walking and Colonel looks Elvis in the eye.

COLONEL
I wish to promote you, Mr.
Presley.

Without missing a beat:

ELVIS
My brother told me you would come
one day.

Colonel was not expecting this. Colonel brings his cane
slowly to his forehead, and punts on what he saw outside
the “Hayride.”

COLONEL
Ahh... Jesse?

They have arrived alongside the GEEK TENT.

ELVIS
Yeah, Jesse. He died when we were
born.

COLONEL
Twins...

ELVIS
But he's with me, always. Mama
says when Jesse died, I got the
strength of two men.

COLONEL
That would explain your tremendous
energy on stage.

We follow Colonel’s gaze to Hank and his band, signing
autographs at a distance. We see Bill, Scotty and Jimmie
searching around the carnival, presumably for Elvis.

COLONEL
The very same energy that upsets
Mr. Snow so very much.

ELVIS
Sir, the way the kids react? It’s
not my fault...
(CONTINUED)
47.
CONTINUED: (3)

COLONEL
It is your fault.

Elvis, his attention caught by the performance of the
Geek, is lost in reverie. Colonel leans over to Lumous,
positioned in the ticket booth. He whispers into his ear:

COLONEL
Nobody on the Erie...

With this, Lumous dispatches two BOY CLOWNS towards a
GRIZZLED TATTOOED CARNY at the base of the Ferris Wheel.

Eyes locked on Elvis, Colonel indicates with his cane
towards the Ferris wheel and intones with gravity:

COLONEL
Mr. Presley, are you afraid of
heights?

The Grizzled Tattooed Carny pulls a lever, halting the
great wheel.

ELVIS
No, sir. I'm not.
Genres: ["Drama","Musical","Biography"]

Summary In this scene, Elvis performs at a concert, receiving both adoration from fans and disapproval from fellow singer Hank. Elvis's provocative performance contrasts with Hank's discomfort, while Colonel sees a business opportunity. Amidst this tension, Elvis struggles to maintain personal relationships and cope with the loneliness of being on the road. The scene ends with Elvis following Colonel into a shadowy world behind the midway, highlighting the uncertain future that awaits him.
Strengths
  • Rich character development
  • Engaging dialogue
  • Emotional depth
Weaknesses
  • Some cliched moments
  • Slightly predictable plot points

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

This scene's primary job is to forge the pivotal, mythic alliance between Elvis and Colonel Parker, and it lands with atmospheric power and symbolic resonance. The single biggest limiter is the abrupt tonal shift from the raw, kinetic performance to the more static, dialogue-heavy carnival sequence, which slightly dilutes the momentum; tightening the transition would elevate the overall impact.


Story Content

Concept: 8.5

The concept of using the carnival as a metaphor for the music industry and Colonel Parker's manipulation is strong and unique. The Hall of Mirrors sequence is a brilliant visual representation of Elvis losing his way and being guided by a dubious mentor.

Plot: 7.5

The plot advances the central relationship, moving from Colonel's observation to his explicit offer of promotion. The scene effectively sets up the terms of their future dynamic, with Colonel's control and Elvis's naivety clearly established.

Originality: 8.5

The scene is original in its use of the carnival as a central metaphor for the music business. The Hall of Mirrors sequence is a fresh and inventive way to visualize the moment a young artist loses his way and is led by a dubious guide.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Elvis is portrayed as talented but lost and naive, while Colonel Parker is a masterful, enigmatic puppeteer. The contrast is clear and compelling. Hank Snow's outrage provides a clear opposition to Elvis's new style, reinforcing the stakes.

Character Changes: 6

Elvis's change is subtle but significant: he moves from being a performer with friends to a solitary figure being courted by a powerful outsider. His acceptance of Colonel's offer marks a turning point, though he doesn't fully grasp its implications.

Internal Goal: 7

Elvis's internal goal is to find direction and a sense of belonging, as he feels lost and burdened by his sudden fame. He seeks a father figure or guide to show him the way, which the Colonel exploits.

External Goal: 7

Elvis's external goal is to continue his musical career and find a manager who can help him navigate the industry and achieve success.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6.5

The central conflict is between Elvis's artistic freedom and Colonel's desire for control. There's also external conflict with Hank Snow and the establishment, and internal conflict within Elvis as he feels lost.

Opposition: 6.5

The opposition is primarily from Hank Snow, who represents the old guard and is morally outraged by Elvis's act. More subtly, the Colonel himself is an oppositional force, as his 'help' is a form of control that will ultimately restrict Elvis's freedom.

High Stakes: 7.5

The stakes are career-defining for Elvis. He is choosing a path that will lead to immense fame but also potential personal and artistic ruin. For the Colonel, the stakes are his own legacy and financial gain.

Story Forward: 8

The scene is a major plot point, as it formally introduces the Colonel as Elvis's future manager. It sets the stage for the central conflict of the entire story: Elvis's career vs. his soul.

Unpredictability: 8

This scene is unpredictable because it subverts the expected 'meeting of minds.' Instead of a straightforward business deal, it unfolds as a surreal, almost hypnotic ritual where the carnival's magic is used to isolate and ensnare Elvis.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene presents a clash between the authentic, raw expression of rock and roll (Elvis) and the calculated, commercial manipulation of the entertainment industry (Colonel). It questions whether art can survive its own commodification.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene generates a sense of unease and foreboding, mixed with the excitement of Elvis's performance. The emotional impact is more intellectual and atmospheric than deeply moving, as the focus is on the strategic meeting rather than a personal revelation.

Dialogue: 6.5

The dialogue is functional and serves the plot, with Colonel's cryptic carny language and philosophical musings being a highlight. However, some exchanges, like Elvis's 'brother told me' line, feel a bit on-the-nose and lack the naturalism of the performance scenes.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because it combines the visceral thrill of a live performance with the intellectual intrigue of a strategic, almost predatory, negotiation. The visual metaphor of the Hall of Mirrors is captivating and keeps the viewer invested in the symbolic meaning of the encounter.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing is effective, starting with a frantic, high-energy performance and then slowing down to a more deliberate, suspenseful pace for the carnival sequence. This contrast mirrors Elvis's own shift from public performer to private, vulnerable individual.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is professional and clear, with effective use of scene headings and action lines. The use of parentheticals for song lyrics and the visual description of the panties landing on stage are particularly strong.

Structure: 7.5

The scene is structured as a two-part sequence: a high-energy performance to establish Elvis's appeal, followed by a quieter, more intimate and symbolic encounter that sets up the plot. This structure is effective for a biopic, contrasting public persona with private vulnerability.


Critique
  • The scene lacks a clear purpose and direction. It is unclear what the writer wants to achieve with this scene and how it contributes to the overall story.
  • The dialogue is unnatural and lacks authenticity. The characters speak in a forced and unrealistic manner, making it difficult for the reader to connect with them or believe in the situation.
  • The pacing of the scene is slow and uneven. The scene drags on without any significant events or developments, making it difficult for the reader to stay engaged.
  • The characterization is shallow and one-dimensional. The characters are not well-developed and lack depth, making it difficult for the reader to empathize with them or understand their motivations.
  • The scene relies heavily on exposition and lacks action. The characters spend most of the time talking about events that have happened or will happen, rather than actively engaging in the present moment.
Suggestions
  • Revise the scene to give it a clear purpose and direction. Determine what the writer wants to achieve with this scene and how it contributes to the overall story.
  • Rework the dialogue to make it more natural and authentic. Study real-life conversations and incorporate colloquialisms and contractions to make the characters sound more human.
  • Tighten the pacing of the scene by removing unnecessary dialogue and descriptions. Focus on the most important events and developments, and keep the scene moving forward.
  • Develop the characters more fully by giving them depth and complexity. Explore their motivations, desires, and fears, and make them relatable to the reader.
  • Add more action to the scene by having the characters actively engage in the present moment. Use sensory details and vivid descriptions to bring the scene to life.



Scene 8 -  Elvis' New Journey: The Colonel's Offer and a Family Business
EXT. FERRIS WHEEL - NIGHT

Colonel and Elvis swish into the air. Colonel looks out
over the SPARKLING MIDWAY.

COLONEL
Your future, Mr. Presley, blazing
before you. Recording contracts,
television, even Hollywood.

ELVIS
You’re great, Colonel. The best
person I could ever hope to work
with. I ain’t never said this to
anybody before, but I believe I
can be great, too.

COLONEL
We can be great together. But to
achieve this, I will need to
represent you exclusively.

ELVIS
What about Hank Snow?

COLONEL
Hank wants you off the tour.

CREAK! The wheel stops.
(CONTINUED)
48.
CONTINUED:

COLONEL
I will have to leave Hank. We will
both have to make sacrifices...
You will need a label with
national distribution.

The implication sits heavy with Elvis.

ELVIS
RCA?

Colonel nods.

COLONEL
RCA.

ELVIS
Sam Phillips discovered me.

COLONEL
I know we have a way to help Sam
understand that it would be
foolish of him to hold you back.


FLASH FORWARD - INT. SUN STUDIOS - NIGHT

We come down onto Sun Studios late at night. Through the
neon-lit shop window, we see Elvis slumped in a chair.
Marion serves him hot cocoa. Sam leans on Marion’s desk.
There’s a feeling of sadness and finality in the air.

Sam, as if picking up the Colonel’s cue:

SAM
RCA does have the distribution...

ELVIS
(sincere)
I just need to know that you’ll
still be there with me as friends.

SAM
Hey, don’t doubt that. We’re not
going anywhere. Marion and I just
don’t wanna stand in your way,
that’s all.

Marion leans forward, hand on Elvis’s shoulder.

MARION
The world needs to hear you sing,
Elvis.



(CONTINUED)
49.
CONTINUED:

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
And you needed the highest payment
in the history of music to save
your business.

END FLASH FORWARD.


EXT. FERRIS WHEEL - NIGHT

COLONEL
It’s just business, show business.
To be truly great requires truly
great sacrifices. You will need to
be free of any entanglements...

As the CAMERA TILTS UP TO the stars, the haunting sound
of Elvis’ “Tomorrow Night."


FLASH FORWARD - EXT. TEEN CANTEEN - NIGHT

We TILT DOWN to discover a row of parked cars. We reveal
Elvis in his pink tux. Dixie, in her prom dress, crying.

ELVIS
(burdened)
Colonel says that with all the
publicity that's gonna be comin',
well, he might have to put it out
there that...

He's nervous to say this next thing, guilty...

ELVIS
I don't have a girl...

DIXIE
(hurt)
Colonel says, Elvis? Or you say?

Elvis stares into her eyes.

ELVIS
I love you, Dixie Locke. I always
will...

END FLASH FORWARD.


EXT. FERRIS WHEEL - NIGHT

Elvis still in a reverie, imagining Dixie’s feelings.
Colonel leans in and breaks him from his reverie with:


(CONTINUED)
50.
CONTINUED:

COLONEL
And then we will need your
parents' legal commitment. They
may need a bit of convincing
themselves...


FLASH FORWARD - INT. SUN STUDIOS - DAY

As Marion ushers Gladys and Vernon towards a table of
paperwork, Gladys whispers to Vernon.

GLADYS
Sam Phillips is a good man, who we
can trust; we don’t know this
Colonel from a nail in the wall...

COLONEL
I am of the firm belief that
family is the most important thing
in the world. With that in mind,
I’ve taken the liberty of making
these contracts out in the name of
‘Elvis Presley Enterprises,’ a
family business.

Colonel gestures in the air.

COLONEL
And I was thinking... ‘Vernon
Presley: Business Manager!’

The room applauds. Vernon is dumbfounded by the status
bestowed upon him.

ELVIS
What do you think, Daddy?

VERNON
I like it very much, son.

Colonel notices Cousin Billy, excitedly looking on.

COLONEL
You know Billy, Elvis is going to
need a lot of help on the tour...

ELVIS
Hell, you could be my road manager
one day, Billy!

Billy beams, and all laugh. Colonel solemnly signs and
offers the pen to Gladys.



(CONTINUED)
51.
CONTINUED:

COLONEL
Mrs. Presley, your son has a
unique gift. It's as if he has the
strength of two men inside of him.

Elvis clocks this unspoken moment of collusion between
them. Gladys stares, pen suspended above the contract.

END FLASH FORWARD.
Genres: ["Biographical","Drama"]

Summary Colonel offers to exclusively represent Elvis, who is conflicted about leaving Hank Snow's tour and ending his relationship with Sam Phillips. The Colonel presents a plan for Elvis' future as a family business, with Vernon as the business manager and Billy as a potential road manager. Elvis' parents express their reservations but ultimately agree to sign the contract, and Elvis ends his relationships with Sam and Hank. The scene takes place at night on a Ferris wheel and in Sun Studios, with a serious and contemplative tone.
Strengths
  • Strong character development
  • Emotional depth
  • Tension-filled dialogue
Weaknesses
  • Some dialogue may feel slightly melodramatic

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

This scene's primary job is to dramatize the pivotal moment Elvis signs away his autonomy to the Colonel, and it lands with emotional weight through the intercut flash-forwards that show the personal costs. The single biggest limiter is the heavy-handedness of the Colonel's dialogue, which spells out the manipulation rather than letting it simmer subtextually, and a more subtle approach would elevate the scene's power.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The concept of using a Ferris wheel as a metaphor for the rise and fall of fame, and the intercutting of future sacrifices, is a strong and cinematic way to dramatize a contractual turning point. The weakness is that the concept is somewhat familiar in biopics (the manipulative manager), but the execution is fresh.

Plot: 7

The plot advances the central conflict: Elvis must choose between loyalty to Sam Phillips and the Colonel's promise of national fame. The flash-forwards show the consequences of that choice, but the scene is more about emotional impact than plot mechanics, and the plot progression is somewhat predictable.

Originality: 7.5

The scene is original in its use of the Ferris wheel as a metaphor and the intercutting of future sacrifices, but the overall situation (manager manipulating star) is a familiar trope in music biopics. The dialogue and actions feel authentic to the era and characters.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Elvis is portrayed as sincere and conflicted, while the Colonel is charmingly manipulative. The scene deepens their dynamic, but the supporting characters (Dixie, Gladys, Sam) are given brief moments that feel slightly underdeveloped, serving more as emotional props than fully realized individuals.

Character Changes: 6

Elvis undergoes a significant change: he moves from trusting the Colonel to accepting the sacrifices, but the change is more of a resignation than a transformation. The scene shows him losing innocence, but the change is not fully realized within the scene itself.

Internal Goal: 7

Elvis's internal goal is to reconcile his desire for greatness with his need for authentic connections (family, friends, love). He fears losing himself in the process of becoming a star.

External Goal: 8

Elvis's external goal is to secure a record deal with national distribution (RCA) and to have the Colonel as his manager, which he believes will lead to fame and success.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The central conflict is internal (Elvis's loyalty vs. ambition) and external (Colonel vs. Hank Snow, Elvis vs. Dixie). The conflict is present but not overtly confrontational; it simmers beneath the surface, which fits the scene's tone but could use more tension.

Opposition: 7

The opposition comes from within (Elvis's guilt) and without (the Colonel's manipulation, Hank Snow's rejection, Dixie's hurt). The opposition is strong but not overtly confrontational, which fits the scene's tone.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are high: Elvis's career, his relationships, and his artistic integrity are all on the line. The scene makes these stakes clear, but the emotional weight is somewhat diluted by the rapid-fire flash-forwards.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by setting up the RCA contract and the Colonel's exclusive representation, which are pivotal plot points. It also plants seeds for future conflicts (Dixie, parents' involvement), but the forward momentum is somewhat slowed by the flash-forwards.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because the flash-forwards reveal the consequences of the Colonel's demands in a non-linear way, and the emotional beats (Dixie's hurt, Gladys's hesitation) are not entirely expected, adding layers of complexity to the decision.

Philosophical Conflict: 7.5

The scene pits the value of personal loyalty and artistic authenticity (represented by Sam Phillips and Dixie) against the pragmatic, business-driven pursuit of fame (represented by the Colonel). Elvis is caught between these two worldviews, and the scene shows him choosing the latter, but with guilt.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7.5

The scene is emotionally impactful, particularly in the flash-forwards showing Elvis's personal sacrifices (Dixie's tears, Gladys's hesitation). The Ferris wheel setting adds a sense of vertigo and uncertainty, but the emotional beats are somewhat predictable.

Dialogue: 6.5

The dialogue is functional and often poignant, especially in the flash-forwards (e.g., Dixie's 'Colonel says, Elvis? Or you say?'). However, the Colonel's lines are often too on-the-nose, explicitly stating his manipulative intent, which reduces the subtlety and realism.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because it combines the visual metaphor of the Ferris wheel with emotionally charged flash-forwards, creating a sense of inevitability and loss. The audience is drawn into Elvis's dilemma and the cost of his ambition.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing is effective, with the Ferris wheel scenes providing a slow, contemplative rhythm, while the flash-forwards are quick and punchy, creating a contrast that mirrors the tension between the present decision and its future costs. However, the rapid cuts may feel rushed in places.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is standard screenplay format, with clear scene headings and transitions. The use of 'FLASH FORWARD' and 'END FLASH FORWARD' is clear, but the rapid cuts between time periods could be visually confusing if not executed carefully.

Structure: 7

The scene uses a non-linear structure with flash-forwards, which is effective for showing consequences but can be disorienting. The structure serves the theme of sacrifice but may sacrifice narrative clarity for emotional impact.


Critique
  • The dialogue is a bit on the nose. It's clear what the Colonel is trying to say, but it's not very subtle.
  • The scene is a bit too long. It could be shortened without losing any of the important information.
  • The scene doesn't really have a clear goal. It's not clear what the Colonel is trying to achieve with this conversation.
  • The scene is missing conflict. There's no tension between the Colonel and Elvis, so the scene feels a bit flat.
  • The scene lacks clarity, and it’s not clear what happens to Gladys and Elvis’ relationship, there is an emphasis on the contract and family business, yet they are shown as conflicted.
  • The dialogue, while realistic, is not cinematic and can feel clunky to read.
Suggestions
  • Rewrite the dialogue to be more natural and less on the nose.
  • Cut down on the length of the scene by removing unnecessary dialogue and action.
  • Give the scene a clear goal, such as the Colonel trying to convince Elvis to sign a contract.
  • Add some conflict to the scene, such as Elvis resisting the Colonel's advances.
  • Add more clarity on Gladys and Elvis’ relationship at this point in the story.
  • Rewrite the dialogue to make it more suitable for performance. For example, use fewer stage directions and make the dialogue more conversational.



Scene 9 -  Elvis' Rise to Fame: Dreams, Ambition, and Success
EXT. FERRIS WHEEL - NIGHT

Elvis looks away from the Colonel, out over the midway.

ELVIS
You know, Colonel, I'd do just
about anything to make sure my
mama and daddy never have to live
in no poverty ever again...


FLASH FORWARD - INT. SUN STUDIOS - DAY

Gladys looks at all the beaming faces in the room. Elvis
tucks Gladys’ hand inside of his.

ELVIS
Say yes, Mama. It’s gonna turn out
so nice.

Then, ever-so-slowly, Gladys puts pen to paper.

END FLASH FORWARD.


EXT. FERRIS WHEEL - NIGHT

ELVIS
I wasn’t foolin’ when I told those
other kids I was gonna buy 'em a
Cadillac one day.

COLONEL
With me, my boy, we could buy them
two Cadillacs.

ELVIS
A hundred...

COLONEL
Two hundred. A thousand...

ELVIS
(enjoying the game)
A million...
(CONTINUED)
52.
CONTINUED:

COLONEL
An aeroplane?

ELVIS
A rocket ship!
(as they laugh)
Well, maybe not a rocket ship;
Mama don’t like me to fly. But me,
I’ve always wanted to fly. Fast.
Faster than the speed of light to
the Rock of Eternity...

COLONEL
The Rock of Eternity?

ELVIS
(slowly revealing)
Captain Marvel Jr. He’s my
favorite comic book hero. He
flies.

COLONEL
What about you, Mr. Presley? Are
you ready to fly?

Elvis turns back and looks Colonel directly in the eye.

ELVIS
Yes, sir, I’m ready. Ready to fly.


FLASH FORWARD - INT. SUN STUDIOS - DAY

With a FLASH, the iconic photograph of Elvis Presley and
Colonel Tom Parker's union.

END FLASH FORWARD.


EXT. FERRIS WHEEL - NIGHT

As the wheel turns, Elvis and the Colonel do, indeed,
appear to be flying...


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

To a "DNA" track, we APPROACH a noir-lit Elvis caged in
an abstract thicket of microphones.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
My boy's gift was to understand
how young people felt...



(CONTINUED)
53.
CONTINUED:

ELVIS
(sings)
Weeeeeeeell since my baby left me!
I found a new place to dwell...

The voices of gray-suited EXECUTIVES in the shadows:

EXECUTIVES (V.O.)
Morbid. Odd. We can't release
this.

ELVIS
(sings)
It’s down at the end of lonely
street at heartbreak hotel...

We DISSOLVE THROUGH HEADLINES: "First No. 1!" “The King
of Western Bop!” "First Gold Record! "

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
It was a hit. After hit, after
hit.


EXT. GRACELAND - GATES - DAY (1956)

CLOSE ON an Elvis number plate.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
Together, we made a blizzard.

We see a candy-pink Cadillac swing through a wooden gate,
a sunglass-ed Dodger hanging out a window. They pass
grazing cattle and a sign: "SOLD! GRACELAND FARM."


MONTAGE - INT./EXT. GRACELAND - DAY

In front of a white-columned 1930s Colonial mansion,
Elvis bounds from the car, beaming as he holds out the
keys to Gladys. Gladys crosses the threshold in tears.
Vernon hangs back in awe.

Before our eyes, the interior of Graceland transforms
into all that money can buy!

As televisions and phones are being unpacked, we see
Gladys, now in a different costume, standing with her
newly introduced MAID.

A little flummoxed, Gladys follows the maid as she
carries a brand new MIXER to the kitchen. We WHIP PAN to
Gladys, now in a different costume on a different day,
chasing chickens past the maid who is laying out fine
china on the dining table.

(CONTINUED)
54.
CONTINUED:

Gladys herds the chickens into the front yard and through
a dozen Cadillacs, finally mustering them towards Dodger.

A football suddenly smashes amidst the chickens.
Irritated, Dodger hurls the football back to the horse
yards where Elvis catches it and is crash-tackled by the
West cousins as Jerry looks on. A noisy GO-CART driven by
Billy cuts through the fray and through the Cadillacs,
almost colliding with Gladys and the chickens.

WIDE SHOT: a portrait of the mayhem. CRANE DOWN through
the trees to discover the rickety wooden fence is now
replaced by the famous music gates, fans gathered around,
opening as delivery trucks make their way through.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
I booked him on television, I got
him that screen test, and a seven-
picture deal with Paramount!

END MONTAGE.
Genres: ["Biographical","Drama","Musical"]

Summary This scene takes place at night on a ferris wheel, followed by flash forwards to Sun Studios and a noir-lit casino in 1997. It includes a conversation between Elvis and Colonel Parker about their dreams and ambitions, leading to the signing of a contract at Sun Studios. The scene also features a montage of Graceland and a somber 1997 flash forward with Old Colonel's voiceover about their success. The tone is nostalgic and reminiscent, with a hint of melancholy. Key dialogue highlights Elvis' desire to provide for his loved ones and Colonel Parker's encouragement of his ambition.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Character development
  • Engaging dialogue
  • Strong thematic elements
Weaknesses
  • Potential lack of external conflict
  • Some scenes may feel repetitive or slow-paced

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

The scene's primary job is to cement the pivotal partnership between Elvis and the Colonel, and it does so with charm and visual flair, but the abrupt tonal shift to the ghostly Vegas and the rapid montage dilute the emotional core, making the overall impact less cohesive than it could be.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of using the Ferris wheel as a symbol of rising fame and the playful negotiation over Cadillacs and rocket ships is fresh and engaging. The flash-forwards to the signing and Graceland montage effectively show the payoff, but the ghostly Vegas segment feels tonally jarring and conceptually out of place.

Plot: 6.5

The scene advances the plot by solidifying the Colonel's representation of Elvis, leading to the contract signing and the subsequent acquisition of Graceland. The montage efficiently covers a period of rapid success, but the ghostly Vegas interlude interrupts the forward momentum and feels like a flash-forward too far.

Originality: 7

The scene offers a fresh take on the familiar 'rise to fame' narrative by using the Ferris wheel as a metaphor and the playful dialogue. The Graceland montage is authentic in its chaos, but the ghostly Vegas segment feels like a stylistic choice that may not be original enough to stand out.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Elvis is portrayed as ambitious yet loyal, with a childlike wonder (Captain Marvel Jr.) that contrasts with his determination. The Colonel is shown as a persuasive, almost paternal figure who knows how to speak Elvis's language. Gladys's brief moment of signing is touching but underdeveloped, and the other characters are mostly background.

Character Changes: 6

Elvis makes a significant decision to sign with the Colonel, marking a turning point in his career. The scene shows his transition from a hopeful performer to a star on the rise, but the change is more external (career) than internal (character growth).

Internal Goal: 7

Elvis's internal goal is to secure his family's future and escape poverty, driven by a deep need to protect his parents and a desire for validation and freedom (flying).

External Goal: 8

Elvis's external goal is to sign with the Colonel and achieve fame and fortune, as symbolized by the Cadillacs and Graceland.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The primary conflict is internal for Elvis (choosing to trust the Colonel) and external (the pressure of fame). The scene lacks a strong antagonist or overt opposition; the conflict is more about the weight of the decision and the looming future, which is present but not high-stakes in the moment.

Opposition: 3

The opposition is minimal—the Colonel is not an antagonist but a facilitator. The only hint of opposition is the executives in the ghostly Vegas scene, but they are vague and not a direct threat to Elvis in this scene.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are high for Elvis's career and family, but the scene doesn't emphasize the risks or potential downsides. The focus is on the positive outcomes, making the stakes feel more like opportunities than threats.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by formalizing the Elvis-Colonel partnership, leading to the contract signing and the Graceland purchase. The montage shows the rapid ascent, but the ghostly Vegas segment feels like a detour that doesn't advance the narrative.

Unpredictability: 6.5

The scene is somewhat unpredictable due to the playful negotiation and the sudden jump to the ghostly Vegas, which is unexpected. The montage also surprises with the chaotic family life at Graceland.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The scene presents a clash between innocence and commercialism—Elvis's childlike dreams (rocket ships) versus the Colonel's pragmatic showmanship. It also hints at the tension between family values and the demands of fame.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene has emotional beats—Elvis's promise to his parents, Gladys's tearful signing, the joyful chaos of Graceland—but the rapid montage and tonal shifts prevent deep emotional immersion. The Ferris wheel moment is charming but not deeply moving.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue between Elvis and the Colonel is playful and revealing, with the escalating Cadillac/rocket ship exchange capturing their dynamic. However, the dialogue in the ghostly Vegas segment is minimal and the montage relies on voiceover, which reduces the opportunity for character-driven conversation.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging because of the charming banter between Elvis and the Colonel, the visual spectacle of the Graceland montage, and the emotional payoff of Gladys signing. The ghostly Vegas segment adds intrigue but also confusion.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk, with quick cuts between the Ferris wheel, flash-forwards, and montage. This keeps the energy high but can feel rushed, especially in the montage where emotional beats are skimmed over.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is professional with clear scene headings and transitions. The use of CONTINUED and FLASH FORWARD is standard, but the montage is described in a way that is visually clear, though the rapid cuts might be challenging to visualize.

Structure: 6

The scene uses a non-linear structure with flash-forwards and a montage, which is common in biopics. The Ferris wheel conversation provides a frame, but the ghostly Vegas segment disrupts the flow, making the structure feel uneven.


Critique
  • The scene starts with a flashback to Elvis and Gladys signing the contract with the Colonel, which seems out of place since the previous scene ended with Elvis and the Colonel on the Ferris wheel. It would be more effective to keep the scene in chronological order and have the flashback later on.
  • The dialogue is a bit too on the nose, especially when Elvis talks about wanting to buy his parents a Cadillac and the Colonel replies with 'With me, my boy, we could buy them two Cadillacs.' It would be more natural if the dialogue was less direct and more subtle.
  • The scene doesn't really advance the plot or character development. It's mostly just exposition about Elvis's career and his relationship with the Colonel. It would be more effective if the scene had a clear purpose and contributed more to the overall story.
  • The scene is a bit too long and could be shortened without losing any important information. It would be more effective if the scene was more concise and focused on the most important moments.
Suggestions
  • Start the scene with Elvis and the Colonel on the Ferris wheel, and have the flashback to the contract signing later on.
  • Rewrite the dialogue to be more natural and subtle.
  • Add more conflict or tension to the scene to make it more engaging.
  • Shorten the scene and focus on the most important moments.



Scene 10 -  Elvis's Face Everywhere: A Lighthearted Look at Fame and Merchandise
INT. GRACELAND - DAY

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
But most importantly...

We follow the boxes as they’re unloaded from the truck
outside and carried into Graceland by two workmen.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
I created something never before
seen. One day it would become
known as...

CAMERA moves to a box that explodes open with hundreds of
‘Loving You’ cushions with Elvis’ face on it.

COLONEL
Merchandise! Your face on every
conceivable object!

Colonel scoops the cushions up, throwing them towards
Vernon, Elvis, Dodger, Gladys, and Cousin Billy.

COLONEL
Teddy Bear perfume, Elvis
lipsticks...

Diskin takes a plaster bust from its box.

COLONEL
And plaster busts!


(CONTINUED)
55.
CONTINUED:

DISKIN
... of questionable likeness.

Colonel scoops up one of the ‘I Love Elvis’ pins.

COLONEL
Something for everyone to show
their love... Oh look, Dodger,
what’s that behind your ear?

Colonel leans in and does a magic trick, pulling the pin
from behind Dodger’s ear.

GLADYS (O.S.)
I hate Elvis?

Colonel’s face darkens. Gladys is holding one of the
other ‘I Hate Elvis’ pins.

COLONEL
Yes, I hate Elvis. To my way of
thinking, ‘I Love Elvis’ is easy
to sell, but those that hate your
son will do so whether we profit
or not.

He takes the pin from Gladys and turns to Elvis.

COLONEL
After all, what is hate worth if
it's free?

Elvis takes the pin and examines it while considering the
Colonel’s point. After a heavy moment, Elvis cracks a
smile. He stands and pins it on his lapel.

ELVIS
The snowman strikes again...

They all laugh. CUT AWAY to Gladys, a look of concern.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
But what was it people hated
exactly?

We ZOOM down on the ‘I Hate Elvis’ pin.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
Even in high school, Elvis was
listening to Black radio, going to
their churches, and hanging out on
Beale Street...
56.


EXT. BEALE STREET (MEMPHIS) - DAY (1954)

The ‘hate’ badge blossoms into a flower, pinned to the
lapel of a dapper African-American gent painted on a
mural on the side of LANSKY BROS. clothing store. We pan
off the building to reveal:

HIGH WIDE OVER the two miles of Beale Street, a thriving,
densely-packed hub of Black culture.


INT./EXT. CLUB HANDY - CONTINUOUS

Through a second-story window, BIG MAMA THORNTON, a
dynamic singer with a deep, rich voice, rehearses with
her BAND.

BIG MAMA THORNTON
(sings)
Youuuu ain’t nuthin’ but a hound
dog! Been snoopin’ round my door!

The camera descends...


EXT. BEALE STREET (MEMPHIS) - DAY

... as the Crown Electric truck pulls up to the curb.

BIG MAMA THORNTON (V.O.)
(vocal)
You ain’t nuthin’ but a hound dog!
Been snoopin’ round my door!

We PICK UP ON the legs of Elvis as he alights in his
uniform, pink socks, and two-tone shoes. He walks through
the bustling crowd as we see portraits of life on Beale.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
Elvis wasn’t just into the music.
It was the look...


INT./EXT. LANSKY BROS. - CONTINUOUS

Elvis stops, admiring a peacock-dapper gentlemen's store,
resplendent with the styles of the Black music scene.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
Bernard Lansky dressed everyone
from Duke Ellington to B.B. King.

THROUGH the window, B.B. KING is fitted by LANSKY amidst
bright, Lifesaver colors.


(CONTINUED)
57.
CONTINUED:

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
Elvis sought out the styles and
the stars of the beating heart of
Black music in the South...

Elvis, face against the glass, gapes in admiration.
Lansky shows B.B. to the door.

LANSKY
We’ll have everything ready for
Chicago.

B.B. KING
Well I hope Chicago is ready for
these nice threads!

LANSKY
Knock ‘em dead.

Elvis watches as B.B. jumps in his car and disappears
down the street, then turns back to Mr. Lansky.

ELVIS
That was Mr. B.B. King.

LANSKY
Indeed it was. And you would be...
eyeball buying?

Elvis’ eyes turn back to a particularly suave pink suit
displayed prominently in the window.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
... and pretty soon, they sought
him out, too.

MATCH CUT TO:
Genres: ["Biographical","Drama","Music"]

Summary In this scene, the Colonel introduces Elvis and his family to various merchandise featuring Elvis's face, including cushions, perfume, lipsticks, plaster busts, and pins. The conflict arises when Gladys holds an 'I Hate Elvis' pin, leading to a discussion about hate and its value. However, the conflict is resolved when Elvis pins the pin on his lapel and they all laugh. The scene ends with the Colonel's voiceover discussing Elvis's love for Black music and culture, and a transition to Beale Street in Memphis. The tone of this scene is lighthearted and humorous, with significant visual elements including the unloading of boxes, the explosion of cushions with Elvis's face on them, and the Colonel's demonstration of the merchandise.
Strengths
  • Humorous dialogue
  • Insightful character interactions
  • Exploration of cultural influences
Weaknesses
  • Limited focus on external conflict
  • Some dialogue may be overly expository

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.8

This scene's primary job is to bridge the Colonel's commercial empire with Elvis's cultural origins, and it lands effectively through the clever pin exchange and the vivid Beale Street montage. The biggest limiter is the tonal whiplash between the playful Graceland opening and the more reverent Beale Street sequence, which could be smoothed for a more cohesive emotional arc.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of contrasting the Colonel's merchandising with Elvis's authentic musical influences is strong, but the transition feels abrupt and the 'I Hate Elvis' pin is a bit on-the-nose.

Plot: 6

The scene advances the plot by showing the Colonel's business expansion and Elvis's cultural immersion, but it's more of a thematic interlude than a plot driver.

Originality: 7

The scene offers a fresh take on Elvis's story by focusing on the commercialization vs. authenticity tension, but the Beale Street montage is a familiar trope.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Elvis is shown as both a product and a seeker, while the Colonel is charmingly manipulative. Gladys's concern adds depth, but the supporting characters are thinly sketched.

Character Changes: 3

Elvis's perspective is reinforced rather than changed; he remains enamored with Black culture, while the Colonel's influence grows.

Internal Goal: 6

Elvis seeks authenticity and connection to his musical roots, fearing that fame might distance him from what inspires him.

External Goal: 5

Elvis is building his career under the Colonel's management, aiming for success and acceptance.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

Conflict is subtle—Gladys's unease and the implicit tension between Elvis's roots and his manufactured image—but lacks a strong opposing force.

Opposition: 3

Opposition is minimal—Gladys's concern is the only pushback, and it's not sustained.

High Stakes: 4

The stakes are low—no immediate conflict or danger—but the long-term stakes of Elvis's identity and career are implied.

Story Forward: 5

The scene moves the story forward by establishing the Colonel's merchandising empire and Elvis's cultural influences, but it's more of a montage than a plot progression.

Unpredictability: 6

The 'I Hate Elvis' pin is a surprising twist, and the shift to Beale Street is unexpected, but the overall trajectory is predictable.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The clash between commercial exploitation (Colonel) and artistic authenticity (Elvis's roots) is central, but not fully dramatized.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene evokes nostalgia and warmth, but the emotional stakes are low, and the shift to Beale Street dilutes the impact.

Dialogue: 7.5

The dialogue is sharp and characterful, especially the Colonel's quips and Elvis's 'snowman' line, but some exchanges feel expository.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging due to the visual richness of Beale Street and the clever pin exchange, but the lack of conflict reduces momentum.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk, with quick cuts between Graceland and Beale Street, but the tonal shift feels rushed.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and transitions, though the match cut is a bit abrupt.

Structure: 6.5

The scene uses a montage structure, moving from Graceland to Beale Street, which is effective for thematic contrast but lacks a clear dramatic arc.


Critique
  • The scene starts with the Colonel talking about merchandise featuring Elvis' face, which leads to a discussion about hate and its value. This topic is interesting, but it feels somewhat disconnected from the rest of the scene, which focuses on Elvis' love for Black music and culture. It might be more effective to move the discussion about hate to a different scene where it can be explored in more depth.
  • The scene includes a lot of dialogue from the Colonel, which can make it difficult for the audience to connect with Elvis. It might be more effective to give Elvis more opportunities to speak and express his own thoughts and feelings.
  • The scene ends with Elvis pinning the 'I Hate Elvis' pin on his lapel and everyone laughing. This moment is meant to be humorous, but it could also be interpreted as dismissive of the people who actually do hate Elvis. It might be more effective to find a way to address the issue of hate more seriously.
Suggestions
  • Start the scene with Elvis and the Colonel discussing Elvis' love for Black music and culture. This will help to establish the scene's focus and make the transition to the discussion about hate more natural.
  • Give Elvis more opportunities to speak and express his own thoughts and feelings. This will help the audience to connect with him and understand his motivations.
  • Find a way to address the issue of hate more seriously. This could involve having Elvis talk about his experiences with racism or having the Colonel explain why he believes that hate is a valuable commodity.
  • Consider ending the scene on a more somber note, with Elvis and the Colonel reflecting on the impact of Elvis' music on the world.



Scene 11 -  Elvis' Provocative Performance and the Public Outcry
INT./EXT. LANSKY BROS. - DAY (1956)

The same pink suit in Lansky’s window and now beside it,
a photo of Elvis wearing the suit on stage.

LANSKY
Son, ever since you first came in
here, you’ve been saying you’re
gonna buy me out but I told you...

We push past the window to where Elvis is now together
with B.B. and Lansky, buying up the store. Clerks’ arms
are piled with Elvis' purchases: brightly-striped shirts
and jackets of every description.

LANSKY
Buy from me, don’t buy me out!
(CONTINUED)
58.
CONTINUED:

ELVIS
Mr. Lansky, it’s Milton Berle. The
whole of America will be watching!

LANSKY
I don’t watch television.

B.B. KING
So what’s it gonna be? How are you
gonna blow their wigs off?

ELVIS
Well the network wants me to do a
ballad... but I was thinking of
cuttin’ it up with ‘Hound Dog’.

B.B. contemplating the enormity of it all:

B.B. KING
Elvis Presley. ‘Hound Dog’. Uncle
Miltie. Strange things happening
every day...

As Elvis riffs, starting to give B.B. King a sneak peek
of his performance, we MATCH CUT TO:


INT. NBC STUDIOS (LOS ANGELES) - DAY

ON Elvis, cutting the music into half time.

ELVIS
(sings)
You ain't nothin' but a hound dog!
Cryin' all the time!

Colonel watches from the studio floor, Diskin beside him.

COLONEL
Behold. Tomorrow all of America is
going to be talking about Elvis
Presley.

Elvis launches onto his toes, thrusts his pelvis out
towards America, and BOOM!

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
Suddenly, he became a gateway to
Black culture, beamed out into
every living room in America...


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

Elvis' body and sound ripples out through 50 MILLION TVs!

(CONTINUED)
59.
CONTINUED:

ELVIS (V.O.)
(vocal)
You ain't nothin' but a hound dog!
Cryin' all the time!

As one TV FILLS THE SCREEN, we find ourselves in...


INT. SENATOR EASTLAND’S HOUSE - FAMILY ROOM - NIGHT

An ideal American family: MOTHER, THREE DAUGHTERS, and a
SON sit around the television, watching Uncle Miltie.

Behind them, we glimpse the FATHER in his study, reading
the paper, surrounded by SUITED COLLEAGUES.


INT. NBC STUDIOS (LOS ANGELES) - DAY

Elvis' performance sends a ripple of laughter out through
the predominantly female audience.

MATCH CUT TO:


INT. GRACELAND - DAY

-- another screen, as we find ourselves with Gladys,
Vernon, Dixie, and the extended Presley family, all
crowded around the television set.

GLADYS
Even as a little one, he made me
laugh so! He's so funny!


INT. SENATOR EASTLAND’S HOUSE - STUDY - NIGHT

A newspaper headline: “Segregation Unconstitutional:
Supreme Court Strikes Down Mississippi Bus Law.”

The paper lowers to reveal the all-American father,
SENATOR "BIG JIM" EASTLAND, chomping a cigar.

EASTLAND COLLEAGUE (O.S.)
And for the next leg of your
Racial Integrity tour, we've
booked the Overton Park Shell in
Memphis...

But Eastland doesn't hear him, distracted by the sound of
his children's laughter. He rises, moving towards the
television.

SENATOR EASTLAND
What are they laughing about?
60.


INT. NBC STUDIOS (LOS ANGELES) - DAY

Elvis pushes his gyration further and further. The whole
experience has taken on a more raw and intense tone.


INT. SENATOR EASTLAND’S HOUSE - FAMILY ROOM - NIGHT

The blue light of the television dances across Eastland's
disturbed face, boiling with rage.

SENATOR EASTLAND
Who the hell is that?

MRS. EASTLAND
(unsettled)
It's that boy from Memphis.

Eastland glances to his besotted daughters, barely able
to conceal their desire.

EASTLAND’S DAUGHTER
Elvis Presley...

Eastland does a double-take, catching the same look on
the face of his son. A rising, volcanic revulsion as
Elvis comes back to real time:

ELVIS (V.O.)
(vocal)
And you ain’t no friend of mine!


INT. GRACELAND - LIVING ROOM - DAY

The Presley family whoops and hollers as Berle kids
around with Elvis, pretending to gyrate.


INT. SENATOR EASTLAND’S HOUSE - FAMILY ROOM - NIGHT

Eastland strides aggressively toward the television, face
contorted in a white rage, body shaking with hate.

SENATOR EASTLAND
A white boy from Memphis... moving
like a goddamn--?!

The screen snaps black! A dark chord. The fun is over.


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

Eastland, isolated. He speaks from behind a desk:


(CONTINUED)
61.
CONTINUED:

SENATOR EASTLAND
The obscenity and vulgarity of
this rock and roll music is
obviously a means by which the
white man and his children can be
driven to the level of the Negro!

We PULL BACK and Eastland is on a 1950s TV.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
It was putting it on the
television that caused the
problem... It became politics.
And politics ain’t good for
business.

Another TV, and another, until the SCREEN is FILLED with
1950s TVs on which outraged critics decry:

VARIOUS CRITICS (V.O.)
Vulgarity!/Mongrel music!/Bebop is
Communism!/Ask Your Preacher about
Jungle Music!

POLITICIAN (V.O.)
The subversives who own, control,
and dominate the entertainment
industry...

We PUSH THROUGH a headline: “Public Outcry: Steve Allen
under pressure to cancel Elvis.”
Genres: ["Biographical","Drama"]

Summary In 1956, Elvis Presley, BB King, and Lansky buy clothes at Lansky Bros. Elvis plans to perform 'Hound Dog' on Milton Berle's show, which is later broadcasted on TV in various locations, including Graceland, Senator Eastland's house, and NBC Studios. The performance sparks controversy due to its vulgarity and racial implications, particularly angering Senator Eastland. The scene shifts to a ghostly Vegas casino in 1997 and various TVs across America, showcasing the performance's impact. The tone evolves from lively to tense, ending with Senator Eastland's outrage and the TV snapping black.
Strengths
  • Intense emotional impact
  • Effective portrayal of societal reactions
  • Compelling conflict and controversy
Weaknesses
  • Potential for stereotypical portrayals
  • Lack of in-depth exploration of certain characters

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.5

This scene's primary job is to dramatize the moment Elvis's performance ignited a national cultural and political firestorm, and it lands powerfully through visceral contrast and escalating tension. The single biggest limiter is the heavy reliance on voice-over and montage to explain the backlash, which slightly dilutes the immediate dramatic impact of the performance itself.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of showing the performance's ripple effect through multiple households and time periods is strong, but the execution leans on exposition rather than pure dramatic action.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances the central conflict between Elvis's rise and societal resistance, but the scene is more a thematic montage than a cause-and-effect narrative sequence.

Originality: 7

The use of multiple TV screens and time periods to show cultural impact is a fresh take on the biopic genre, though the 'racist politician' archetype is familiar.


Character Development

Characters: 5.5

Elvis is shown as a performer, not a person; Eastland is a one-note villain. The Presley family gets a brief moment but little depth.

Character Changes: 2

No character undergoes significant change in this scene; Elvis remains a symbol, Eastland remains static.

Internal Goal: 3

Elvis's internal goal is to express himself authentically through music, driven by a desire for freedom and connection, but this is not explored in the scene.

External Goal: 7

Elvis's external goal is to deliver a show-stopping performance on national television.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The conflict is between Elvis's liberating performance and Eastland's racist reaction, but it's mostly shown through parallel editing rather than direct confrontation.

Opposition: 7

The opposition is strong—Senator Eastland represents institutional racism and political power—but it's introduced late and remains abstract rather than a direct antagonist to Elvis.

High Stakes: 7.5

The stakes are high—Elvis's career and cultural impact are on the line—but the scene shows the reaction rather than the consequences.

Story Forward: 6.5

The scene escalates the stakes by showing the national backlash, but it's more a thematic pivot than a plot-driven advancement.

Unpredictability: 7.5

This scene is unpredictable because the joyful performance is abruptly undercut by the introduction of a powerful political antagonist, shifting the tone from celebration to menace.

Philosophical Conflict: 7.5

The clash between artistic/racial integration and segregationist values is central, but it's presented as a societal conflict rather than a personal one for Elvis.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The joy of the performance and the shock of Eastland's rage create strong emotional contrast, but the scene's fragmented structure reduces sustained emotional immersion.

Dialogue: 6

Dialogue is functional but sparse; the most memorable lines are voice-over or political rhetoric, not character-driven exchanges.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because of the high-energy performance and the sudden, shocking shift to Eastland's racist reaction, creating a powerful emotional and political charge.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it starts with a fast, energetic performance, then slows to show the reaction, creating a rhythm of build and release.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is professional and clear, with proper scene headings and transitions, though the multiple time jumps require careful reading.

Structure: 6.5

The scene uses a montage structure with parallel editing across time and space, which is effective for thematic resonance but less so for traditional dramatic structure.


Critique
  • The scene lacks a clear purpose or direction. It's not immediately apparent what the characters are trying to accomplish or what the stakes are.
  • The dialogue is stilted and unnatural. It sounds like characters from different time periods speaking to each other.
  • The scene relies too heavily on exposition. The characters spend a lot of time talking about things that have already happened or explaining their motivations, rather than actually doing anything.
  • The pacing is slow and uneven. The scene drags in some places and rushes through others, making it difficult for the reader to follow the action.
  • The ending of the scene is abrupt and unsatisfying. It's not clear what happens to the characters after they leave Lansky Bros.
  • The wardrobe that Elvis is purchasing are described as being "brightly-striped shirts and jackets of every description," however, in the iconic performance Elvis wore a pink suit. This is such an important aspect of the outfit that he wore for this performance that it is highly suggested to update the description of the clothing to match.
Suggestions
  • Start the scene with a clear goal or objective for the characters. What do they want to accomplish? What are the stakes?
  • Make the dialogue more natural and believable. Use contractions, slang, and colloquialisms to make the characters sound like real people.
  • Limit the exposition and focus on the action. Let the characters reveal their motivations through their actions and interactions.
  • Vary the pacing of the scene to create a more dynamic and engaging experience for the reader.
  • Give the scene a more satisfying ending. Resolve the conflict or at least hint at what will happen next.
  • Consider incorporating more details into the performance description, such as where Elvis performs the song, and how big the audience is. This will help to give the scene a greater sense of significance.



Scene 12 -  The Colonel's Plan: Repairing Elvis' Public Image
EXT. HUDSON THEATER (NEW YORK) - DAY (1956)

TRACKING DOWN the neon-lit "NBC TELEVISION" sign that
precedes the Steve Allen “Tonight Show.”

POLITICIAN (V.O.)
... are determined to spread
Africanized culture, influencing
your children to accept Negroes!

CAMERA GLIDES OVER the massive crowds of reporters,
rubber-necking pedestrians, and Black and white teens
spilling over the sidewalk outside.

As we start to hear the sweet sound of Elvis' voice
singing a gospel song to a simple piano accompaniment, we
GO THROUGH the stage door window...

ELVIS (V.O.)
(vocal)
I ask the Lord for everything,
I count my blessings each day...
62.


INT. HUDSON THEATER - REHEARSAL ROOM - CONTINUOUS ACTION

We DISCOVER Colonel's cane and feet walking across the
newspaper-strewn floor. A copy of The Memphis Press-
Scimitar is dropped on the ground.

Above a photo of Elvis at the fairgrounds on “colored
night,” a headline reads: “Rock ‘n’ Roll Phenomenon
Cracks Memphis Segregation Laws." The CAMERA TILTS UP...

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
We had to change course fast.

... and we FIND Elvis at a piano in the corner.

ELVIS
(sings)
And he’ll come to you,
If you’ll ask him to.
He’s only a prayer away.
Is your heart filled with pain?
Shall I come back again?
Tell me dear, are you lonesome
tonight?

Elvis stops, sensing the Colonel's presence. He looks
down at one of the headlines at his feet: "Elvis the
Pelvis belongs in the Jungle!"

ELVIS
(shaking his head)
Elvis the Pelvis... That’s one of
the most childish expressions I
ever heard coming from an adult.

Elvis looks up to see Scotty and Bill at the other end of
the room, reading the papers. Everyone is on eggshells.

ELVIS
Mr. Allen gonna cancel me from the
show?

COLONEL
(somber)
Yes.

Elvis looks up, ashen. Scotty and Bill are on their feet.
They expected as much, but it still stings.

COLONEL
He's replacing you with America's
greatest singer...

A rack of tail suits is wheeled in, followed by a tailor.


(CONTINUED)
63.
CONTINUED:

ELVIS
Mario Lanza...?

COLONEL
Someone greater!

Elvis stands to examine the suits.

COLONEL
The new Elvis Presley! I snowed
him! I snowed him. You wear these
here tails, it’s a custom job;
sing the hound dog; it will be a
light-hearted, sophisticated
family show.

ELVIS
I can't move in one of these.

COLONEL
That's the whole point.

Colonel stops, sudden gravitas:

COLONEL (CONT’D)
Allen’s only agreed as long as
there’s no wiggling of the hips.

ELVIS
I can’t figure it out. What am I
doing wrong? My own mother
approves of what I’m doing.

Colonel points at all the papers on the ground.

COLONEL (CONT’D)
Have you seen the papers?

ELVIS
Yeah, the papers say I shot my
mother and smoke marijuana...

COLONEL
The papers say your movement has
the style of a colored man.

Colonel picks up the copy of The Memphis Press-Scimitar,
featuring Elvis breaking segregation laws.

COLONEL (CONT’D)
And that you are breaking
segregation laws.

Colonel leans in.


(CONTINUED)
64.
CONTINUED: (2)

COLONEL (CONT’D)
It’s a simple plan. A good plan.
You do the Allen show, family
style. Tomorrow, we'll return to
Memphis and snow them with a 4th
of July children’s charity
concert. Then we can put this
unfortunate misstep behind us.

Colonel holds the tails up to Elvis. He looks at them.

COLONEL (CONT’D)
Now, do we want to go into
politics or stay in show business?

Elvis has no comeback.

SCOTTY
Hey Colonel, what do the light-
hearted, sophisticated, Blue Moon
Boys wear?

COLONEL
(dismissive)
We didn't discuss it.

As Colonel snaps the gap in the clothes rack shut, the
CAMERA rushes through black and discovers...
Genres: ["Drama","Biopic","Music"]

Summary In 1956, outside the Hudson Theater in New York, a large crowd gathers for the Steve Allen ‘Tonight Show’. Inside, Elvis is rehearsing when the Colonel enters, informing Elvis that he's been replaced by a 'greater' singer. The Colonel presents Elvis with tail suits, insisting he perform in a ‘light-hearted, sophisticated’ manner, without hip movement, to repair his public image. Conflict arises between the Colonel's desire to control Elvis’s image and Elvis' desire to stay true to himself. The scene ends with the Colonel presenting the tail suits and his plan for Elvis' performance.
Strengths
  • Strong character development
  • Compelling conflict
  • Emotional depth
Weaknesses
  • Some dialogue may feel slightly melodramatic

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.8

This scene effectively dramatizes the core conflict between Elvis's authentic self and the Colonel's calculated image management, landing the moment of compromise with emotional weight. The single biggest limiter is that the Colonel's plan feels too easily accepted—Elvis's resistance is brief and quickly overridden, which slightly undercuts the tension and makes the scene feel more like a setup than a full confrontation.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of forcing Elvis into a tuxedo to sanitize his act is historically grounded and dramatically potent, but the execution leans on familiar beats of the 'artist vs. manager' trope without a fresh twist.

Plot: 6.5

The plot moves clearly from crisis (cancellation threat) to solution (Colonel's plan), but the resolution comes too easily—Elvis's capitulation lacks a strong turning point or deeper struggle.

Originality: 5.5

The scene is a familiar biopic beat (artist forced to conform), but the use of newspaper headlines as physical objects and the specific historical detail (the tuxedo, the 'colored night' reference) add authenticity.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Elvis is shown as vulnerable and conflicted, but his quick surrender to the Colonel's plan flattens his agency. The Colonel is sharp and manipulative, but his character is one-note here—purely pragmatic without visible doubt.

Character Changes: 4

Elvis shows a shift from defiance to reluctant acceptance, but the change is shallow—he doesn't learn or grow, just submits.

Internal Goal: 7

Elvis wants to be accepted for who he is—his music, his movement, his authenticity—without having to hide or apologize.

External Goal: 8

Elvis wants to keep his spot on the Steve Allen show without compromising his performance style.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The central conflict between Elvis's desire to perform freely and the Colonel's demand for restraint is present, but it resolves too quickly and without a real power struggle.

Opposition: 7

The Colonel is a strong opponent—he's calm, strategic, and holds all the cards—but Elvis's opposition is weak, making the conflict lopsided.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are clear—Elvis's career and public image are on the line—but the scene doesn't make them feel urgent or precarious beyond the initial cancellation threat.

Story Forward: 7

The scene advances the plot by setting up the Steve Allen show and the Colonel's strategy, but it feels like a necessary beat rather than a transformative moment.

Unpredictability: 4

This scene is somewhat predictable—the Colonel's solution (tuxedo, no hip movement) is a well-known historical fact, and Elvis's resistance is brief and expected.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash is between artistic authenticity (Elvis's belief that his mother approves and he's doing nothing wrong) and commercial/political pragmatism (the Colonel's view that image control is necessary for survival).


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

Elvis's line about his mother approving and his quiet acceptance of the tuxedo carry emotional weight, but the scene doesn't fully exploit the sadness of his compromise.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and reveals conflict, but lines like 'That's the whole point' and 'Do we want to go into politics or stay in show business?' are on-the-nose, lacking subtext.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because it puts a beloved icon in a moment of vulnerability and compromise, and the Colonel's manipulative charm creates dramatic irony.

Pacing: 7

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it moves quickly from crisis to resolution, but the rapid capitulation undercuts the tension.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8.5

Formatting is professional and clean—proper scene headings, clear action lines, and well-integrated voiceover. Minor note: the repeated 'CONTINUED:' headers are slightly redundant.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic problem-solution structure: Elvis faces cancellation, the Colonel proposes a plan, Elvis resists briefly, then accepts. It's clear but lacks a surprising turn or escalation.


Critique
  • The dialogue is a bit heavy with exposition, and it could be more natural if it were broken up and integrated into the action of the scene.
  • The scene could be more visually interesting if it included more movement and action. For example, you could have the characters moving around the room as they talk, or you could have them interacting with the props in the scene.
  • The scene could be more suspenseful if it included a ticking clock or some other element of urgency. This would help to keep the reader engaged and on the edge of their seat.
  • The ending of the scene is a bit abrupt, and it would be more satisfying if it included a resolution or a cliffhanger.
  • The scene is a bit too long, and it could be shortened by cutting out some of the unnecessary dialogue.
Suggestions
  • Break up the exposition and integrate it into the action of the scene.
  • Add more movement and action to the scene.
  • Include a ticking clock or some other element of urgency to create suspense.
  • Give the scene a more satisfying ending by including a resolution or a cliffhanger.
  • Shorten the scene by cutting out some of the unnecessary dialogue.



Scene 13 -  Elvis' Humiliating Performance and Family Conflicts
INT. STEVE ALLEN STUDIOS - STAGE - NIGHT

Steve Allen, introducing Elvis. Elvis turns to camera,
now dressed in the tails. His face is a mask of horror.
Staring back at him: a live BASSET HOUND in a top hat.
The Blue Moon Boys look on.

An abstract nightmare of images: the dog barking; a flat
audience not reacting; Steve Allen laughing.

A keening scream of humiliation.

CUT TO: Elvis rushing from the stage, pushing past Scotty
and Bill who follow.


INT. STEVE ALLEN STUDIOS - REHEARSAL ROOM - LATER

Elvis bursts into the room tearing off the tails--

ELVIS
God damn it... damn it!

He hurls the tails on the ground, turning to Scotty and
Bill who are right behind him.

(CONTINUED)
65.
CONTINUED:

ELVIS
He could have given me some
warning. I know how to do a skit.
I could have made it funny.

SCOTTY
It weren’t meant to be funny. It
were meant to make fun of us and
it did. It were the most stupid,
embarrassing, humiliating thing I
ever did.

ELVIS
What the hell do you want me to do
about it?

Scotty, totally out of character, yells:

SCOTTY
We're musicians!

All three of them are silenced by the thought.

SCOTTY
Well, we used to be. We used to be
a band, now we're... I don't know
what we are.

He looks at Elvis and turns to go.

SCOTTY
I'll... see you back in Memphis.

Only Bill now, he nods his head with deep affirmation.

BILL
You looked good in them tails...

He turns and leaves.


EXT. GRACELAND - FRONT GATES - DAY

Elvis’ purple El Dorado arrives at the front gates,
thronged as usual with fans.

Vernon drives, Elvis beside him. Elvis is visibly shaken
as he sees that some of the fans hold signs that read:
“No New Elvis,” “We Want Old Elvis,” etc...

VERNON
Not signing today, son?

Elvis just stares ahead, despondent.
66.


INT. GRACELAND - LIVING ROOM - DAY

The family are mid-argument. The news plays on the
television. Vernon changes the channel.

VERNON
These bus boycotts aren’t doing
nothing for nobody far as I can
see.
(to Elvis)
I like what you done with the TV
thing. I like the bit with the
dog... I like dogs

THROUGH the window, Billy can be seen playing in Elvis'
eccentric German MESSERSCHMITT CAR.

Dodger sits at the dining room table while Gladys
prepares for dinner. Strewn around the house are teddy
bears, fan mail, and new appliances.

GLADYS
Those New York people were using
you to poke fun at the whole
South! Getting a laugh outta
putting the hillbilly in a tail
coat and singin’ to a dog.

ELVIS
God damn it, Mama, it were either
that or get canceled! Then that's
it for television. And Colonel
says we running outta states I’m
welcome in, and they don't pay
unless I can perform. Colonel says
I play the charity concert
tomorrow night...

Elvis can't bring himself to say “the new Elvis.“

ELVIS
... family style. Then everybody
calms down and we can get back on
track.

VERNON
Someone’s gotta think about
keeping a roof over our heads.

GLADYS
We’ve always managed a roof over
our head, Vernon!

ELVIS
Daddy’s business manager, Mama,
it’s his job.
(CONTINUED)
67.
CONTINUED:

GLADYS
We was doin’ just fine, before
that man came along.

ELVIS
(defensive)
Colonel’s got us all this.

GLADYS
I don’t want all this! You’re
unhappy...

ELVIS
(tries to deny it)
I’m not...

GLADYS
You’re losing yourself, baby. The
way you sing and move, it’s God-
given, so there can’t be nothin’
wrong with it. Satnin’ knows...

Suddenly, Billy and a tangle of muddy cousins burst in!

BILLY
Hey, E.P., can we close down the
movie house and see Godzilla
tonight!?

ELVIS
No! And don’t tramp mud in the
house, Billy!
(back to Gladys)
You ain’t never happy! No matter
what I do, no matter how much I
give you, it ain’t never enough!

He’s looking at his family. They love him dearly, but
they can’t relate to the life he leads.

ELVIS
(making for the door)
And I wish you wouldn’t drink so
much! It ain’t good for ya!

GLADYS
Baby! Come back!

But he’s gone.
Genres: ["Drama","Biopic"]

Summary In this tense and emotional scene, Elvis performs on the Steve Allen show and is humiliated when he is made to sing to a dog in a top hat. He argues with his bandmates Scotty and Bill about their musical direction, and later gets into a heated argument with his mother Gladys about his career and Colonel Parker's influence. The conflicts are not resolved, and Elvis ultimately storms out of the house in frustration.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Character development
  • Family dynamics portrayal
Weaknesses
  • Potential lack of resolution in the scene

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

This scene's primary job is to dramatize the public humiliation and personal cost of Elvis's compromise for TV success, and it lands powerfully through the shocking basset hound image and the raw family confrontation. The single biggest limiter is the slightly on-the-nose dialogue in the Graceland argument, which occasionally tells rather than shows the emotional conflict, and a more nuanced subtext would lift the overall impact.


Story Content

Concept: 8.5

The concept of forcing Elvis to sing to a dog in a top hat is a brilliant, concrete symbol of his artistic emasculation and the absurdity of the compromise. It's a strong, memorable hook that drives the entire scene.

Plot: 7

The plot moves from the humiliating performance to the aftermath with the band, then to the family argument at Graceland, showing the ripple effects. The progression is logical but the transition feels slightly abrupt, and the family argument, while effective, is a familiar beat.

Originality: 7.5

The basset hound performance is a highly original and fresh take on the familiar 'artist compromised by TV' trope. The dialogue, while effective, occasionally falls into familiar patterns of family arguments.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Elvis's humiliation and defensiveness are clear, and Scotty's rare outburst is a powerful character moment. Gladys's maternal concern and Vernon's pragmatic focus are well-drawn, but the family argument leans on archetypal roles (worried mother, practical father) without deeper shading.

Character Changes: 5

Elvis does not change significantly in this scene; he remains defensive and trapped. Scotty's change is more notable—he shifts from loyal bandmate to disillusioned musician, but it's a momentary shift, not a full arc.

Internal Goal: 7.5

Elvis's internal goal is to maintain his artistic integrity and self-respect while navigating the demands of fame. His need is to be accepted for who he is, and his fear is losing himself.

External Goal: 6.5

Elvis's external goal is to salvage his TV career and public image by performing the 'family style' charity concert, as advised by the Colonel.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8.5

Conflict is high: Elvis vs. the show's producers, Elvis vs. Scotty, Elvis vs. his mother, and internal conflict within Elvis. The multiple layers of conflict are well-orchestrated.

Opposition: 8

Elvis faces strong opposition from the TV producers (forcing the dog act), from Scotty (who calls him out), from his mother (who questions his choices), and from the public (the 'No New Elvis' signs). The opposition is multifaceted and powerful.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are high: Elvis's artistic identity, his relationship with his band, his family's unity, and his career trajectory are all on the line. The scene makes these stakes feel immediate.

Story Forward: 7.5

The scene advances the story by showing the consequences of Elvis's TV compromise, deepening the rift with his band and family, and setting up the next phase of his career crisis.

Unpredictability: 8

This scene is unpredictable because the basset hound in a top hat is a bizarre, unexpected image that subverts expectations of a TV performance. The raw outburst from Scotty is also a surprise.

Philosophical Conflict: 7.5

The clash is between artistic authenticity (Elvis's God-given talent, as Gladys calls it) and commercial pragmatism (the Colonel's strategy, Vernon's financial concerns). Elvis is caught between these value systems.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 8

The humiliation of the dog performance is viscerally uncomfortable, and the family argument is emotionally raw. The scene successfully evokes sympathy for Elvis's predicament.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is raw and emotionally charged, especially Scotty's 'We're musicians!' and Gladys's 'You're losing yourself, baby.' However, some lines like 'Someone’s gotta think about keeping a roof over our heads' feel a bit expository and on-the-nose.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because the basset hound image is shocking and memorable, and the emotional rawness of the family argument keeps the reader invested in Elvis's plight.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it moves quickly from the shocking performance to the tense backstage confrontation, then to the slower, more emotional family argument, creating a rhythm of escalating tension.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8.5

Formatting is professional and clear. The use of 'CUT TO:' and 'CONTINUED:' is standard. The abstract nightmare sequence is effectively conveyed through short, punchy descriptions.

Structure: 7.5

The scene uses a classic three-part structure: the humiliating performance (inciting incident), the backstage fallout (rising action), and the family argument (climax). The structure is effective for drama, though the transition from studio to Graceland could be smoother.


Critique
  • The scene is weak and needs to be rewritten. There is a lot of unnecessary dialogue and action that can be cut. The scene should be focused on the conflict between Elvis and his family over his new image. That conflict is not given enough attention in the current version.
  • The dialogue is not very natural or believable. The characters speak in a way that is too formal and stilted. The dialogue should be more conversational and reflect the way people actually talk.
  • The scene lacks any real sense of tension or drama. The conflict between Elvis and his family is not presented in a way that is engaging or exciting. The scene needs to be rewritten to create more tension and drama.
  • The scene is too long and rambling. It needs to be trimmed down to a more manageable length. The scene should be focused on the most important moments of the conflict between Elvis and his family.
  • The ending of the scene is weak. It does not provide a satisfying resolution to the conflict between Elvis and his family. The scene should be rewritten to provide a more satisfying ending.
Suggestions
  • Cut the unnecessary dialogue and action. Focus the scene on the conflict between Elvis and his family over his new image.
  • Rewrite the dialogue to make it more natural and believable. The characters should speak in a way that is more conversational and reflects the way people actually talk.
  • Rewrite the scene to create more tension and drama. The conflict between Elvis and his family should be presented in a way that is engaging and exciting.
  • Trim the scene down to a more manageable length. The scene should be focused on the most important moments of the conflict between Elvis and his family.
  • Rewrite the ending of the scene to provide a more satisfying resolution to the conflict between Elvis and his family.



Scene 14 -  Elvis Presley Meets Little Richard and Sister Rosetta Tharpe at Club Handy
EXT. GRACELAND - DUSK

Elvis peels out in his PURPLE CADILLAC EL DORADO.
68.


EXT. GATES OF GRACELAND - CONTINUOUS ACTION

He negotiates the car through fans gathered at the gates.

From a spot across the street, a BLACK SEDAN follows.


INT./EXT. EL DORADO - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Elvis punches on the radio. “Hound Dog” plays. He flips
through the stations: another Elvis track, and another.
He changes the station again, landing on “Rip It Up.”

The song invades the soundtrack and the El Dorado tears
off as we TILT UP TO downtown Memphis.


EXT. BEALE STREET - NIGHT

HIGH, OUTSIDE, LOOKING IN THROUGH the second-story
window, above which hangs the neon sign of "Club Handy."

CRANE DOWN to see a sharply-dressed B.B. King leaning on
the sill. He sees the El Dorado squeal to a halt across
the road.

RACK DOWN THE LINE. Break, grind, switch off, key out,
slam door. Elvis is out, collar up.

B.B. KING
E.P.!

Elvis spies the long line outside the door and a couple
patrons pointing in recognition. B.B. mimes ‘I got you.’

CAMERA JAMS UP TO the other window and THROUGH INTO...


INT. CLUB HANDY - NIGHT

Elvis and B.B. are now outside the upstairs doors to the
club. They’re greeted by the owner, SUNBEAM MITCHELL.

B.B. KING
Listen man, if you’re sad and you
wanna be sad, you’re at the right
place. If you’re happy and you
wanna be happy, guess what? You’re
at the right place. What you need
is the tonic that ails you.

LITTLE RICHARD (O.S.)
Let it all hang out!

The many patrons inside the club repeat the call.

(CONTINUED)
69.
CONTINUED:

B.B. KING
Listen to the man. Let it all hang
out. Come on, let it all hang out.

Memphis photographer ERNEST WITHERS shakes hands with
B.B. and Elvis. Then as the doors swing open, B.B. King
leads Elvis through the ecstatic throng. As usual, Elvis
the only white face in the room.

A flash of lightning on stage in the form of a rouged and
lipsticked face beneath a towering bouffant: 19-year-old
wild-child LITTLE RICHARD.

LITTLE RICHARD
(sings)
A-wop-bop-a-loo-bop-a-wop-bam-
boom!
Tutti Frutti, good booty!
Tutti Frutti, good booty!

To the delight of the crowd, Little Richard bangs the
piano like a percussive instrument.

LITTLE RICHARD
(sings)
I got a girl named Sue
She knows just what to do
I got a girl named Sue
She knows just what to do

Elvis follows B.B. snaking through the crowd, as Sunbeam
Mitchell guides them across the room.

ELVIS
Man, he is cuttin’ it!

B.B. KING
Sister Rosetta found this kid in
the backwaters of Georgia.

ELVIS
I should get the Colonel to book
him on ‘Steve Allen’... they gonna
love his moves.

On top of the piano now, Little Richard pulls open his
shirt to the delight of the crowd.

LITTLE RICHARD
(vocal)
A-wop-bop-a-loo-bop-a-wop-bam-
boom!

A constant flutter of girls surround B.B. and Elvis as
they slide into their corner table.

(CONTINUED)
70.
CONTINUED: (2)

ELVIS
(sings)
A-wop-bop-a-loo-bop-a-wop-bam-
boom!
(speaks)
Man, he sings the hell outta that
song. I'd love to record that.

B.B. eases back, cigarette dangling from his fingers.

B.B. KING
If you do, you'll make a whole lot
more money than that kid could
ever dream of...

Little Richard's voice cuts through raucous applause:

LITTLE RICHARD
She's a sister of the Lord and a
sister to all of us, without whom
we would not even be here...
Sister Rosetta Tharpe!

Elvis perks up as SISTER ROSETTA THARPE takes the stage,
electric guitar slung over her shoulder.

SISTER ROSETTA THARPE
(sings)
Up above my head, I hear music in
the air...

The energy irresistible, Elvis and B.B. get up from their
table and join the audience.

A guitar solo takes us outside, where we can see the
parked car that tailed Elvis.

B.B. KING
Friends of yours?
Genres: ["Biographical","Musical","Drama"]

Summary Elvis Presley, driving his purple Cadillac Eldorado, is followed by a black sedan as he leaves Graceland and meets B.B. King. They go to Club Handy on Beale Street to watch Little Richard perform, where Elvis is impressed and wants to record his song and have him on the Steve Allen show. Later, Sister Rosetta Tharpe takes the stage and performs with her electric guitar. The scene ends with Elvis and B.B. joining the audience to watch her perform. The tone is lively and energetic, focusing on the music and performances.
Strengths
  • Vibrant musical performances
  • Cultural significance
  • Authentic character interactions
Weaknesses
  • Lack of significant conflict
  • Limited character development

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

The scene's primary job is to show Elvis's immersion in Black music culture and his connection to artists like B.B. King and Little Richard, which it does with vivid energy and authenticity. However, the scene is largely atmospheric and lacks a strong narrative push or character conflict, making it feel more like a colorful interlude than a pivotal plot moment; a sharper dramatic turn or deeper character revelation would lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of placing Elvis in a Black club, witnessing Little Richard and Sister Rosetta Tharpe, is a fresh and authentic way to show his musical influences. It's a familiar trope (the white artist discovering Black music) but executed with specificity and cultural texture.

Plot: 5.5

The plot is minimal—Elvis escapes to a club, enjoys the music, and is followed by a mysterious car. It doesn't advance the main storyline significantly, but it reinforces his character's roots and sets up potential future conflict with the tail.

Originality: 6.5

The scene is original in its specific setting and characters, but the trope of a white artist being welcomed into a Black music space is familiar. The authenticity of the dialogue and details (e.g., Sister Rosetta Tharpe) adds freshness.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Elvis is shown as a fan, humble and appreciative, while B.B. King is a cool, knowledgeable guide. Little Richard is a force of nature. The characters are vivid but not deeply developed in this scene; they serve more as archetypes of the music scene.

Character Changes: 2

Elvis doesn't undergo a significant change in this scene; he's reaffirmed in his love for this music. The scene reinforces his identity rather than transforming it.

Internal Goal: 6

Elvis's internal goal is to find authenticity and escape the pressures of his fame by reconnecting with the music that inspires him. He seeks a sense of belonging and creative freedom.

External Goal: 5

Elvis's external goal is simply to enjoy the music and unwind, but he's also scouting for potential songs to record, as hinted by his comment about recording 'Tutti Frutti.'


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The conflict is subtle—Elvis's internal struggle with his public image and the external surveillance of the black sedan. There's also a hint of tension between his world and the club's world, but it's not overtly dramatized.

Opposition: 3

The opposition is minimal—the tailing car is a vague threat, and there's no direct antagonist in the scene. The main opposition is societal (racial tensions) but not personified.

High Stakes: 3

The stakes are low in this scene; the main tension is the mysterious car following Elvis, which hints at future trouble but doesn't escalate here.

Story Forward: 4

The scene moves the story forward minimally—it establishes Elvis's connection to Black music and introduces a potential threat (the tail). It's more of a character moment than a plot driver.

Unpredictability: 5

The scene is somewhat predictable in its portrayal of Elvis discovering Black music, but the specific details (Little Richard's performance, Sister Rosetta Tharpe) and the tailing car add a slight element of surprise.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The scene subtly contrasts the raw, expressive Black music culture with the commercialized, sanitized white entertainment industry (represented by the Colonel and Steve Allen). Elvis is caught between these worlds, and his appreciation for the former puts him at odds with the latter.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene evokes a sense of joy and liberation through the music, but also a poignant nostalgia for a bygone era. The emotional impact is moderate, as the scene is more celebratory than deeply moving.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is natural and period-appropriate, with B.B. King's 'tonic that ails you' and Elvis's enthusiastic 'Man, he is cuttin' it!' capturing the vibe. However, the dialogue is mostly functional, serving to move the scene along rather than reveal deep character or conflict.

Engagement: 7

The scene is engaging because of its vibrant depiction of the music and the cultural immersion. The reader is drawn into the atmosphere and the joy of the performance, even if the plot doesn't advance much.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is energetic, matching the music, but it's also leisurely, allowing the reader to soak in the atmosphere. The scene doesn't rush, which fits the club setting, but it could feel slow for plot-driven readers.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is professional and clear, with proper scene headings, action lines, and dialogue. The use of camera directions (TILT UP, CRANE DOWN) is appropriate for a screenplay, though some might find them overly prescriptive.

Structure: 6

The scene follows a classic 'visit to a club' structure: arrival, introduction to the environment, musical performance, and a hint of impending trouble. It's effective for a music biopic, but lacks a clear turning point or dramatic beat.


Critique
  • The scene is too long and could be shortened by cutting some of the dialogue and action.
  • The dialogue is not very natural and could be improved by making it more conversational.
  • The characters are not very well-developed and could be fleshed out more by giving them more backstory and motivations.
  • The scene lacks focus and could be improved by giving it a clear goal or objective.
  • The ending of the scene is not very satisfying and could be improved by giving it a more dramatic or impactful conclusion.
Suggestions
  • Cut some of the dialogue and action to make the scene shorter.
  • Make the dialogue more natural by making it more conversational.
  • Flesh out the characters by giving them more backstory and motivations.
  • Give the scene a clear goal or objective.
  • Give the scene a more dramatic or impactful conclusion.



Scene 15 -  Elvis' Frustration and a Sinister Undertone
EXT. BEALE STREET - CONTINUOUS ACTION

From the car, two SHADOWY FIGURES look up at the window:
the silhouette of Elvis dancing with a young girl.

The lights of Beale Street go off, and as the noise and
energy of Club Handy dissipates, we hear the strains of
the Gospel classic “Working On A Building.”


INT. CLUB HANDY - LATER

Through the window, we can see the crowd has gone,. The
club’s staff puts chairs on tables.

(CONTINUED)
71.
CONTINUED:

Elvis, B.B., Sister Rosetta, Little Richard and the house
band hang around for a final drink and a late-night
Gospel session.

As a song concludes, Elvis and B.B. wander to the bar.

B.B. KING
That’s a nice ride you rolled up
in tonight.

ELVIS
It’s no giant B.B. King bus!

Beside the bar, B.B. deftly hoists himself through an
open window onto the fire escape, Elvis follows.

B.B. KING
Big Red! Yeah, I can go where I
want, play where I want, and if
they don’t like it, I can go
someplace else. It’s about
control, man. It’s like having my
own label: if you don’t do the
business, the business will do
you.

ELVIS
(brushing it off)
I leave all that to the Colonel.

B.B. KING
So it’s his idea, this “New
Elvis”?

Elvis nods as B.B. lights a cigarette.

B.B. KING
I don’t get it, man. Cats buy your
records because they like what you
do, not ‘cause you’re dressed up
like some... butler! You really
think those kids want to see
“Elvis the butler” at this
Russwood Park gig tomorrow?

ELVIS
I ain’t wearing no tails. I just
got to back off the moves, is all.
Colonel says if I don’t, they
gonna put me in jail.

B.B. laughs at the prospect.

B.B. KING
C’mon man, they’re not gonna put
you in jail.
(MORE) (CONTINUED)
72.
CONTINUED: (2)
B.B. KING (CONT'D)
They might put me in jail for
walking down the street, but you a
famous white boy! Too many people
are making too much money outta
you to put you in jail.

The truth of this hangs heavy with Elvis as, from inside,
Sister Rosetta develops the jam into one of her songs.

SISTER ROSETTA THARPE
(sings)
Every day... yes! There are
strange things happening every
day!

ELVIS
You think so?

B.B. KING
I know so. Colonel’s too smart.
There’s got to be another reason.

Just then, Ernest Withers calls out through the window:

ERNEST WITHERS
Hey, Elvis, B.B.! Give us a smile!

The FLASH BULB BURNS the SCREEN while the unanswered
question is memorialized in Elvis' eyes. “Strange Things”
takes on a sinister undertone...


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

We PULL OUT from the photo of B.B. and Elvis, arm-in-arm,
now on the front of page of THE MEMPHIS WORLD.

SISTER ROSETTA THARPE (V.O.)
(vocal)
Every day... every day...

More photos: Elvis at the WDIA Goodwill Revue. Elvis at
the fairgrounds on “colored night.”

SENATOR EASTLAND
Elvis and B.B. King at Club Handy,
with Rufus Thomas and some colored
children at the WDIA Goodwill
Revue. Your boy on colored night
at the Memphis fairgrounds...

Senator Eastland stands over Colonel. Through Rosetta
Tharpe's high-pitched keening, we catch only snippets:



(CONTINUED)
73.
CONTINUED:

SENATOR EASTLAND
... found your records... unfit
for military duty... acute
psychopathic state...

COLONEL
I was pretending to be crazy, I
wanted out! I was just a boy from
Huntington West Virginia.

SENATOR EASTLAND
... before the Army, we found no
record of you at all...

Colonel looks up, ashen. Caught.

SENATOR EASTLAND
You were never a Colonel, never a
Tom, never a Parker.


EXT. RUSSWOOD PARK BASEBALL STADIUM - NIGHT (1956)

As the VICE SQUAD installs movie cameras, POLICE erect a
barrier separating BLACK and WHITE TEENS. On the open
stage on the field, a 4th of July kick line number...

As "Strange Things" builds menacingly, CRANE HIGH...

A WHITE PATROL CAR makes its way through the crush of
people and traffic outside.


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

Eastland appears, orating before a Confederate flag.

SENATOR EASTLAND
The South will retain segregation.
The governor of a sovereign State
can use the force at his
command...

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
That very night of the charity
show, Senator Eastland was holding
a segregationist rally not 3 miles
away at the Memphis bandshell.


INT. PATROL CAR - NIGHT (1956)

A PATROLMAN and a POLICE CHIEF in the front. Elvis in the
back, head-to-toe in jet black, but for red tie and
socks. Colonel, beaming, leans on his cane beside him.
Fans press against the windows. The tension is palpable.
(CONTINUED)
74.
CONTINUED:

COLONEL
The mayor loved you on the ‘Steve
Allen’ show. All the important
people did. What are you singing
tonight?

Elvis, still not looking at him:

ELVIS
I made no decision. I’ll feel it.

COLONEL
Pay no mind to the big cameras.
That’s just our friends in the
Vice Squad. They don’t mean
nothin.
(to the Police Chief)
Ain’t that right, Chief?

The Police Chief, a stone cold affirmation:

POLICE CHIEF
As long as you don’t so much as
wiggle a finger.

The car pulls up at the back of the open stage and
Colonel laughs as they alight.
Genres: ["Drama","Musical","Biography"]

Summary In this contemplative and tense scene, two shadowy figures observe Elvis and a young girl dancing outside Club Handy. Inside, Elvis, B.B. King, Sister Rosetta, and Little Richard have a late-night gospel session. Elvis expresses his frustration to B.B. about the Colonel's control over his career and new image. Photographer Ernest Withers takes a photo, and the scene ends with a flashbulb and a sinister undertone, leaving Elvis' unanswered question memorialized in his eyes.
Strengths
  • Strong character development
  • Engaging dialogue
  • Exploration of complex themes
Weaknesses
  • Some elements may be too subtle for all viewers to grasp
  • Potential for confusion with the flashbacks and flash-forwards

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to dramatize the escalating pressure on Elvis to conform and the hidden stakes of Colonel Parker's control, which it does with strong thematic layering and visual tension. The single biggest limiter is the fragmented structure—the abrupt 1997 flash-forwards and the Senator Eastland reveal feel disjointed from the otherwise grounded Beale Street and Russwood Park sequences, which would benefit from smoother integration or clearer connective tissue.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of juxtaposing Elvis's intimate gospel jam with B.B. King against the looming threat of censorship and Colonel Parker's secret past is strong and thematically rich. However, the 1997 ghostly Vegas casino framing feels somewhat forced and underdeveloped in this excerpt, slightly diluting the core tension.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances the central conflict—Elvis's artistic freedom vs. societal and managerial control—through the conversation with B.B. King and the police car sequence. The Senator Eastland reveal adds a new layer of conspiracy, but the time jumps disrupt narrative momentum.

Originality: 7.5

The scene is original in its use of the 1997 flash-forward to expose Colonel Parker's secret and in the intimate gospel jam with B.B. King and Sister Rosetta Tharpe. The police car sequence is a fresh take on the 'arrival at the show' trope.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Elvis is shown as conflicted and impressionable, B.B. King as a wise mentor, and Colonel Parker as manipulative and secretive. The characters are well-drawn, but the 1997 flash-forward reduces the Colonel to a passive victim, slightly undermining his menace in the 1956 timeline.

Character Changes: 4

Elvis shows a slight shift from defiance ('I ain't wearing no tails') to resigned acceptance ('I just got to back off the moves'), but no major transformation. The Colonel's secret is exposed to the audience, changing our perception of him, but not his on-screen behavior.

Internal Goal: 7.5

Elvis's internal goal is to maintain his artistic integrity and connection to black music without losing his career or freedom; he fears being controlled and losing his authentic self.

External Goal: 7

Elvis's external goal is to perform at Russwood Park without being arrested or forced to compromise his stage moves.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

Conflict is multi-layered: internal (Elvis's desire to perform authentically vs. fear of jail), interpersonal (Elvis vs. Colonel's demands), and societal (segregationists vs. rock 'n' roll). The police car sequence raises the stakes physically.

Opposition: 8

Opposition comes from multiple sources: the Vice Squad and Police Chief (legal), Senator Eastland (political/social), and Colonel Parker (managerial/psychological). B.B. King offers counter-opposition as a voice of wisdom.

High Stakes: 8

Stakes are high: Elvis's career, freedom, and authenticity are threatened by legal action, segregationist politics, and Colonel's control. The revelation of the Colonel's identity adds existential stakes to their partnership.

Story Forward: 7.5

The scene moves the story forward by escalating the external pressure on Elvis (police, Senator Eastland) and revealing Colonel Parker's fraudulent past, which will likely have major consequences. The Russwood Park gig is set up as a confrontation.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because the revelation of Colonel Parker's fraudulent identity and the 1997 flash-forward are unexpected, and the police car sequence subverts the typical triumphant concert arrival.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The clash is between artistic authenticity and commercial/political conformity, embodied by B.B. King's 'control' philosophy vs. Colonel's image-management. Elvis is caught between valuing his roots and the need to survive in a racist industry.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The scene generates anxiety through the police surveillance and Colonel's hidden past, and melancholy through the gospel jam and Elvis's trapped expression. The emotional impact is strong but somewhat diffused by the time jumps.

Dialogue: 7.5

Dialogue is natural and revealing, especially B.B. King's pragmatic wisdom ('It's about control, man') and Elvis's defensive deflection ('I leave all that to the Colonel'). The exchange feels authentic to the period and characters. The Senator Eastland dialogue is more expositional and less organic.

Engagement: 7.5

This scene is engaging because it combines intimate character moments (gospel jam, fire escape talk) with high-stakes tension (police surveillance, Senator Eastland's threat), and the mystery of Colonel's past keeps the reader curious.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the relaxed gospel jam builds intimacy before the jarring cuts to the 1997 casino and the tense police car ride, creating a rhythm of calm and threat. However, the time jumps occasionally stall momentum.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8.5

Formatting is professional and clear, with proper scene headings, transitions, and action lines. The use of (V.O.) and (CONTINUED) is correct. The only minor issue is the 'GHOSTLY VEGAS' parenthetical, which is evocative but slightly ambiguous.

Structure: 5.5

The scene uses a non-linear structure with flash-forwards that reveal backstory and future consequences. While ambitious, the transitions are abrupt and the 1997 segments feel tonally disconnected from the 1956 narrative, weakening the dramatic arc.


Critique
  • The pacing of the scene is very fast and the dialogue is rather exposition heavy. This might be better sewn into the previous scene and have some of the action shown, like the jam session, than have it be discussed.
  • The sinister undertone of the flashbulb is powerful, but there's no payoff within this scene or any immediate follow up on it outside of the transition to the Elvis 1997 scene.
  • The dialogue from Senator Eastland is interesting background information, but it might be too heavy-handed and on-the-nose.
  • The comments from the Police Chief and Colonel add to the tension, but the scene might benefit from building up to that tension rather than jumping into it so abruptly.
  • The line "I'll feel it" from Elvis in response to what he'll sing that night feels out of character and doesn't provide much insight into the conflict at hand regarding his public image and artistic identity.
Suggestions
  • Consider weaving the Gospel session, with the possible inclusion of the flashbulb, into the previous scene to create a smoother transition and build up to the ominous tone earlier.
  • Consider having the scene end with the flashbulb and the menacing tone it brings as a cliffhanger, leaving the audience to ponder its implications and the potential consequences for Elvis and those around him.
  • Consider reframing Senator Eastland's dialogue as internal monologue or a voiceover to provide the same information while maintaining the scene's focus on Elvis and the events surrounding the Russwood Park concert.
  • Consider building tension throughout the scene by incorporating more dialogue and interactions between Elvis, the Colonel, and the other characters, gradually leading up to the confrontation with the Police Chief.
  • Consider revising Elvis' dialogue about what he will sing to something more in line with his character, perhaps reflecting his rebellious nature or his desire to connect with the audience on a deeper level despite the constraints imposed on him.



Scene 16 -  Elvis's Defiant Performance at Russwood Park
EXT. RUSSWOOD PARK BASEBALL STADIUM - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Colonel guides Elvis through a corridor of police. Elvis
approaches his family.

GLADYS
Jesse’s with us tonight, baby.

VERNON
Play it smart out there, son.

BILLY
Give ‘em hell.

DEWEY PHILLIPS (O.S.)
I know a lot of the young people
are excited for our next act...

THE CROWD GOES BESERK. Scotty and Bill take the stage.
Before Elvis follows, Colonel leans in for a final word.

COLONEL
All you gotta do is stand there,
sing the nice song, smile the nice
smile, no wiggling! And then we
can get back to our show business.
And have fun!

(CONTINUED)
75.
CONTINUED: (2)

Elvis stares opaquely back.

DEWEY PHILLIPS (O.S.)
AND HERE HE IS... ELVIS PRESLEY!!!

102-103 To deafening applause, Elvis runs on stage. 102-103


EXT. RUSSWOOD PARK STADIUM - STAGE - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Arriving at the microphone, he holds his hand up in the
air to quiet the audience. The crowd settles, immense
tension in the air.

Colonel and the police, Gladys, Vernon, Dodger, and
Billy, all look on anxiously from the roped-off area.

ELVIS
(humble)
There’s been a lot of talk about
the New Elvis.

The crowd boos.

ELVIS
And you know, that other guy.

Elvis can see the cameras of the Vice Squad and with a
smirk, he raises his pinky finger into the air.

The perplexed and bewildered faces of THE CONVALESCENT
CHILDREN’S HOME CHARITY COMMITTEE, sitting side-by-side
with THE MAYOR, THE MINISTER, and the Police Chief as
well as VARIOUS DIGNITARIES.

Elvis suggestively wiggles his finger towards the camera.

ELVIS
(sings)
You ain't nothing but a hound dog
crying all the time...

A squall of ear-shattering screams and laughter as he
mocks the surveillance. CUT TO the stony faces of the
Mayor and dignitaries, appalled.

After a moment, Elvis looks up and can just hear Senator
Eastland's rally on the wind:

EASTLAND (O.S.)
... civil and other, to maintain
public order, and prevent crime
and riots...



(CONTINUED)
76.
CONTINUED:

ELVIS
There's a lot of people saying a
lot of things.

Elvis looks to the Colonel. They hold each other’s gaze
for what seems like an eternity.

ELVIS
You gotta listen to the people you
love.

He looks to Gladys and Vernon.

ELVIS
But in the end you gotta listen to
yourself.

Elvis places his guitar down.

ELVIS
You know, those people in New York
are not gonna change me none.

He glances to Scotty and Bill and whispers to their
incredible excitement and delight:

ELVIS
Trouble.

Then, in a building crescendo, he virtually screams.

ELVIS
(yells)
I'm gonna show you what the real
Elvis is like tonight!

The band kicks in like a Molotov cocktail.

ELVIS
(sings)
If you're looking for trouble
You came to the right place!
If you're looking for trouble
Just look right in my face!
I was born standing up
And talking back...

14,000 white and Black teenagers thunder the chorus!

ELVIS/CROWD
(sing)
My daddy was a green-eyed mountain
jack!
Because I'm evil, my middle name
is misery!

(CONTINUED)
77.
CONTINUED: (2)

The place goes bananas! The rope fence is CRUSHED under
the jitterbugging, jiving, writhing youth. The line
between Black and white bleeds together in the mayhem.

ELVIS/CROWD
(sing)
I'm evil, evil, evil, as can be!!!

He dances and grinds, exploding with sexuality.

ELVIS/CROWD
(sing)
So don’t mess around, don’t mess
around,
Don’t mess around with me!

He staggers around the stage as if drunk. Falling to the
ground, grinding on the mic stand as if making love.

Amidst the hysterical youth, a WHITE GIRL deliriously
dances with a HIP YOUNG FAN.

ELVIS/CROWD
(sing)
I’m evil, evil, evil as can be!
Genres: ["Musical","Drama"]

Summary Elvis arrives at Russwood Park, accompanied by Colonel and his family, facing criticism and pressure to conform. In a defiant move, he chooses to stay true to himself, leading to an emotional and intense performance filled with energetic dance moves, causing the crowd to go wild.
Strengths
  • Powerful emotional impact
  • Strong character development
  • Compelling theme of rebellion and self-expression
Weaknesses
  • Potential controversy due to provocative performance

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.5

The scene's primary job is to dramatize Elvis's defiance of the Colonel's control and his reclamation of his authentic self, which it does with explosive energy and symbolic power. The biggest limiter is the heavy reliance on the audience's prior knowledge of Elvis's career and the historical context, which may dilute the impact for uninitiated readers.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The concept of Elvis rebelling against the Colonel's sanitized image by performing 'Trouble' is strong, but it's a familiar beat in biopics. The use of the pinky finger and the surveillance camera adds a fresh, subversive twist.

Plot: 7

The plot advances the central conflict between Elvis and the Colonel, showing Elvis's choice to defy instructions. The scene is a turning point, but it's a single moment of rebellion rather than a complex plot development.

Originality: 8

The scene is original in its use of the surveillance camera as a prop and the integration of the song lyrics as dialogue. It's a fresh take on the familiar 'rebel performer' trope.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Elvis is clearly characterized as defiant and self-aware, while the Colonel's control is evident. However, supporting characters like Gladys and Vernon are underutilized, and the scene focuses heavily on Elvis's internal shift.

Character Changes: 8

Elvis undergoes a significant change, moving from a performer constrained by the Colonel's rules to one who asserts his own identity. This is a pivotal moment in his arc.

Internal Goal: 8

Elvis's internal goal is to reclaim his authentic self and reject the manufactured image imposed by the Colonel, driven by a need for self-respect and artistic integrity.

External Goal: 8

Elvis's external goal is to perform 'Trouble' and defy the Colonel's instructions, asserting his musical and personal freedom.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

The conflict is both external (Elvis vs. the Colonel, the establishment) and internal (Elvis's struggle to stay true to himself). The tension is palpable, especially in the standoff between Elvis and the Colonel.

Opposition: 8

The opposition is strong: the Colonel, the Vice Squad, the dignitaries, and societal norms all oppose Elvis's authentic expression. The physical barrier of the rope and the police presence symbolize this.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are high: Elvis risks his career and public image by defying the Colonel, and the scene implies potential legal and social repercussions. The presence of the Vice Squad and dignitaries raises the tension.

Story Forward: 8

The scene propels the story forward by solidifying Elvis's break from the Colonel's control, setting up future conflicts and his path to greater authenticity.

Unpredictability: 7

The scene is unpredictable because the audience expects Elvis to comply with the Colonel's orders, but he instead rebels, and the use of the pinky finger and the song choice are surprising.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene pits the value of commercial success and public image against artistic authenticity and personal freedom. Elvis's choice to listen to himself over the Colonel embodies this clash.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 8

The scene is emotionally charged, from the anxiety before the performance to the cathartic release of the song. The image of Elvis falling to the ground and the crowd's frenzy creates a visceral emotional response.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sparse but effective, with Elvis's lines carrying weight. The song lyrics serve as dialogue, conveying his rebellion. The Colonel's instructions are concise and contrast sharply with Elvis's actions.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because it builds tension through Elvis's defiance and delivers a cathartic, high-energy performance that visually and emotionally captivates.

Pacing: 8

The pacing is effective, starting with tense anticipation, then exploding into the performance. The quick cuts between Elvis and the crowd maintain momentum.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

The formatting is professional, with clear scene headings and action lines. The use of parentheticals and song lyrics is standard for a screenplay.

Structure: 8

The scene follows a classic structure: setup (Colonel's instructions), rising action (Elvis's defiance), climax (the performance), and resolution (the crowd's reaction). It's effective for a musical biopic.


Critique
  • The scene appears to be crucial in the screenplay as Elvis Presley takes to the stage amidst controversy and societal pressure, choosing to stay true to himself despite external influences. However, the dialogue in this scene lacks depth and emotional impact. The characters' lines mainly consist of functional exposition and lack the nuance and subtext that could elevate the scene.
  • The scene lacks a clear conflict or dramatic tension. While it is mentioned that Elvis is facing criticism and pressure to conform, this conflict is not fully explored or dramatized in the dialogue or character interactions. As a result, the scene feels somewhat flat and fails to engage the reader emotionally.
  • The pacing of this scene is uneven. The beginning of the scene, where Elvis and his family are speaking before he takes the stage, feels slow and drawn out. However, once Elvis starts performing, the scene becomes rushed and lacks the necessary build-up and emotional impact to make his performance truly powerful.
  • The characters in this scene lack depth and complexity. Elvis is portrayed as a one-dimensional rebel without much motivation or inner conflict. The other characters, such as his family and the Colonel, are equally underdeveloped and fail to contribute to the emotional weight of the scene.
  • The dialogue in this scene is often repetitive and lacks specificity. Characters repeat the same points or express similar sentiments without adding new information or deepening our understanding of their characters.
Suggestions
  • Enhance the dialogue to make it more emotionally resonant and revealing of character. Explore Elvis' inner conflict and motivations, as well as the complex dynamics between him and the other characters.
  • Introduce a clear conflict or dramatic tension that drives the scene forward. This could involve external pressures, internal struggles, or interpersonal relationships.
  • Adjust the pacing of the scene to create a more engaging and impactful experience. Build up the tension before Elvis' performance and allow the moment to breathe, giving the reader time to connect with the characters and the significance of the event.
  • Develop the characters further by giving them distinct personalities, motivations, and relationships. Explore their inner conflicts and how they impact the scene's dynamics.
  • Revise the dialogue to make it more specific and avoid repetition. Each line should contribute to the scene's progression and reveal new insights into the characters or the situation.



Scene 17 -  Promises and Disobedience: The Career of Elvis Presley
INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

SENATOR EASTLAND
He can use these forces to prevent
the racial integration of schools
if this is necessary under the
police power of the States to
prevent disorder and riots. In
fact it is his duty to preserve
order and prevent turmoil and
strife within the state.

Eastland stops and slowly turns toward the overwhelming
din of the hysterical fans.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
That night, the noise was so great
it could be heard at Eastland's
rally.

Eastland, as he realizes that the hordes are coming.


EXT. RUSSWOOD PARK STADIUM - FIELD - NIGHT (1956)

Police try to press the crowd back. Colonel turns to the
family. He can see things are getting out of hand.


(CONTINUED)
78.
CONTINUED:

COLONEL
Now, I know that Elvis would want
me to look after your safety and I
think now would be a very good
time to get back into the car.

VERNON
What? Now?

Colonel makes his way over to Diskin. Elvis becomes
wildly provocative with RCA’s mascot, Nipper the dog.

COLONEL
Our friends at RCA are not gonna
be too happy when they hear about
that.

The sergeant’s men begin to move the family towards their
waiting vehicle. As Colonel repositions himself beneath
the stage, it is clear to him that things have gotten
completely out of control. He barks to the sergeant:

COLONEL
Get him off the stage!
(to Diskin)
Protect the merchandise!

ELVIS/CROWD
(sing)
SO DON'T MESS AROUND, DON'T MESS
AROUND, MESS AROUND...

But before Elvis can finish, THE CROWD RUSHES THE STAGE
and the sergeant’s men surround him. He drops the
microphone. The boys abandon their instruments. The
police throw a wall around Elvis, dragging him away, as
Scotty and Bill are sucked back into the melée.


INT./EXT. PATROL CAR/RUSSWOOD PARK - NIGHT

The police sergeant and his men try to hustle Gladys into
the car. She stops, seeing Elvis is not yet safe.

GLADYS
Elvis! Elvis! Get in the car!

Elvis gets thrown into a police car as Gladys is dragged
by Vernon into the family car. THROUGH the rear window,
Elvis glimpses their car and the vehicle with Scotty and
Bill departing in different directions.

At the center of it all, the Colonel stands with the
stage collapsing behind him.


(CONTINUED)
79.
CONTINUED:

Elvis drops his head back, looking up as 4th of July
fireworks explode all around him. He closes his eyes.


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

OLD COLONEL
He didn't listen...

Colonel UPTURNS the table!!

OLD COLONEL
HE DIDN'T LISTEN TO ME!!

A dramatic, operatic version of ‘Jailhouse Rock’ builds
as we hear the BING-BING-BING of the slot machines,
infused with Colonel's heavy breathing.

OLD COLONEL
The charismatic child had no idea
of the terrible price we would
both pay for his glorious tantrum.
I had to find a way out, a way to
save him.


EXT. GRACELAND - DAY (1958)

Drizzle smears the lonely Cadillacs in the driveway.


INT. GRACELAND - LIVING ROOM - DAY

It’s gloomy and cold. Gladys sits with Vernon around the
fire, Colonel nearby. Elvis on the lounge, singing.

ELVIS
(sings)
Well, I went to the bayou just
last night
There was no moon, but the stars
were bright..

Gladys holds a drink, shaking. Vernon stares blankly
ahead. Elvis in shock.

GLADYS
No, there’s no way I’m letting my
baby go to Germany for two years!

VERNON
Your cousin all but lost his mind
when they sent him to Korea.



(CONTINUED)
80.
CONTINUED:

COLONEL
It is either the army or jail.
There’s something else, Vernon. I
vouched for your integrity, but
they've been poking in your
background.

GLADYS
He passed a bad check to put food
on the table. They were hard
times...

ELVIS
We don’t have nothing to be
ashamed of! My daddy’s a good man.

COLONEL
But your papa did go to jail. And
if you go, too? Well, you know how
they are with their flashy
headlines. Elvis the draft-dodger,
a family of delinquents. We may
never book another date or sell
another record!

ELVIS
This is my fault.

COLONEL
My boy, don't blame yourself. I
was partially responsible.

Colonel takes an “I Hate Elvis” pin from his pocket.

COLONEL
But when I tried to warn you, you
made your own choice. Now, to my
way of thinking, the Army can be a
new beginning for us all. Let them
cut your hair, prove that you're a
clean-cut, all- American boy, a
patriot. Do your two years and
when you come back, I promise you,
I will have done everything to
make you the biggest star in
Hollywood! And you will choose
your own pictures.

ELVIS
It’s gonna be ok, Mama...
(turning to Colonel)
Do you think they’d let me do the
movie before I ship off?



(CONTINUED)
81.
CONTINUED: (2)

COLONEL
(reassuringly)
I could get a deferment. So you
will do the ‘King Creole’ picture
and then we’ll be off.

Colonel nods, holding up the pin.

COLONEL
But no more of this.

He throws the “I Hate Elvis” pin into the fire and the
word "hate" shrivels and melts in the flames.

Gladys’ desperate sobs are drowned out by the angry growl
of HAIR CLIPPERS as we--

TRANSITION TO:
Genres: ["Drama","Biopic","Musical"]

Summary In a nostalgic and regretful scene, Elvis' disobedience towards the Colonel's advice leads to chaotic consequences in 1956. The Colonel reflects on this night in 1997, upset that Elvis didn't listen to him. In 1958, Elvis is forced to choose between joining the army or facing jail time, which could potentially harm his career. The conflicts arise as the Colonel promises to make Elvis a star upon his return from the army, while Gladys expresses her concerns. The scene ends with the discussion of Elvis' enlistment at Graceland in 1958.
Strengths
  • Strong character development
  • Emotional depth
  • Compelling dialogue
  • Tension and conflict
Weaknesses
  • Potential for melodrama
  • Complexity of relationships may be overwhelming for some viewers

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to dramatize the pivotal moment when Elvis's career is derailed by the draft and Colonel Parker manipulates the family into accepting it as a 'new beginning.' It lands effectively through strong emotional beats and symbolic imagery, but the overall score is limited by the somewhat on-the-nose dialogue from the Colonel and the abrupt transition from the chaotic concert to the quiet Graceland living room, which could benefit from a smoother bridge to heighten the emotional whiplash.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of using the draft as a forced reset for Elvis's career, framed by Colonel Parker as a 'new beginning,' is a strong dramatic irony given what we know of Elvis's later decline. The symbolic use of the 'I Hate Elvis' pin thrown into the fire is a potent visual metaphor for the Colonel's control.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances the central conflict: Elvis's loss of autonomy and the Colonel's consolidation of power. The scene moves from the chaotic concert (consequence of Elvis's rebellion) to the quiet manipulation at Graceland (the Colonel's solution). The plot is clear but the transition feels slightly rushed.

Originality: 6

The scene is not highly original in its broad strokes (draft, manipulation), but the specific use of the 'I Hate Elvis' pin as a recurring symbol and the connection to Vernon's criminal past are fresh angles. The dialogue is authentic to the period and characters.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Elvis is shown as vulnerable and guilt-ridden, taking blame for his father's past. Gladys is desperate and protective, a strong emotional anchor. The Colonel is manipulative and paternalistic, but his dialogue is a bit too explicit in its manipulation ('I vouched for your integrity'). Vernon is passive, which fits but could be more dimensional.

Character Changes: 6

Elvis shifts from defiant (in the prior concert) to guilt-ridden and compliant. The Colonel solidifies his role as the puppet master. Gladys's fear is deepened. The change is clear but not profound—Elvis's acceptance feels a bit too quick.

Internal Goal: 7

Elvis's internal goal is to protect his family from shame and to maintain his own sense of integrity, driven by guilt over his father's past and fear of losing everything.

External Goal: 6

Elvis's external goal is to avoid the draft and continue his career, but he is quickly maneuvered into accepting the army as a 'new beginning.'


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

The conflict is multi-layered: external (the draft, the Colonel's pressure), internal (Elvis's guilt, Gladys's fear), and interpersonal (family vs. Colonel). The Colonel's manipulation creates a clear antagonist force.

Opposition: 8.5

The opposition is strong: the Colonel is a formidable antagonist who uses emotional manipulation, legal threats, and family shame to get his way. The system (the draft, the law) is also an impersonal force against Elvis.

High Stakes: 9

The stakes are life-altering: Elvis's career, freedom, and family reputation are all on the line. The threat of jail and the draft are concrete, high-stakes consequences.

Story Forward: 8.5

The scene is a major turning point: it sets up Elvis's army service, the Colonel's long-term plan, and the family's complicity. It directly moves the story from rebellion to submission.

Unpredictability: 5.5

This scene is somewhat predictable given the known history of Elvis's draft, but the specific manipulation using his father's criminal record and the 'I Hate Elvis' pin adds a fresh, character-specific twist. The Colonel's offer of a deferment for 'King Creole' is a nice detail.

Philosophical Conflict: 7.5

The clash is between artistic freedom and commercial/political survival. The Colonel represents a pragmatic, cynical worldview where image and control are paramount, while Elvis (and Gladys) represent a more naive, heartfelt belief in authenticity and family. The scene forces Elvis to choose the Colonel's path.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7.5

The scene is emotionally heavy, particularly Gladys's sobs and Elvis's resigned acceptance. The image of the pin melting in the fire is a powerful emotional beat. However, the Colonel's overly explanatory dialogue slightly dilutes the raw emotion.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and carries the plot, but much of the Colonel's speech is exposition-heavy and on-the-nose ('It is either the army or jail'). Gladys's lines are emotionally raw and effective. Elvis's line 'We don’t have nothing to be ashamed of!' feels authentic to his character.

Engagement: 7.5

This scene is engaging because it delivers a major turning point with high emotional stakes, a clear antagonist (the Colonel), and a sympathetic protagonist in crisis. The symbolic pin-burning is a memorable visual.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is effective: the chaotic concert is fast and frantic, then the Graceland scene is slow and heavy, allowing the emotional weight to settle. The transition is abrupt but intentional. The scene could benefit from a beat between the concert and the living room to let the audience breathe.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

The formatting is professional and clear. The use of 'CONTINUED:' and scene headings is standard. The action lines are vivid ('Drizzle smears the lonely Cadillacs') and the transitions are well-indicated. No formatting errors.

Structure: 7

The scene uses a three-part structure: the chaotic concert (climax of rebellion), the quiet Graceland living room (manipulation/resolution), and the symbolic pin-burning (coda). The framing device of the 1997 casino adds a ghostly, retrospective weight. The structure is effective but the transition from the concert to the living room could be smoother.


Critique
  • The scene is too long and could be shortened to make it more impactful. Consider removing some of the dialogue between Colonel and Elvis and focus more on the visuals and music.
  • The dialogue is a bit stiff and unnatural. Consider rephrasing some of the lines to make them sound more conversational.
  • The scene lacks a clear conflict or goal. Consider adding a specific obstacle or challenge that Elvis must overcome in order to make the scene more engaging.
  • The ending of the scene is anticlimactic. Consider adding a more dramatic or unexpected event to make it more memorable.
Suggestions
  • Start the scene with Elvis performing on stage, and then cut to Colonel watching from the audience. This will create a more immediate and engaging opening.
  • Add a scene where Elvis and Colonel are talking backstage before the show. This will give the audience a chance to learn more about their relationship and motivations.
  • Have Elvis face a specific challenge during the show, such as a malfunctioning microphone or a hostile audience. This will create a more dramatic conflict and make the scene more suspenseful.
  • End the scene with a more powerful or emotional moment. For example, have Elvis give a speech to the audience about his music or have him break down in tears on stage.
  • Consider adding more music to the scene. This will help to create a more immersive and emotional experience for the audience.



Scene 18 -  Elvis' Grief and The Colonel's Consolation
INT. BARBERSHOP (FORT CHAFFEE) - DAY (1958)

Clippers cleave Elvis' rich, dark locks, sending them
cascading onto the cold, cement floor.

ELVIS
Hair today, gone tomorrow.


INT. GRACELAND - NIGHT

A glass tumbler falls from Gladys’ hand. She crumples to
the ground, distraught. Vernon stands, helpless.


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

A choir sings a dark version of “Heartbreak Hotel” as Old
Colonel turns to see Gladys’ casket in the distance.

OLD COLONEL
She had fretted losing her second
son her whole life.

As he gets closer, Elvis appears, crying over his mother.

OLD COLONEL
I had to let the world know that
my boy was a good, dutiful son,
and nothing like the rebel
delinquent they feared.
82.


INT. GRACELAND - MUSIC ROOM - DAY (1958)

The extended Presley clan gathers round the casket. Elvis
wails from the back of the house.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
I couldn’t let a good funeral go
to waste.

Colonel sees Vernon, destroyed, sitting at the foot of
the stairs. He moves towards him.

COLONEL
There are some fine folk from the
press out front... a few words,
pictures... then they will leave
us alone.

Vernon cuts him off, shaking his head. He nods towards a
back room and the sound of Elvis’ inconsolable sobs.

VERNON
He won’t. I can't get him to do
anything. I keep asking myself,
what would she do?

COLONEL
Yes, he trusted her like nobody
else and now she’s gone and what
does he have now?

This thought cuts through to Vernon.

VERNON
He has you... He trusts you! Talk
to him.

Colonel, as if the thought had never occurred to him:

COLONEL
It ain’t my place...

VERNON
Can you do it? Please Colonel, we
need your help...

Colonel nods his head, making his way down the hall.


INT. GRACELAND - GLADYS’ BEDROOM - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Colonel enters. Elvis, inconsolable, curled up in the
closet with one of her dresses. After a moment...



(CONTINUED)
83.
CONTINUED:

ELVIS
(ever-so-softly)
All this has been for my Satnin'.
And now she can't even enjoy it.

COLONEL
(warmly)
Your poor Daddy is doing the best
he knows how but he is
overwhelmed. He just keeps asking
himself over and over again, what
she would have done? He needs your
help... out there.

ELVIS
No, I can't go out there. I just
want to stay here forever.

COLONEL
My boy. No one could never replace
her, but listen to me. From this
moment on, anything she would have
done, I will carry out in her
name. While you are overseas I'll
stay home and I will work and I
will worry while you serve your
time in the Army. Trust me.

The Colonel takes Elvis, guiding him gently to his feet.

COLONEL
Now come, go stand by your Papa,
comfort him, comfort your friends,
family, and even your fans.
Because if you don't, then all
your Mama sacrificed for you will
have been for nothing... Trust me.

Elvis nods his head gently and then, unexpectedly, lays
his head on the Colonel's shoulder and whispers:

ELVIS
No matter what happens, stay with
me through thick or thin, okay?

Colonel's hands move ever-so-slowly toward Elvis'
shoulders, barely touching them in a strange, suspended
gesture as Elvis weeps into his shoulder.

ELVIS
You're like... you’re like...
84.


EXT. GRACELAND - FRONT STEPS - DAY

The popping of FLASHBULBS. Elvis and Vernon sit on the
steps amidst a scrum of newspapermen and photographers.

ELVIS (V.O.)
... a father to me.

REPORTER (V.O.)
Young Mr. Presley, a rock and
roller no more...


EXT. NEW YORK HARBOR - DAY

THE U.S.S. Randall sails past THE STATUE OF LIBERTY...

REPORTER (V.O.)
... is doing his duty and joining
the ranks of the U.S. Army...


INT. U.S.S. RANDALL - CABIN - DAY

Elvis lies in his bunk, in uniform.

REPORTER (V.O.)
... to serve like any ordinary,
patriotic young American.

Tears streaming from his eyes as he sings to himself:

ELVIS
(sings)
I get so lonely, I get so lonely,
I get so lonely...
(whispers)
I could die...


EXT. OCEAN - NIGHT

The U.S.S. Randall is tiny against the horizon. We TILT
UP INTO the starry, black night and --

MATCH CUT TO:


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

The artificial fiber-optic starry night of the casino
ceiling. The Colonel is lying on his back, between the
endless blackjack tables, relieved. Rain begins to fall.



(CONTINUED)
85.
CONTINUED:

OLD COLONEL
I had done it; Elvis Presley would
return a clean-cut, all-American
boy. But I failed. I did not
consider the most dangerous thing
of all... love.

Colonel stands, now holding an umbrella, and looks out to
the misty streets of Bad Nauheim as a car drives past.


EXT. ELVIS' HOUSE (BAD NAUHEIM) - DUSK (1959)

An unprepossessing two-story cottage. Fans cluster around
the fence, craning their necks.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
... love!!

SLOW CRANE UP OVER the front of the house, as we GLIMPSE
a party through the ground floor windows.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
Suddenly, no one else existed but
the pretty teenage daughter of a
United States Air Force officer.

PUSH PAST leaves, THROUGH to a second-story window, where
we discover a beribboned ponytail against the glass.

PRISCILLA (O.S.)
The second I walked in the door
they started bombarding me with
all these questions and I just
said ‘Excuse me if you don’t mind,
please, I’d like to go to bed.’
And then he said to me...

The girl turns. Doll-like, with cool, turquoise eyes:
PRISCILLA BEAULIEU. She looks down on the fans below.

PRISCILLA
(imitating a man)
‘You know Priscilla, he's got
girls all over the world, okay?
Girls that are waiting outside his
house. Girls that are writing him
endless fan mail.’ And then Mommy
says to me, ‘Oh my goodness, what
could he possibly see in you? What
do you two do up there all night?’
And I just said...
86.


INT. ELVIS' HOUSE (BAD NAUHEIM) - BEDROOM - NIGHT

Peculiar bric-a-brac fills Elvis' room. Bags of fan mail,
piles of stuffed animals. THROUGH the open door, we see
several other officers and their dates milling around.

PRISCILLA
‘We talk and listen to music,
that’s all. The fan mail and those
other girls, that's just his job.’
And then they were going on about
that photo of you and Natalie Wood
riding around on that bike in
Memphis...

We FOLLOW Priscilla as she gets down to join Elvis,
sitting on the floor in his military uniform.

PRISCILLA
But then I said, and I said this
very calmly: ‘Listen, he’s just
lonely and quite frankly, so am
I.’ And they didn’t have anything
to say to that, so I just went to
bed.

ELVIS
I've never met anyone like you.

PRISCILLA
I hope not...

ELVIS
You understand it all.

PRISCILLA
I don’t think I understand it all,
I think I just understand you.
(then; masking
jealousy)
What is Natalie Wood like?

ELVIS
She’s nice. She’s been writing to
me about acting. You know, I'm
making a study of Marlon Brando
and James Dean. Natalie writes
about working with him, and ‘Rebel
Without a Cause.’

PRISCILLA
‘Rebel’?

ELVIS
You’ve never seen ‘Rebel Without a
Cause’?
(MORE) (CONTINUED)
87.
CONTINUED:
ELVIS (CONT'D)
Oh, that’s one of my favorite
movies. James Dean, he’s a genius
at acting. God, I just hope to one
day be as good as him. The
Colonel’s promised me that when I
get back, he’s gonna set me up in
Hollywood to be a serious actor...
(suddenly shy)
It’s really what I dream of.

A young sergeant, CHARLIE HODGE, appears at the doorway.

CHARLIE
E.P., you promised the Captain
you’d have her back by 7.

ELVIS
Hey Charlie, what’s that behind
you?

Charlie turns away as Elvis slams the door shut.

ELVIS
He don’t boss me around.

Elvis looks out the french doors, onto the street where
fans are still staring up. He closes the curtains.

Priscilla, now standing by Elvis’ side, looks up to him
and fills him with confidence as she says:

PRISCILLA
Well, I think if you dream it,
you’ll do it.

ELVIS
You do?

PRISCILLA
I really do.

ELVIS
Yeah?

PRISCILLA
Yeah.

For the first time since Gladys’ death, someone believes
in him. They look at each other and kiss.
Genres: ["Drama","Biopic"]

Summary The scene opens with Elvis getting a haircut in 1958, followed by Gladys' collapse at Graceland. In a ghostly Vegas casino in 1997, the Colonel sees Gladys' casket and Elvis crying. Back in 1958, the Presley clan gathers around Gladys' casket. The Colonel consoles Elvis, who is overwhelmed with grief, at Vernon's request. The scene is somber and emotional, with the Colonel helping Vernon deal with his wife's death and Elvis' distress.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Character development
  • Authentic dialogue
Weaknesses
  • Limited external conflict
  • Some pacing issues

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.8

This scene's primary job is to show Elvis's emotional nadir after his mother's death and the beginning of his relationship with Priscilla, which it does with tenderness and visual poetry. The single biggest limiter is the Colonel's voice-over, which tells rather than shows his manipulative intent, undercutting the subtlety of the moment and making the emotional arc feel slightly over-explained.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of using the Colonel's voice-over to frame Elvis's grief and the introduction of Priscilla as a counterpoint is strong, but the execution leans on familiar biopic tropes (the grieving star, the saving love).

Plot: 6.5

The plot moves from Elvis's grief to the Colonel's manipulation to the meeting with Priscilla, but the transitions are abrupt and the Colonel's voice-over sometimes tells us what we already see.

Originality: 6.5

The scene offers a fresh take on the Elvis myth by focusing on his grief and the Colonel's paternal manipulation, but the 'saving love' trope with Priscilla is familiar.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Elvis is vulnerable and childlike, the Colonel is calculating yet paternal, and Priscilla is wise beyond her years. However, Priscilla's dialogue feels slightly too mature and scripted for a 14-year-old.

Character Changes: 6.5

Elvis moves from inconsolable grief to tentative hope, and the Colonel solidifies his role as a surrogate father, but the change is somewhat rushed and told rather than shown.

Internal Goal: 8

Elvis seeks comfort and a reason to continue after his mother's death; he needs someone to believe in him unconditionally.

External Goal: 6

Elvis wants to fulfill his duty to his family and the Army, but is paralyzed by grief; the Colonel wants him to perform for the press.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The conflict is internal (Elvis's grief vs. his duty) and interpersonal (Colonel's manipulation vs. Priscilla's sincerity), but the Colonel's voice-over reduces dramatic tension by explaining his motives.

Opposition: 6

The opposition is subtle: the Colonel's manipulation vs. Priscilla's sincerity, and Elvis's own grief vs. his duty. The Colonel is a complex antagonist, but his voice-over makes his opposition too explicit.

High Stakes: 6.5

The stakes are emotional (Elvis's ability to function after loss) and relational (his trust in the Colonel vs. his need for genuine love), but the scene lacks a clear external threat.

Story Forward: 7

The scene advances Elvis's emotional arc and introduces Priscilla as a key relationship, but the Colonel's voice-over and the casino framing feel like they're holding the audience's hand.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because the Colonel's offer to 'carry out' Gladys's role is a surprising twist, and the introduction of Priscilla feels fresh after the grief-heavy opening.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The clash between genuine human connection (Priscilla) and transactional manipulation (the Colonel) as paths to healing and success.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7.5

The scene is emotionally resonant, especially Elvis weeping in the closet and the kiss with Priscilla, but the Colonel's voice-over and the casino framing device dilute the immediacy.

Dialogue: 6.5

The dialogue is warm and revealing, especially the exchange between Elvis and Priscilla, but the Colonel's voice-over is exposition-heavy and the 'father to me' line feels on-the-nose.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because it shows a vulnerable, human side of Elvis and introduces a new, intriguing character in Priscilla, but the Colonel's voice-over occasionally breaks the spell.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it slows down for intimate moments (the closet, the kiss) but the voice-over and time jumps create a slightly uneven rhythm.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and action lines, though the voice-over and flash-forwards are handled competently.

Structure: 6.5

The scene uses a fragmented, time-jumping structure (1958 to 1997 to 1959) that mirrors Elvis's fractured emotional state, but the transitions are sometimes jarring.


Critique
  • The scene begins with a brief moment of Elvis getting a haircut, which is then followed by a sudden transition to Gladys collapsing at Graceland. This transition is jarring and confusing, as it is not clear how these two events are connected.
  • The scene then shifts to a ghostly Vegas casino where Old Colonel sees Gladys' casket and Elvis crying nearby. This scene is visually striking, but it is not immediately clear what is happening or why.
  • The scene then cuts back to Graceland in 1958, where the extended Presley clan gathers around Gladys' casket. This scene is well-acted and emotionally charged, but it is also very long and could be shortened without losing any of its impact.
  • The scene then shifts back to the ghostly Vegas casino, where Old Colonel reflects on Elvis' career and his own role in it. This scene is well-written and provides some interesting insights into the Colonel's character, but it could also be shortened without losing any of its impact.
  • The scene ends with Elvis and Priscilla talking in Elvis' bedroom. This scene is well-written and provides some interesting insights into Elvis' character and his relationship with Priscilla, but it could also be shortened without losing any of its impact.
Suggestions
  • Consider removing the scene of Elvis getting a haircut, as it does not seem to be necessary for the story.
  • Consider shortening the scene of the extended Presley clan gathering around Gladys' casket, as it is very long and could be shortened without losing any of its impact.
  • Consider shortening the scene of Old Colonel reflecting on Elvis' career and his own role in it, as it could also be shortened without losing any of its impact.
  • Consider shortening the scene of Elvis and Priscilla talking in Elvis' bedroom, as it could also be shortened without losing any of its impact.



Scene 19 -  Elvis' Hollywood Dreams and Reality: A Reflective Journey
INT. PRESS CONFERENCE - DAY (1960)

Elvis appears behind a tangle of microphones.


(CONTINUED)
88.
CONTINUED:

INTERVIEWER (O.S.)
I understand you want to become a
dramatic actor, is that right?

ELVIS
Well, sir, that’s my big ambition.
It takes a lot of time, a lot of
experience, but I hope I make it.
That’s what I wanna do.


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
He was as good as Brando. But you
didn’t want to see him in movies
where he didn’t sing!


HOLLYWOOD MOVIE MONTAGE - ARCHIVAL FOOTAGE (1960S)

We see a TRAILER-STYLE MONTAGE of 60s ELVIS FILMS as he’s
hidden away in a Hollywood bubble.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
Thanks to me, his life became one
big Hollywood movie!


INT. ELVIS' VISTA-LINER BUS - DAY

Elvis and Priscilla, lying on a bed in an oddly-shaped
room, swathed entirely in red velvet.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
Starring Priscilla!

As the intro to ‘Viva Las Vegas’ kicks, Elvis pulls a
curtain to reveal they are in fact on his decked-out
VISTALINER BUS as it speeds through the desert. Suddenly,
Priscilla has her iconic beehive and a glam 60s look!

ELVIS
(sings)
Bright light city gonna set my
soul, gonna set my soul on fire!

They sashay down the bus, as members of the Memphis Mafia
pop their heads out of every nook and cranny.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
And a cast of his buddies and
cousins, his ‘Memphis Mafia’!



(CONTINUED)
89.
CONTINUED:

The bus hurtles through an abstract, neon Vegas as their
Hollywood romance plays out through clips from 60s Elvis
films and realist Super 8 footage.


INT. HOTEL ROOM - DAY

The gang all attend Elvis and Priscilla’s wedding.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
There was a fairytale wedding. And
a honeymoon, on Frank Sinatra’s
jet!


INT. HOSPITAL - DAY

Now Priscilla cradles newborn baby LISA MARIE.

OLD COLONEL ICE (V.O.)
And introducing baby Lisa Marie!


INT. SOUNDSTAGE (REAR PROJECTION) - DAY

Elvis water-skis with THREE BIKINI-CLAD GIRLS in front of
a rear-projected body of water.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
I made him the highest paid actor
in Hollywood history. We had a lot
of fun! But Elvis was a young man,
and of course, he got distracted.
So we made them faster and
cheaper. Is it my fault the world
changed?

BANG! The assassination of Martin Luther King Jr.
provides an abrupt gear shift into “Edge of Reality.”

We GO WIDE to reveal the back projection set surrounding
Elvis as he water skis. PRODUCTON CREW hurl buckets of
water across Elvis’ face.


INT. ELVIS' VISTA-LINER BUS - DAY

Elvis is learning his lines. Jerry, fielding a phone call
further down the bus. Suddenly, Elvis notices over
Jerry’s shoulder on the TV, Walter Cronkite with a news
bulletin: the shocking reality that MLK has been
assassinated in Memphis.




(CONTINUED)
90.
CONTINUED:

ELVIS (V.O.)
(vocal)
I walk along a thin line darling
Dark shadows follow me...

Rising in disbelief, Elvis slowly makes his way towards
the television as Jerry turns up the volume. Both men are
completely numb.


INT. MGM SOUNDSTAGE - ARCHIVAL FOOTAGE

Elvis, clad in a blue pajama suit, films the “Edge of
Reality” number from Live a Little, Love a Little.

ELVIS
(sings)
Here's where life's dream lies
disillusioned,
The edge of reality...

We continue to INTERCUT between the back projection,
ridiculous films, and archival footage of Vietnam, the
Beatles, the Civil Rights movement, etc.

Headlines appear: “NEW ELVIS STINKER BOMBS!” “ANOTHER
FLOP!” “THERE’S NO MORE APPETITE FOR PRESLEY PICTURES!”


EXT. MGM BACKLOT - DAY

We come off the sign on the water tower that reads, “MGM
Studios.” We pick up a golf cart traveling through the
MGM backlot Western set.

It quickly veers towards Elvis’ Vista-Liner surrounded by
an assortment of cars, a mirror image of the 1950s carny
camp. As the golf cart pulls to a halt, the Memphis Mafia
can be seen having a water fight.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
It don’t matter how hard I worked,
how many snow jobs I came up with,
how much snow I made them. My boy
loved to spend and with them
hillbillies around him, the money
would just melt away...

Billy, alighting from the golf cart, is carrying Elvis’
blue pajama costume. He passes Vernon and Priscilla,
talking quietly:

VERNON
With the sale of Circle G, horses,
vehicles...
(MORE)
(CONTINUED)
91.
CONTINUED:
VERNON (CONT'D)
that will cover the payroll. But
that new security at Graceland is
gonna have to wait.

As Billy enters the Vista-Liner...
Genres: ["Biographical","Drama"]

Summary The scene opens in a 1960 press conference where Elvis expresses his ambition to become a dramatic actor. A montage of his 60s films follows, accompanied by his manager's commentary celebrating Elvis' success in Hollywood. The scene also features personal moments, such as Elvis and Priscilla's wedding and the birth of their daughter. The joyous atmosphere is disrupted when Elvis learns about the assassination of Martin Luther King Jr., creating a somber and reflective tone. The main conflict lies in Elvis' desire for a serious acting career and his manager's focus on profitable films, while the tone is nostalgic and contemplative, with moments of happiness and sadness.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Nostalgic tone
  • Character complexity
Weaknesses
  • Slightly slow pacing in certain moments

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.2

This scene's primary job is to show the hollowing-out of Elvis's career and soul under Colonel Parker's control, using a montage of Hollywood artifice and real-world tragedy. The biggest limiter is the over-reliance on the Old Colonel's voiceover to tell rather than dramatize the emotional decay, which flattens the impact and makes the scene feel more like a narrated summary than a lived moment.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of contrasting Elvis's sanitized film career with the chaotic real world (MLK, Vietnam) is strong, but the execution leans heavily on montage and voiceover rather than a dramatic scene.

Plot: 5.5

The plot is fragmented—a series of vignettes and voiceover narration rather than a coherent scene with cause-and-effect. It advances the story of Elvis's decline but lacks a clear dramatic arc within the scene.

Originality: 7

The intercutting of Elvis's sanitized films with real historical footage is a fresh take on the biopic montage, though the voiceover is a familiar device.


Character Development

Characters: 5

Elvis is mostly passive, reacting to events; the Old Colonel's voiceover dominates, but his character is one-dimensional (manipulative showman). Priscilla and others are barely sketched.

Character Changes: 2

Elvis shows no clear change within the scene; he remains a passive figure. The Old Colonel's perspective is static.

Internal Goal: 5

Elvis's internal goal is to be taken seriously as a dramatic actor and to find authentic expression, but he is trapped by the Colonel's formula and his own passivity.

External Goal: 4

Elvis's external goal is to continue making movies and maintain his career, but the scene shows him drifting without clear agency.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

Conflict is implied (Elvis vs. Colonel's control, Elvis vs. changing world) but not actively played out in the scene—mostly reported via voiceover.

Opposition: 4

The opposition is the Colonel's control and the changing cultural landscape, but it's not personified in a direct antagonist within the scene.

High Stakes: 6

Stakes are high (Elvis's relevance, financial trouble, cultural upheaval) but felt indirectly through voiceover and montage, not in-the-moment tension.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by showing the decline of Elvis's film career and the cultural shift, but it does so through summary rather than a dramatic event.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because the shift from a lighthearted 'Viva Las Vegas' montage to the MLK assassination and 'Edge of Reality' is a sharp tonal pivot that subverts expectations.

Philosophical Conflict: 5

The clash between artistic authenticity (Elvis's desire to be a serious actor) and commercial exploitation (Colonel's 'faster and cheaper' approach) is present but not dramatized in a single confrontation.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5.5

The MLK assassination moment and the 'Edge of Reality' intercut carry emotional weight, but the montage structure dilutes sustained feeling.

Dialogue: 4

Very little dialogue—only a brief exchange at the press conference and Vernon's financial worry. The voiceover is exposition-heavy, not character-driven.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because the contrast between the glossy Hollywood montage and the sudden intrusion of MLK's assassination creates a jarring, thought-provoking moment.

Pacing: 7

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the rapid montage of films and the sudden gear shift to real-world tragedy mirrors the disorienting speed of Elvis's career decline.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is professional—clear scene headings, proper use of CONTINUED, and effective intercutting. Minor issue: the voiceover attribution 'OLD COLONEL ICE (V.O.)' appears once, likely a typo.

Structure: 5

The scene uses a montage structure with voiceover narration, which is appropriate for a biopic's time-jump but lacks a traditional scene arc (setup, conflict, resolution).


Critique
  • The scene gives insufficient background information for readers who may not be familiar with Elvis Presley's life and career.
  • The montage of Elvis' films and personal life feels disjointed and lacks a clear narrative flow.
  • The dialogue is mostly exposition-heavy and doesn't do much to advance the plot or develop the characters.
  • The scene's pacing is off, with too much time spent on unnecessary details and not enough on the emotional impact of Elvis' career and personal struggles.
  • The use of archival footage and voiceover narration feels like an easy way to convey information instead of allowing the story to unfold through the characters and their actions.
Suggestions
  • Start the scene with a brief introduction to Elvis Presley, his background, and his rise to fame.
  • Organize the montage of Elvis' films and personal life chronologically and use it to highlight significant events and turning points in his career.
  • Rewrite the dialogue to be more natural and engaging, and focus on revealing the characters' inner thoughts and motivations.
  • Tighten the scene's pacing by cutting out unnecessary details and focusing on the most important moments.
  • Consider using flashbacks or other storytelling techniques to allow the story to unfold more dynamically.



Scene 20 -  Elvis's Discontent: A Christmas Special Instead of Serious Acting
INT. ELVIS’ VISTA-LINER BUS - DAY

He can see Walter Cronkite on the television behind the
driver’s seat.

WALTER CRONKITE (V.O.)
(on TV)
Dr. Martin Luther King, the
apostle of nonviolence in the
civil rights movement, has been
shot to death in Memphis,
Tennessee...

BILLY
They need you on set, EP.

Billy looks around and can see Elvis, collapsed on the
banquette, devastated. Jerry sits next to him.

ELVIS
(in disbelief)
Dr. King. He always spoke the
truth.

“Edge of Reality” reaches its finish, and we hear...

COLONEL (O.S.)
(singing)
Here comes Santa Claus
Here comes Santa Claus
Right down Santa Claus lane...


EXT. MGM STUDIOS - DAY

TRACK ACROSS a table with models of a European village,
Santa’s sleigh, dancing girls. A festive-sweatered Elvis
figurine receives a little nudge from Colonel’s cane.

COLONEL
‘Elvis Presley’s Wonderful World
of Christmas!’ A television
special like the world ain’t never
seen before... Three days to tape,
no audience, no music to learn and
every one of them Christmas carols
is a solid-gold hit!


(CONTINUED)
92.
CONTINUED:

Vernon and the Memphis Mafia admire Singer sewing
machines, vacuum cleaners, and more. Priscilla stands at
a distance, watching a Singer portable television as it
plays news of riots back in Memphis.

Elvis holds baby Lisa Marie, looking upon all the
standees with his image, holding Singer products.

COLONEL
And for this, the sponsors at
Singer Sewing Machines will give
us... unprecedented what, Diskin?

Diskin dutifully makes a show of checking his notes.

DISKIN
Unprecedented profit
participation. Provided you appear
in at least one knitted Christmas
sweater.

COLONEL
Made on one of these here home-
kitting apparatuses! No more knit
one, purl two!

Elvis joins Priscilla, handing her Lisa Marie. They
glance at what’s playing out on the television.

PRISCILLA
Memphis is burning...

Vernon looks to Elvis for his approval.

VERNON
‘Elvis Presley’s Wonderful World
of Christmas.’ I like it very
much!

COLONEL
It’s gonna be a lot of fun. I hope
Presley Enterprises are dreaming
of a white Christmas because it’s
definitely gonna snow!

ELVIS
A Christmas special? Is this
really the best you can do,
Admiral?

PRISCILLA
We came to Hollywood, Colonel, so
Elvis could be a serious actor.



(CONTINUED)
93.
CONTINUED: (2)

COLONEL
My dear, for the last 5 years,
your husband has been the highest
paid actor in Hollywood!

ELVIS
And now I’m unemployable.

COLONEL
We took these Hollywood phonies
for every nickel they had. It’s
time to pack our tent and move on
to greener pastures. We’ve had
Elvis the rebel. Elvis the movie
star. Now we’re going to see
Elvis, the family entertainer.

Jerry pipes up.

JERRY
And appliance salesman?

Big laughs. Elvis looks to Jerry with a face like
thunder.

ELVIS
You think that’s funny? I don’t
need you to question me about what
I gotta do to support my family
and every person here. Is that
goddamn clear?

Elvis slams into the Vista-Liner.

COLONEL
(to Priscilla)
I’m sorry, my dear.
(to Jerry)
Well, Mr. Schilling, Elvis’
audience is no longer screaming
teenage girls. They are grown-ups;
they are wives and mothers and
they watch television and they buy
sewing machines.
(remembering)
Ah, the radio promotions... Would
you take that in to Mr. Presley
and play it for him to get his
approval?

JERRY
Colonel, I don’t work for you.
(indicating the bus)
I’m just a friend of that guy in
there.

(CONTINUED)
94.
CONTINUED: (3)

Colonel, a murderous look. He turns to Vernon.

COLONEL
Well, Vernon, shall we begin to
draw up the contracts?

VERNON
Let’s do it.
Genres: ["Biographical","Drama"]

Summary Elvis, while on his bus watching the news of Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.'s assassination, is informed that he is needed on set for a Christmas TV special, 'Elvis Presley's Wonderful World of Christmas'. This special is sponsored by Singer sewing machines with profit participation. The Colonel and Vernon are excited about the idea, but Elvis is not, as he wants to focus on being a serious actor. Priscilla is upset seeing the riots in Memphis on a portable TV. Jerry questions the Colonel's plan, which leads to a confrontation with Elvis, ending with Elvis slamming into the Vista-Liner.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Character development
  • Thematic exploration
  • Blend of drama and humor
Weaknesses
  • Potential pacing issues in transitioning between emotional beats

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene effectively dramatizes Elvis's artistic stagnation and the Colonel's manipulative control, landing the emotional weight of King's death and the hollow commercialism that follows. The biggest limiter is the tonal whiplash between grief and farce—the transition from Elvis's devastation to the Colonel's Santa Claus song feels jarring rather than seamless, undercutting the scene's emotional coherence.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of contrasting a civil rights leader's assassination with a crass Christmas special pitch is strong, but the execution leans heavily on exposition and product placement rather than dramatic action.

Plot: 6

The plot advances Elvis's career decline and the Colonel's control, but the scene is more a series of reactions than a clear causal chain; the argument on the bus feels abrupt.

Originality: 7

The scene offers a fresh take on the familiar 'artist vs. manager' conflict by grounding it in a specific historical moment (MLK's death) and using product tie-ins as a symbol of compromise.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Elvis's grief and frustration are palpable, and the Colonel's manipulative cheer is well-drawn, but Priscilla and Jerry are underutilized, and Vernon is a passive yes-man.

Character Changes: 2

Elvis shows no change—he remains frustrated and trapped. The Colonel and Vernon solidify their alliance, but no one transforms.

Internal Goal: 7

Elvis wants to be a serious actor and honor his artistic integrity, driven by a need for respect and a fear of being a mere product.

External Goal: 6

Elvis wants to avoid the Christmas special and pursue dramatic roles, but the Colonel pressures him to accept the commercial deal.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

Conflict is clear: Elvis wants artistic seriousness, the Colonel pushes family entertainment. The argument on the bus escalates, but the resolution (Elvis slamming into the bus) is a retreat.

Opposition: 7

The Colonel is a strong opposition—charming, manipulative, and backed by Vernon—but Elvis's resistance is brief and ineffective, reducing the sense of a real fight.

High Stakes: 6

Stakes are moderate: Elvis's artistic future and personal fulfillment are on the line, but the immediate consequence is just another special, not a career-ending decision.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by confirming Elvis's entrapment in commercial projects and the Colonel's tightening grip, but it's more a status confirmation than a turning point.

Unpredictability: 6

This scene is unpredictable because the Colonel's cheerful Santa song after the MLK news is a jarring tonal shift that surprises, though the overall outcome (Elvis capitulating) is expected.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

Art as personal expression vs. art as commodity; Elvis's desire for meaning clashes with the Colonel's profit-driven pragmatism.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6.5

Elvis's devastation over King's death is moving, but the shift to the Colonel's pitch dilutes the emotional arc; the scene ends on a business note, not an emotional one.

Dialogue: 6.5

Dialogue is functional and reveals character—the Colonel's Santa song and 'knitted Christmas sweater' gag are memorable—but some lines feel on-the-nose (e.g., 'Memphis is burning').

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because it juxtaposes a historic tragedy with a cynical business pitch, creating dramatic irony and tension about Elvis's fate.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it moves from a slow, somber moment to a fast, commercial pitch, then to a tense argument, but the shift feels rushed.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is standard and clear, with proper scene headings, character cues, and parentheticals; no errors.

Structure: 6

The scene uses a classic setup (grief) → complication (Colonel's pitch) → confrontation (bus argument) → resolution (contract signing), but the transition from grief to comedy is structurally abrupt.


Critique
  • The scene is packed with information, but it lacks focus and a clear narrative arc. The many ideas and discussions mentioned are not connected together well, and as a result, the scene feels disjointed and hard to follow.
  • The dialogue often feels stilted and unnatural, as if the characters are delivering lines simply to move the plot forward rather than actually engaging in a conversation.
  • The characters' motivations are not always clear. For example, why does Elvis suddenly decide to confront the Colonel about his plans for his career? What are his goals in this conversation?
  • The scene would benefit from a stronger sense of conflict. The characters seem to agree with each other too easily, and there is little tension or drama as a result.
  • The scene ends abruptly, with Elvis simply storming off. This leaves the reader feeling unsatisfied and wondering what will happen next.
Suggestions
  • Consider breaking the scene into two or more smaller scenes, each with its own focus and conflict. This will help to make the scene more manageable and easier to follow.
  • Revise the dialogue to make it more natural and engaging. Focus on creating realistic and believable conversations between the characters.
  • Clarify the characters' motivations and goals. Make sure that their actions are driven by clear and understandable desires.
  • Add more conflict to the scene. This could be done through disagreements between the characters, external obstacles, or even internal struggles.
  • Give the scene a more satisfying ending. This could involve resolving the conflict, setting up a new conflict, or simply leaving the reader with a sense of closure.



Scene 21 -  Elvis's Career Frustrations and Jerry's Departure
INT. ELVIS’ VISTA-LINER BUS - DAY

Elvis, fuming, storms in and rips off his collar. The
aftermath of the Dr. King assassination plays on the TV.

BILLY
Hey EP, do you wanna run lines?

ELVIS
Mhmm.

BILLY
Okay. So uh... Greg walks up to
the receptionist dressed in a
lingerie cat costume. ‘Aren’t you
cold?’

ELVIS
Huh? No I’m fine.

BILLY
No, that’s the line.


ELVIS
Oh.
(with a smarmy wink)
‘Aren’t you cold?’

A KNOCK.

BILLY
(seductively)
‘Only from nine to five.’

Billy returns to his bunk as Jerry enters.

JERRY
I’m sorry.

Elvis refuses to acknowledge him.

JERRY
(treads cautiously)
I’ve been offered a job here in
L.A. I’m gonna take it.
(CONTINUED)
95.
CONTINUED:

Elvis is suddenly at a loss.

ELVIS
Hey, man... I wasn’t angry at you.
Let me make it up to you. There’s
a new Shelby Cobra coming out.
I’ll buy you some new wheels.

JERRY
It’s got nothing to do with money.

Elvis lets this sink in; no one talks to him like this.

ELVIS
Man, I need you here as a friend.

Jerry stops, the anger has abated. He nods his head to
the TV, where James Brown and the Rolling Stones perform.

JERRY
These TV guys. They’re the ones
that put James Brown and the
Rolling Stones on the T.A.M.I
Show. They’re really plugged in, I
met them.

Elvis nods.

JERRY
I could set up a meeting.

Elvis is interested, but he masks it flippantly.

ELVIS
To see what they can do with ‘Here
Comes Santa Clause?’

JERRY
(playing along)
Peace, love, and Christmas
cookies. Could be crazy...

Suddenly, Charlie’s voice:

CHARLIE (O.S.)
Colonel’s already got the guy who
does all the Singer specials.

Elvis and Jerry turn to see Charlie in the doorway. He is
delivering the tape recorder with the promotion tape
already loaded, setting it down on the bed. We don’t know
how long Charlie’s been listening.




(CONTINUED)
96.
CONTINUED: (2)

CHARLIE
He did Bing Crosby, I loved that.
Colonel wants you to listen to
this and approve it. Then they
want you back on set in five.

Charlie leaves as Billy enters to start dressing Elvis.

JERRY
I'm just saying, you should work
with new people...

Jerry’s words hang in the air, clearly about more than
just the TV special. Before he leaves, Jerry turns back
to Elvis.

JERRY
Its like you always say, EP.
Colonel’s got a lot of ideas.


EXT. ELVIS’ VISTA-LINER BUS - NIGHT

It’s late. Priscilla sits in the limo, amidst a convoy of
cars idling outside the Vista-Liner. Billy packs away an
Elvis standee in the boot of a car.

BILLY
That’s the last of it.

Charlie approaches Priscilla’s window, leaning in.

CHARLIE
He’s just laying in there,
watching the Reverend’s funeral...

PRISCILLA
I’ll go check on him. Thank you.

Priscilla exits and approaches the bus.


INT. ELVIS’ VISTA-LINER BUS - NIGHT

ANNOUNCER (V.O.)
What a beautiful rendition of
“Here Comes Santa Claus” that was!
With all the sparkle and magic
that the season brings!

On the back television, sound muted: somber images of
Reverend Martin Luther King Jr’s memorial.




(CONTINUED)
97.
CONTINUED:

ANNOUNCER (V.O.)
And you’ll be even warmer this
season in a 12-gauge, cable-knit
woolen sweater, made right at home
on the Singer Sewing’s SK155 Home
Knitter! And now...

Discover Elvis, sprawled on the red velvet bed. The tape
recorder next to him. His blank stare illuminated in the
dark by the blue light of the television.

ANNOUNCER (V.O.)
... heeeeere’s Elvis!

CLICK. The tape recorder stops.

Elvis stares blankly at the television. His breathing
heavy. Tears begin to form in his eyes. Suddenly, the
sound of the door opening.

PRISCILLA
(quietly)
Satnin’. Can I watch the memorial
with you?

ELVIS
Please.

Priscilla slides into the bed beside him.

ELVIS
I’m so tired of playing Elvis
Presley.

PRISCILLA
You don’t have to. We could run
away to France or Italy and live
off the land. Eat baguettes,
snails, and cheese. Little Lisa
could learn French.

Elvis breathes deep, fighting for control.

ELVIS
I wish we could. Too many people
rely on me.

PRISCILLA
I love you. Your daughter loves
you. We don't care about the money
or anything else. We just want you
to be happy. You’re only really
happy when you sing the music you
love.


(CONTINUED)
98.
CONTINUED: (2)

ON THE SCREEN: MAHALIA JACKSON steps up to the microphone
and begins to sing “Take My Hand, Precious Lord.”

ELVIS
(distant; broken)
That’s Mahalia Jackson... I used
to hear her sing at East Trigg
Church. That’s the music that
makes me happy.

Elvis eases the sound of the television up on the remote.
With this, a MATCH SHOT as...


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

Mahalia and CHOIR now appear. In front of them at the
pulpit, the fiery REVEREND BREWSTER:

REVEREND BREWSTER
Many have lost their lives for
this cause, so remember, when
things are too dangerous to say...
sing!

The choir lifts Mahalia's voice higher.

MAHALIA
(sings)
Joshua fought the battle of
Jericho, Jericho, Jericho

MAHALIA AND CHOIR
(sing)
Joshua fought the battle of
Jericho, and the walls came
tumbling down!

A sudden blast of HEAVY ROCK MUSIC.


EXT. LOS ANGELES - AERIAL SHOT - LATE AFTERNOON (1968)

The rock continues as a convoy of 2 BLACK CARS and a BLUE
LIMO cuts through the Hollywood Hills.


INT. LIMO - LATE AFTERNOON

MUSIC LOUD as inside one of the cars, two groovy hepcats,
STEVE BINDER (35) and BONES HOWE (35), sit facing
backwards. They stare intensely, barely breathing.

Seated opposite, Sonny and Red West stare blankly back.
99.


EXT. LOS ANGELES - AERIAL SHOT - LATE AFTERNOON

Music builds as the convoy threads the road that traces
up to and above the derelict Hollywood sign.


EXT. LOOKOUT ABOVE THE HOLLYWOOD SIGN - LATE AFTERNOON

The convoy squeals to a dusty halt near Jerry, who has
been waiting for them. Memphis Mafia jump out and open
the door of the limo. Binder and Bones get out.

JERRY
Mr. Binder, Mr. Howe, thanks for
coming... One thing, gentlemen:
don’t call it a Christmas Special.

Binder and Bones nervously glance at one another; the
whole thing feels like some kind of elaborate Mafia hit.
The Wests stay back as Jerry leads Binder and Bones down
a dusty dirt track.


EXT. HOLLYWOOD SIGN - CONTINUOUS ACTION

As they round a bend, DISCOVER Elvis, haloed by the
setting sun, sitting on part of the dilapidated sign and
gazing across the valley toward Griffith Observatory.

Jerry hangs back, but motions that Binder and Bones
should approach. They do so...

Elvis continues to stare as he senses their presence.

ELVIS
When I first came to Hollywood,
I’d come up here and sit for
hours. Right over there is where
they shot Rebel. I dreamt of
being a great actor like Jimmy
Dean. This sign was beautiful
then, and now... It feels as
though lots of things are like
that these days; broke down, beat-
up, rotten.
(turning to them)
I really liked what you guys did
putting James Brown together with
the Rolling Stones.

BINDER
(extremely nervous)
We’re big fans of yours, too.
It’s, just, uh, Mr. Presley...


(CONTINUED)
100.
CONTINUED:

ELVIS
Elvis.

BINDER
Elvis. Christmas specials aren’t
our thing, man.

Elvis looks at them sharply-- then, that charming smile.

ELVIS
I know. But tell me honestly,
where do you boys think my
career’s at right now?

BONES
(slow; nervous)
Ah, well, it’s...

BINDER
(direct)
In the toilet, Elvis.

Elvis, half a beat of shock. And then he laughs, really
laughs, like he hasn’t in years.

ELVIS
(to Jerry)
You hear that Jerry?
(to Binder and Bones)
I knew you were the right guys for
this job!

He jumps down from the sign.

ELVIS
When I was starting out, some
people wanted to put me in jail,
hell, even kill me, ‘cause of the
way I moved. They cut my hair,
put me in uniform, and sent me
away. It killed my mama... And
ever since, I been lost. When
you’re lost...
(a cautious thought)
People take advantage. I thought
you fellas might help me get back
to who I really am.

Binder and Bones are affected by Elvis’ honesty.

BINDER
(probing)
Who are you, Elvis?



(CONTINUED)
101.
CONTINUED: (2)

ELVIS
I sure as hell ain’t somebody who
sings Christmas songs by a
fireplace for an hour.

BINDER
(cautiously)
What does the Colonel think?

Suddenly, Elvis flares up.

ELVIS
I don’t give a damn what the
Colonel thinks.

BONES
I see... Well, if you want to find
yourself, first thing you do is to
go home.

Binder picks up the cue.

BINDER
Metaphorically speaking. You know,
get back to who you really are,
musically.

Elvis is not sure, Bones chimes in:

BONES
Yeah, we could get your old band
back together...

BINDER
Play the tracks that made people
call you the devil and trash your
records in the street.

BONES
A leather jacket; raw and dirty!

BINDER
But first, you need an audience.

Elvis smashed by nerves, barely able to say the word:

ELVIS
Audience?
(tries to laugh it
off)
No, man... I haven’t played in
front of an audience in ten years.

BINDER
That’s my point.

(CONTINUED)
102.
CONTINUED: (3)

Elvis looks out over the L.A. grid as lights turn on and
sparkle.

ELVIS
You think we could do some Gospel?

Binder and Bones look at each other, blindsided, as the
decrepit Hollywood sign transforms into...
Genres: ["Drama","Biopic"]

Summary Elvis returns to his bus after an argument with Charlie about the Colonel's plans for his career. Jerry informs him that he's been offered a job in LA and is leaving. Elvis, at a loss, tries to make amends by offering to buy Jerry a new car. Meanwhile, Charlie enters with a tape recorder to play a promotion tape for a Singer special, which Elvis approves. Priscilla joins Elvis to watch the Reverend's funeral, offering him a moment of comfort and a chance to escape his fame. The scene is emotional and tense, with conflicts around Elvis's career and Jerry's departure that are not fully resolved.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Character development
  • Conflict
  • Setting up potential transformation
Weaknesses
  • Some dialogue could be more impactful

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.8

This scene's primary job is to dramatize Elvis's internal crisis and his first step toward reclaiming his artistic identity, which it does with emotional depth and symbolic resonance. The single biggest limiter is the abrupt tonal shift from intimate grief to a pitch meeting that feels slightly rushed, which undercuts the full weight of his transformation.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of Elvis meeting Binder and Bones at the dilapidated Hollywood sign is strong, using the setting as a metaphor for his broken dreams and career. The idea of him seeking out rebellious producers to rediscover his roots is compelling, though the setup feels a bit convenient.

Plot: 6.5

The plot moves from Elvis's grief over MLK's assassination to a secret meeting that sets up the '68 Comeback Special. The progression is logical but the transition from the bus to the Hollywood sign feels abrupt, and Jerry's role as the catalyst is underdeveloped.

Originality: 7

The scene offers a fresh take on a familiar biopic moment by using the Hollywood sign as a metaphor and focusing on Elvis's artistic crisis rather than just his fame. The dialogue feels authentic, though some lines (e.g., 'In the toilet') are a bit cliché.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Elvis is vulnerable and conflicted, showing depth beyond the icon. Priscilla is supportive but underused. Binder and Bones are distinct but slightly caricatured as nervous hipsters. Jerry's loyalty is clear but his motivations are thin.

Character Changes: 7

Elvis moves from despair and passivity to a glimmer of agency and defiance ('I don't give a damn what the Colonel thinks'). This is a significant shift, though the change feels somewhat accelerated by the meeting's convenience.

Internal Goal: 8

Elvis's internal goal is to reconnect with his authentic self and the music that made him happy, driven by a need for purpose and a fear of being a hollow product.

External Goal: 7

Elvis's external goal is to find producers who will help him create a non-Christmas special that reflects his true musical identity, specifically incorporating gospel and rock and roll.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7.5

Internal conflict is high (Elvis vs. himself, his grief, his lost identity) and external conflict is present (Elvis vs. Colonel's control, vs. the industry). The scene builds toward a decision but doesn't fully resolve the tension.

Opposition: 7

The opposition is primarily internal (Elvis's grief, fear, and self-doubt) and external (the Colonel's control, the industry's expectations). Binder and Bones initially seem like opposition but become allies. The Colonel's unseen presence looms as the main antagonist.

High Stakes: 8

Stakes are high: Elvis's artistic soul, his marriage, his legacy, and his relationship with the Colonel are all on the line. The scene makes clear that a wrong choice could cement his decline.

Story Forward: 8

The scene advances the story by setting up the '68 Comeback Special, a pivotal moment in Elvis's career. It also deepens the conflict with the Colonel and establishes new allies. The plot moves forward decisively.

Unpredictability: 6.5

This scene is somewhat unpredictable because the meeting at the Hollywood sign is a fresh, unexpected setting for a creative pitch, and Elvis's defiance of the Colonel is a surprising turn after his earlier passivity.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The clash is between commercial success (Colonel's vision) and artistic integrity (Elvis's desire for meaningful music). This is embodied in the tension between the Christmas special and the gospel/rock roots Elvis wants to reclaim.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7.5

The scene is emotionally potent, especially the opening with Elvis watching MLK's funeral and Priscilla's tender offer to run away. The shift to the Hollywood sign meeting dilutes the intensity slightly, but the final moment of hope is earned.

Dialogue: 7

Dialogue is natural and revealing, especially Elvis's confession 'I'm so tired of playing Elvis Presley' and his raw exchange with Binder. Some lines feel on-the-nose (e.g., 'In the toilet, Elvis'), but the emotional beats land.

Engagement: 7.5

This scene is engaging because it reveals Elvis's vulnerability and sets up a major turning point. The emotional weight of the MLK funeral and the intimate conversation with Priscilla draw the reader in, and the meeting with Binder and Bones creates anticipation for the comeback.

Pacing: 7

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it starts slow and intimate, builds tension with Jerry's departure, and then accelerates into the energetic pitch. The shift from the bus to the Hollywood sign feels slightly abrupt, but the overall rhythm mirrors Elvis's emotional arc.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8.5

Formatting is professional and clear, with proper scene headings, character cues, and action lines. The use of (V.O.) and (O.S.) is correct. The montage-like transition from the bus to the casino to the Hollywood sign is handled well with match cuts.

Structure: 6.5

The scene uses a three-part structure: intimate grief on the bus, a transitional meeting with Jerry, and a climactic pitch at the Hollywood sign. The structure is effective but the middle section feels slightly rushed, and the jump from bus to sign lacks a clear transition.


Critique
  • The scene lacks a clear conflict or goal. Elvis's dissatisfaction with the Christmas special is mentioned, but it is not developed into a driving force for the scene.
  • The dialogue is somewhat repetitive and does not advance the plot. Characters repeat the same points multiple times without adding new information or insights.
  • The scene does not provide much context for the characters' motivations or relationships. We don't know why Elvis is so unhappy with the Christmas special, or why he is so hesitant to perform in front of an audience again.
  • The scene has too many characters and storylines, which makes it difficult to follow and focus on the main narrative.
  • The pacing of the scene is slow and meandering. There are long stretches of dialogue that do not contribute to the overall story.
Suggestions
  • Add a clear conflict or goal to the scene. This could be Elvis's struggle with his identity, his desire to break free from the Colonel's control, or his fear of performing in front of an audience again.
  • Develop the dialogue to be more dynamic and engaging. Characters should have distinct voices and motivations, and the dialogue should advance the plot and reveal character.
  • Provide more context for the characters' motivations and relationships. Explain why Elvis is so unhappy with the Christmas special, and why he is so hesitant to perform in front of an audience again.
  • Reduce the number of characters and storylines in the scene. Focus on the main characters and their relationships, and cut out any unnecessary subplots.
  • Tighten the pacing of the scene. Cut out any unnecessary dialogue or action, and keep the focus on the main conflict or goal.



Scene 22 -  Elvis Overcomes Fear and Takes the Stage
EXT. NBC STUDIOS - DAY

A sign: "NBC COLOR CITY."


INT. NBC STUDIOS - STAGE - DAY

Elvis stands on the stage steps with Priscilla and Jerry,
looking out at the studio and its empty bleachers.

JERRY
The Blossoms are set to tape the
Gospel sequence tomorrow, but
first it’s you in the round, the
acoustic set with Scotty and DJ,
everything with the audience.
Colonel won’t give us any static
so long as we do the two Christmas
numbers in the...

PRISCILLA
... understated sweaters?

Jerry looks up. Elvis seems disturbed.

JERRY
He’s got to keep the Singer execs
happy.

PRISCILLA
What’s the matter, honey?

ELVIS
Audience... I didn’t exactly agree
to that. I think I’d be better
without an audience.

Jerry looks to Priscilla, tense.

JERRY
They’re already here.

ELVIS
Send them home.


(CONTINUED)
103.
CONTINUED:

PRISCILLA
We can do that.

JERRY
We could send them home.

ELVIS
I like that.

Priscilla moves closer to Elvis.

PRISCILLA
Honey, Binder’s whole idea was
that the world sees you how I see
you at home. Making jokes with
your friends, laughing, having
fun, playing the music you love.

ELVIS
My hands are sweaty.

PRISCILLA
Look at me. I know you’re scared.
It’s scary, but the man I love has
never done anything extraordinary
without fear.

ELVIS
Yeah, you know, I just... I don’t
know if I can be that without a
script.

Elvis walks to center stage, looking around.

ELVIS
What if nothing comes?

As he turns, we PUSH IN, the roar of the crowd audible...


INT. NBC STUDIOS - STAGE - LATER

Bones stands in Elvis’ place, warming up the LIVE
AUDIENCE who fills the bleachers. Applause sign flashing.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - CORRIDOR - DAY

Stoic-looking SINGER SEWING EXECUTIVES follow behind
Colonel as he speaks, Diskin dutifully behind him. A
Christmas Sweater is wheeled past by an assistant.

COLONEL
Mr. Presley is interested in a few
of Mr. Bindle’s ideas but... Ahh,
the Christmas sweater!
(MORE) (CONTINUED)
104.
CONTINUED:
COLONEL (CONT'D)
(to the assistant)
Into Mr. Presley’s dressing room.
(to the Singer Execs)
We will be singing at least three
spectacular Christmas songs in
that very sweater. To the control
room.

Colonel ushers the group to the stairs.

COLONEL
It was knitted on the SK551—

DISKIN
(whispers)
The SK155.

COLONEL
Oh the SK155. Thank you, Mr
Diskin.

The group continues up the stairs...


INT. NBC STUDIOS - CONTROL ROOM - CONTINUOUS ACTION

... and arrives in the control room where Binder and AN
ASSISTANT sit behind the desk.

COLONEL
There will be ‘Silence is the
Night,’ ‘Here Comes Santa Claus.’
And Diskin what’s the one about
the boy?

DISKIN
The Little Drummer Boy.

COLONEL
Yes, the Little Drummer Boy.

SENIOR SINGER EXEC
Ahh... yes.

The Singer executive mimes drumming.

COLONEL
We’re going to be starting with
‘Here Comes Santa Claus.’ Isn’t
that right, Bindle?

BINDER
Absolutely, the Christmas numbers
will come later in the show.
105.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - CORRIDOR - DAY

FAST TRACK WITH and UP Elvis' black-leather-clad legs,
FOLLOWING him as he charges through the corridor.

BONES (V.O.)
And now, ladies and gentlemen...


INT. NBC STUDIOS - STAGE/CONTROL ROOM - CONTINUOUS ACTION

As we ENTER the studio, Priscilla touches Elvis' hand
discreetly. The FLOOR MANAGER guides her to her place.

BONES
... here’s Elvis Presley!

Elvis takes the stage like a boxer entering the ring, met
with polite applause. These aren't the adoring fans he
once knew. He nervously clears his throat.

ELVIS
Well, I gotta do this sooner or
later, so it might as well do it
now, baby...

He cues the band-- a mistimed opening stab and Elvis
misses the cue. A ripple of confusion through the
audience.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - CONTROL ROOM - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Bones enters the control room and shares a worried look
with Binder. The Colonel can see Elvis’ face on all the
monitors, sweating, insecure. He hisses to Binder:

COLONEL
This is precisely why he shouldn’t
be in front of a live audience.

BINDER
(over intercom)
Sorry, E.P., technical problem...

COLONEL
Get them out now, and let’s get on
with the Christmas number!

The hard-faced SINGER EXECUTIVES are confused. Binder
looks to Bones, and then to the monitors.

BINDER
(a second intercom)
Standby for ‘Here Comes Santa
Clause.’
(CONTINUED)
106.
CONTINUED:

Colonel pretends to be in control. Diskin nods along.

COLONEL
(to Singer Execs)
Technical difficulties... Please
standby.
Genres: ["Drama","Musical"]

Summary The scene takes place at NBC Studios during the day, where Elvis expresses his fear of performing in front of a live audience. Priscilla encourages him, and he eventually takes the stage. Meanwhile, Colonel Parker and the Singer executives discuss the planned Christmas numbers in the control room. The scene ends with Elvis beginning his performance, resolving his fear and the clash with the Singer executives' plans.
Strengths
  • Effective portrayal of internal conflict
  • Strong character dynamics
  • Tension-filled atmosphere
Weaknesses
  • Some confusion in the control room scene

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

The scene's primary job is to dramatize Elvis's internal crisis and the Colonel's tightening grip, which it does with effective tension and vulnerability, but the abrupt shift to the Colonel's backstage maneuvering undercuts the emotional momentum and leaves the conflict feeling diffuse.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of Elvis wanting to perform without an audience for a TV special is a fresh angle on his fear of authenticity, but the execution feels somewhat familiar within the biopic genre.

Plot: 6

The plot advances the conflict between Elvis's artistic desires and the Colonel's commercial demands, but the scene is more of a setup than a turning point, with the actual performance deferred.

Originality: 6.5

The scene offers a fresh take on the familiar 'artist vs. manager' conflict by focusing on Elvis's fear of performing without a script, but the execution is somewhat conventional.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Elvis's vulnerability is well-drawn, and Priscilla's supportive role is clear, but the Colonel's characterization is somewhat one-note (manipulative showman), and Jerry's function is mostly expository.

Character Changes: 3

Elvis doesn't change significantly in this scene; he remains in a state of fear and indecision, though his vulnerability is highlighted.

Internal Goal: 7

Elvis's internal goal is to find the courage to perform authentically without a script, driven by a fear of failure and a desire to connect genuinely with his audience.

External Goal: 6

Elvis's external goal is to complete the TV special taping successfully, but he's conflicted about the conditions (audience, Christmas numbers) imposed by the Colonel.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6

The conflict is internal (Elvis's fear) and external (Colonel's control), but the external conflict is mostly implied rather than directly confronted in this scene.

Opposition: 6

The opposition is primarily the Colonel's commercial demands and the pressure of the TV production, but it's not a direct confrontation; it's more of a subtle power play.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are moderate: Elvis's career and artistic integrity are on the line, but the scene doesn't raise the stakes dramatically; it's more about the immediate performance.

Story Forward: 5

The scene sets up the upcoming performance and the Colonel's interference, but it doesn't resolve or advance the central conflict much; it's more of a pause before the event.

Unpredictability: 5.5

The scene is somewhat unpredictable because Elvis's request to send the audience home is a surprising move, but the overall trajectory (Colonel overriding him) is predictable.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The scene pits Elvis's desire for artistic authenticity against the Colonel's commercial pragmatism, reflecting a broader clash between art and commerce in the entertainment industry.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6.5

Elvis's sweaty hands and plea to send the audience home create a palpable sense of anxiety, but the emotional impact is diluted by the cut to the Colonel's business dealings.

Dialogue: 6.5

The dialogue is natural and reveals character, especially Elvis's 'What if nothing comes?' and the Colonel's dismissive 'Get them out now,' but some lines feel on-the-nose (e.g., 'the man I love has never done anything extraordinary without fear').

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because it puts us inside Elvis's head during a moment of crisis, and the tension between his fear and the Colonel's control keeps us invested in what will happen next.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is effective in building tension, with the slow, intimate moments in the studio contrasting with the brisk, business-like control room scenes, but the transition feels abrupt.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7.5

The formatting is professional with clear scene headings and action lines, but there are minor issues like the repeated 'CONTINUED' and the use of 'FAST TRACK with and UP' which is slightly awkward.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic setup: Elvis's anxiety, the Colonel's counter-plan, and a cliffhanger of the performance beginning. It's well-structured for a drama, but the shift to the control room interrupts the emotional flow.


Critique
  • The scene starts abruptly without any clear context or connection to the previous scene. It would help to provide a brief transition or establish the setting and time.
  • The dialogue is a bit stilted and unnatural, making it difficult to connect with the characters or the situation. Consider using more colloquial language and contractions to make the conversation flow more smoothly.
  • The conflict between Elvis's desire to perform without an audience and the pressure from the Colonel and Jerry is not fully developed. It would help to explore Elvis's fears and motivations more deeply and give him a stronger voice in the decision-making process.
  • The scene lacks visual interest and dynamic camera movements. Consider using different camera angles, close-ups, and pans to create a more engaging and visually appealing experience for the audience.
  • The ending of the scene is somewhat anticlimactic and leaves the audience hanging. Consider building up to a stronger moment of tension or resolution before cutting away.
Suggestions
  • Add a brief transition or establish the setting and time at the beginning of the scene to provide context.
  • Revise the dialogue to use more colloquial language and contractions to make the conversation flow more smoothly.
  • Develop the conflict between Elvis's desire to perform without an audience and the pressure from the Colonel and Jerry more fully by exploring Elvis's fears and motivations.
  • Incorporate more visual interest and dynamic camera movements to create a more engaging and visually appealing scene.
  • Consider building up to a stronger moment of tension or resolution before cutting away at the end of the scene.



Scene 23 -  Elvis' Unexpected Performance and the Colonel's Fury
INT. NBC STUDIOS - CORRIDOR - CONTINUOUS ACTION

The DANCE CAPTAIN leads a posse of DANCING SANTAS,
stretching and preparing to go on.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - STAGE - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Elvis looks to Priscilla in the shadows, sensing a do-or-
die moment. He cracks a joke with a wry smile:

ELVIS
How do you like it so far?

The audience laughs, a sudden connection.

We PUSH IN ON the monitor of one of the TV cameras as
Elvis throws back his head, cues the band, and... music
and voice come together in a tremendous, rocking entry:

ELVIS
(sings)
Well, since my baby left me...
I found a new place to dwell
It's down at the end of lonely
street
At Heartbreak Hotel...

He connects with the audience as only Elvis can. Elvis
Presley is reborn.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - CONTROL ROOM - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Binder and Bones look on with pride. Colonel's face
falls. The Singer Executives seem uncertain.

JUNIOR SINGER EXEC
Well, that was... energetic.

SENIOR SINGER EXEC
Is ‘Here Comes Santa Claus’ next?

COLONEL
Absolutely! I see no reason why
not.

He thunders out of the room, Diskin in tow.
107.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - STAGE - CONTINUOUS ACTION

ELVIS
(sings)
You ain't nothing but a hound dog,
cryin' all the time.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - CORRIDOR - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Colonel hurtles down the stairs, huffing and puffing.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - STAGE - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Elvis launches into “Jailhouse Rock.”

ELVIS
(sings)
Warden threw a party in the county
jail,
The prison band was there and they
began to wail...

The crowd erupts into applause. Priscilla can't believe
her eyes.

ELVIS
Thank you! It's been a long time,
baby! My boy, my boy!


INT. NBC STUDIOS - CORRIDOR - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Colonel bounds down the stairs with Diskin.

COLONEL
I do not know what is going on.
Sweating in black leather, singing
‘Hound Dog,’ what does that have
to do with Christmas?

They reach the corridor and suddenly, Scotty Moore and
D.J. Fontana cross Colonel's path. He turns to Diskin:

COLONEL
The Blue Moon Boys?! What are they
doing here?!

Colonel follows them towards the stage.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - STAGE - LATER

The musicians are now gathered on the stage to do the sit-
down section.
(CONTINUED)
108.
CONTINUED:

ELVIS
My boy, my boy!

CHARLIE
My boy, my boy.

ELVIS
OK... Well goodnight...

Elvis jokingly pretends to leave.

ELVIS
Uh, are we on television? Are we
on television?

CHARLIE
No, we’re on a train to Tulsa.

ELVUS
Let’s see, what do I do now folks?

SCOTTY
Why don’t you play that ‘Trying To
Get To You’ one time?

ELVIS
Twelve years he played guitar for
me man, didn’t say anything. Now
let me swap that axe with you,
champ.

With this, they exchange guitars and settle in. Elvis
launches into “Trying to Get to You,” raw and intense,
while staring at Priscilla.

ELVIS
(sings)
Ever since I read your letter,
Where you said you loved me true,
I’ve been traveling night and day
I’ve kept running all the way
Baby, trying to get to you.

Everyone in the control room watches on with delight.
Colonel watches from the shadows, the realization dawning
that they’ve all been conspiring against him. He leaves
in a fury.
Genres: ["Musical","Biographical","Drama"]

Summary In this scene, the Dance Captain leads a group of Dancing Santas in a corridor, while at NBC Studios, Elvis performs on stage, singing hits like 'Hound Dog' and 'Jailhouse Rock'. The Colonel, who had planned for a Christmas-themed performance, is upset and leaves in a fury when he sees Scotty Moore and D.J. Fontana, the Blue Moon Boys, on stage. Elvis performs 'Trying to Get to You' while staring at Priscilla, and the Colonel watches from the shadows, realizing he's been conspired against. The main conflict in this scene is between the Colonel and Elvis, and it remains unresolved as the Colonel leaves. The emotional tone of this scene is one of excitement from Elvis' performance and tension from the Colonel's reaction.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Character development
  • Musical performance
Weaknesses
  • Colonel Parker's manipulation
  • Singer executives' interference

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

This scene's primary job is to dramatize Elvis's artistic rebirth and defiance of Colonel Parker's control, which it lands with electrifying musical performance and clear emotional stakes. The single biggest limiter is the heavy reliance on prior context and the somewhat rushed resolution of the Colonel's opposition, which could be strengthened with a more direct confrontation or a clearer consequence for Elvis's rebellion.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of Elvis rebelling against a sanitized Christmas special by performing his classic hits with his original band is strong and emotionally resonant. It effectively dramatizes his reclaiming of artistic identity, though it's a familiar biopic trope.

Plot: 7

The plot moves clearly from Elvis's nervous start to his triumphant performance, with the Colonel's opposition providing clear conflict. The sequence of songs and the reunion with the Blue Moon Boys create a satisfying arc, though the Colonel's exit feels slightly anticlimactic.

Originality: 6.5

The scene offers a fresh take on the familiar 'artist rebels against manager' trope by grounding it in a specific, historically resonant TV special. The use of actual song lyrics and stage banter adds authenticity, though the structure is conventional.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Elvis is shown as determined and charismatic, reclaiming his agency. The Colonel is a looming antagonist, but his reaction is mostly internal. Priscilla and the band are supportive but underdeveloped. The characters serve the plot well but lack deeper nuance in this scene.

Character Changes: 6.5

Elvis undergoes a clear change from nervous performer to confident artist reclaiming his identity. The Colonel's realization that he's been conspired against is a change in his understanding, but not a deep character shift.

Internal Goal: 7.5

Elvis's internal goal is to reclaim his authentic artistic identity and prove he can connect with audiences on his own terms, driven by a need for self-respect and fear of being a puppet.

External Goal: 8

Elvis's external goal is to perform his own songs successfully on the TV special despite the Colonel's restrictions.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7.5

The central conflict is between Elvis's desire for authentic expression and the Colonel's demand for a safe, commercial performance. This is clear and escalating, though the Colonel's defeat is somewhat passive.

Opposition: 7

The Colonel provides strong opposition through his control of the show and his clear disapproval. However, his opposition is mostly reactive and he exits without a direct confrontation, slightly weakening the opposition.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are high: Elvis's career and artistic integrity are on the line. A failed performance could cement his decline, while success means reclaiming his identity. The Colonel's control is also at stake.

Story Forward: 8

The scene advances the story by showing Elvis breaking free from the Colonel's control and reasserting his artistic vision, setting up future conflict. It also reunites him with his original band, a significant narrative development.

Unpredictability: 6

This scene is somewhat predictable in its broad strokes (Elvis rebels and succeeds), but the specific details—the reunion with the Blue Moon Boys, the Colonel's furious exit, the banter on stage—add freshness and unpredictability.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The clash is between artistic authenticity (Elvis) and commercial safety (Colonel). Elvis's worldview values raw expression and connection, while the Colonel prioritizes marketability and control. This conflict is central to the scene.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7.5

The scene generates strong emotional impact through the music, the reunion with the band, and Elvis's triumphant connection with the audience. Priscilla's reaction and the Colonel's fury add layers, but the emotional payoff is slightly muted by the quick resolution.

Dialogue: 6

The dialogue is functional and occasionally witty (e.g., 'No, we’re on a train to Tulsa'), but much of the scene is carried by song lyrics and stage banter. The Colonel's lines are terse and effective, but the dialogue doesn't deepen character or conflict significantly.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because of the high-stakes performance, the clear rebellion against authority, and the emotional payoff of Elvis reclaiming his power. The music and audience reaction create a visceral experience.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing is effective, building from a tense, slow start to an energetic, fast-paced performance. The cuts between stage and control room maintain rhythm, though the Colonel's exit feels slightly abrupt.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is professional and clear, with proper scene headings, character cues, and action lines. The integration of song lyrics is handled well, though some action lines could be more concise.

Structure: 7.5

The scene follows a classic three-act structure within itself: setup (Elvis's nervous start), confrontation (Colonel's opposition and the performance), and resolution (triumphant performance and Colonel's exit). The musical numbers serve as emotional beats.


Critique
  • The transition between the previous scene and this one is a bit abrupt. It would help the reader to understand the flow of events if there was a brief description of what happens in between, such as Elvis and the others discussing the changes to the show.
  • The scene starts with a lot of action, with the Dance Captain leading the Dancing Santas and Elvis performing on stage. It would help to slow down the pace a bit and give the reader a chance to take in the scene if there was a brief description of the setting and the characters' positions before the action starts.
  • The dialogue is a bit stilted and unnatural in places. For example, Elvis' line, "How do you like it so far?" feels a bit forced and out of character.
  • The scene doesn't really have a clear focus. It starts with Elvis performing on stage, then cuts to the Colonel and Singer Executives in the control room, then back to Elvis on stage. It would help to give the scene a stronger sense of direction if it focused on a single event or conflict.
  • The scene ends with Colonel leaving in a fury. It would be more satisfying if there was a more dramatic or climactic event to end the scene on.
Suggestions
  • Add a brief description of what happens between the previous scene and this one to help the reader understand the flow of events.
  • Slow down the pace of the scene by adding a brief description of the setting and the characters' positions before the action starts.
  • Rewrite the dialogue to make it more natural and in character.
  • Give the scene a stronger sense of direction by focusing on a single event or conflict.
  • Add a more dramatic or climactic event to end the scene on.



Scene 24 -  Elvis Defies Colonel's Control in TV Special
INT. NBC STUDIOS - CONTROL ROOM - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Diskin is offering refreshments as Colonel thunders in,
out of breath, barking at Binder:



(CONTINUED)
109.
CONTINUED:

COLONEL
I think it is time for ‘Here Comes
Santa Claus.’ Is that understood,
Mr. Bindle?

BINDER
Absolutely...

BONES
Right after ‘Elvis Talks.’

COLONEL
Talks? No, no, no. What does Elvis
talk about?

BINDER
About himself.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - STAGE - DAY

ELVIS
Alright, give me that piece of
paper, man. I’m gonna see what I’m
supposed to do next here.

Charlie hands Elvis the cue sheet.

ELVIS
It says here, ‘Elvis will talk
about first record...’

CHARLIE
Little late.

ELVIS
It says here, ‘Elvis will talk
about shooting from the waist down
and not being able to touch hands
with body-- body with hands.’
(laughs)
I just got this show off the air,
boy, I tell you.

The boys laugh at the ludicrous suggestion. Elvis looks
around and tosses the cue sheet aside. The audience
laughs. After a moment, Elvis speaks from the heart:

ELVIS
Anyway... I’d like to talk a
little about music... Very little.
There’s been a big change in the
music field in the last ten or
twelve years. And uh, I like a lot
of the new groups, the Beatles and
the Beards, and the whoever...
(MORE) (CONTINUED)
110.
CONTINUED:
ELVIS (CONT'D)
But a lot of it is basically, our
music is basically... rock ’n’
roll music is basically, uh...
Gospel or rhythm and blues.
People have been adding to it,
adding instruments to it,
experimenting with it. But it uh,
it all boils down to just uh... I
don’t know what I’m talking about
really, I’m just mumbling, man.

SCOTTY
Hey, Elvis, why don't you talk
about, uh... little finger?

They share a look-- connecting.

ELVIS
The little finger. Yeah that’s all
I could move at Russwood.

Elvis thinks back...

ELVIS
The uh, the police filmed the show
on the 4th of July in Memphis
because the PTA or the YMCA or
somebody, they thought I was uh...
something.

As the audience chuckles, Elvis' eyes flick up to Colonel
in the control room.

ELVIS
So uh, the police came out to film
the show. So they told me I
couldn’t move, I had to stand
still. The only thing I could move
was my little finger like that,
man.
(wiggles finger)
You ain’t nothin’ but a hound dog
Crying all the time...
If you’re looking for trouble, you
came to the right place...

The band and audience crack up as the soulful strains of
"Sometimes I Feel Like a Motherless Child," sung by
Darlene Love begins...

ELVIS
But, uh, that’s one thing about
this TV special that I’m doing.
They’re gonna let me do what I
wanna do...

(CONTINUED)
111.
CONTINUED: (2)

Elvis looks up into the camera.
Genres: ["Drama","Music","Biography"]

Summary In the NBC studios during the day, Colonel angrily demands that Binder play 'Here Comes Santa Claus' after 'Elvis Talks'. However, on stage, Elvis decides to talk about music instead, mentioning his influence and other bands like the Beatles. He also shares stories about keeping his little finger still during a performance in Memphis, causing the band and audience to laugh. Elvis expresses his excitement about being able to do what he wants in this TV special, standing up to Colonel's domineering control. The tone is lighthearted and playful, with a touch of defiance.
Strengths
  • Authentic dialogue
  • Emotional depth
  • Character development
Weaknesses
  • Lack of external action
  • Limited interaction with other characters

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

The scene's primary job is to show Elvis reclaiming his artistic voice in a live TV setting, and it lands well through authentic dialogue and emotional resonance, but the pacing drags slightly during the extended monologue and the Colonel's interruption feels abrupt, limiting the overall impact.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of Elvis subverting a controlled TV special to speak from the heart about music's gospel and R&B roots is strong, but it's a familiar beat in biopics.

Plot: 6

The plot advances Elvis's rebellion against the Colonel's image management, but the scene is more character moment than plot driver.

Originality: 7

The scene offers a fresh take on the familiar 'artist rebels against manager' trope by grounding it in Elvis's genuine love for gospel and R&B, with authentic dialogue.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Elvis is shown as defiant and self-aware, the Colonel as controlling and flustered, but supporting characters like Scotty and Charlie are underused.

Character Changes: 6

Elvis shows a shift from passive performer to active rebel, but the change is incremental rather than transformative.

Internal Goal: 8

Elvis wants to be true to his musical roots and express himself authentically, driven by a fear of being controlled and a desire for respect as an artist.

External Goal: 7.5

Elvis wants to perform the show on his own terms, ignoring the Colonel's scripted cues.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6.5

The conflict between Elvis's desire for authenticity and the Colonel's demand for a sanitized show is clear, but the Colonel's reaction is offstage, reducing tension.

Opposition: 6

The Colonel provides strong opposition through his offstage control, but his physical absence in the stage portion weakens the direct confrontation.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are moderate: Elvis risks his career and the Colonel's wrath, but the immediate danger is low.

Story Forward: 6.5

The scene moves the story forward by escalating Elvis's rebellion, but it's more a thematic statement than a plot advancement.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because Elvis's heartfelt talk about music's roots subverts the expected Christmas special, and the Colonel's interruption is a surprise.

Philosophical Conflict: 7.5

The clash is between commercial entertainment (the Colonel's sanitized Christmas show) and artistic authenticity (Elvis's gospel/R&B roots), reflecting Elvis's struggle to reconcile fame with integrity.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

Elvis's vulnerability and defiance create a poignant moment, but the scene's emotional arc is undercut by the Colonel's interruption.

Dialogue: 7.5

Elvis's rambling, heartfelt monologue feels authentic and reveals his inner conflict, but some lines ('the Beards') feel forced for humor.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because Elvis's improvised monologue feels raw and real, and his defiance against the Colonel creates dramatic tension.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the slow, reflective monologue builds to a defiant climax, but the Colonel's abrupt entrance feels rushed.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is standard and clear, with proper scene headings and action lines, though some parentheticals are missing.

Structure: 6.5

The scene uses a classic setup (Colonel's demand) and payoff (Elvis's defiance), but the middle monologue lacks dramatic beats.


Critique
  • The dialogue is a bit stiff and unnatural. It doesn't feel like a real conversation between two people.
  • The scene is too long. It could be shortened by cutting out some of the unnecessary dialogue.
  • The scene doesn't really advance the plot. It's more of a filler scene that could be cut without losing anything important.
  • The scene is not visually interesting. It takes place in a control room, which is not a very exciting setting.
Suggestions
  • Rewrite the dialogue to make it more natural.
  • Shorten the scene by cutting out some of the unnecessary dialogue.
  • Add some action to the scene to make it more visually interesting.
  • Consider cutting the scene altogether if it doesn't advance the plot.



Scene 25 -  Elvis' Emotional Comeback Special Performance and the Colonel's Betrayal
INT. NBC STUDIOS - CONTROL ROOM - CONTINUOUS ACTION

On the monitors, Elvis is in closeup. It’s almost as if
he is looking straight at Colonel.

ELVIS (V.O.)
(on monitor)
Sing the music that I want. Music
that I love...


INT. NBC STUDIOS - STAGE - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Elvis looks to Priscilla.

ELVIS
The music that makes me happy.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - CONTROL ROOM - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Binder looks from the control desk to the Colonel
watching Elvis on the monitors, who is clearly taking
this personally.

MATCH TO:


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

Old Colonel watching Elvis, the control room now on the
carpet in Space with rows of monitors.

OLD COLONEL
Those know-it-all hippies poisoned
Elvis. And now my boy, mocking me!

ELVIS
(on monitor)
I was supposed to turn my back on
my fans, but I didn't. And
because of that, they sent me to
the Army.

OLD COLONEL
Blaming me?! When I saved him?

ELVIS
(on monitor)
And ever since then, I lost
everything I ever cared about. My
friends, loved ones, my music...
112.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - STAGE - DAY (1968)

Back in reality, Elvis stares at the Colonel, who watches
from the control room.

ELVIS (V.O.)
And most of all, I lost my dear,
sweet mama... My Satnin'...

A spotlight reveals African-American dance legend CLAUDE
THOMPSON as he begins an exquisite solo.

DARLENE LOVE (V.O.)
Sometimes I feel like a motherless
child.
Sometimes I feel like a motherless
child...

Elvis watches from the shadows, singing to himself.

ELVIS
(sings)
Sometimes I feel like a motherless
child...
a long way from home...

Claude continues dancing his solo.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
Singer were about to walk out; I
had one final chance...!


INT. NBC STUDIOS - CORRIDOR - DAY

Colonel yells at the Floor Manager:

COLONEL
Young man, you tell them it’s time
for ‘Here Comes Santa Claus.’ I
said so. Now, now!

FLOOR MANAGER
First positions! Not here, out
there! Go, go. Sleighs! Where’s
the sleigh?

Santas stub out cigarettes and don their hats! A large
wooden sleigh is dragged into position.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - CONTROL ROOM - CONTINUOUS ACTION

THROUGH the glass at the back of the room, we see Colonel
barrel along the corridor...

(CONTINUED)
113.
CONTINUED:

He bursts in right as Binder pushes the intercom.

BINDER
Cue the gospel and then we'll
segue straight into the whorehouse
and kung-fu spectacular. Go!

The Singer Executives stare with unforgiving horror and
head for the exit. A final word to Colonel.

SENIOR SINGER EXEC
You’ll be hearing from our
lawyers. Santa Claus is bringing
you a lawsuit!

COLONEL
But we have ‘Little Drummer Boy’!

Colonel turns. Through the monitors, we--

MATCH TO:


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

Colonel is surrounded by monitors showing Elvis in the
different dance numbers. As he spins:

OLD COLONEL
Kung-fu fighters! An all-colors-of-
the-rainbow ballet!

Colonel keeps spinning around to see the monitor with
Elvis in the bordello number.

OLD COLONEL
This was not part of the plan! And
it was a good plan!

TOP SHOT: Suddenly Colonel is revealed on the NBC stage
amongst a flower of fans and bordello dancers.

OLD COLONEL
Street whores... To sell sewing
machines at Christmas time!

He’s aggressed by multiple gospel singers, kung-fu
fighters, bordello girls. The music intensifies into an
orchestral cacophony, the memory of the comeback takes on
a nightmarish quality.

ELVIS
(sings)
If you ever take a trip down to
the ocean
Find yourself down around Mobile
(CONTINUED)
114.
CONTINUED:

OLD COLONEL
Singer wasn't going to sell a
single sewing machine!

ELVIS
(sings)
If you got a little time to kill
Just follow that crowd of people
You'll wind up out on his dance
floor

OLD COLONEL
We would be in breach! Sued by our
own sponsors for breach of
contract.

ELVIS
(sings)
Diggin' the finest little five
piece group
Up and down the Gulf of Mexico
Guess who's leadin' that five-
piece band,
Well, wouldn't ya know, it's that
Swingin' little guitar man.

OLD COLONEL
We were going to be ruined in this
town! We’d be laughed right out of
show business

ELVIS (V.O.)
(sings)
Ha, ha, ha, ha!
Ha, ha, ha, ha!

OLD COLONEL
Everything was going backwards.

PULL OUT to reveal Elvis and the Blue Moon Boys sitting
on the stage.

ELVIS
(sings)
Well, I'm the king of the jungle,
They call me the Tiger Man.
And if you cross my path,
You take your own life in your
hands.

As the nightmare Elvis mash-up begins to peak, multiple
Elvises now join the ensemble.




(CONTINUED)
115.
CONTINUED: (2)

OLD COLONEL
I betrayed you? You betrayed me!
This television broadcast was our
last chance! I'd given my word to
our sponsors! Something had to be
done!

SUDDENLY, THE SOUND OF A GUNSHOT!

YOUNG STAGEHAND (V.O.)
They shot him! Bobby! Kennedy!!!


INT. NBC STUDIOS - STAGE - NIGHT (1968)

The tragic news tears through the cast as they rush from
the stage.


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

Old Colonel, once again alone on the carpet of Space,
stares at thousands of 1970s televisions on which the
Kennedy tragedy plays out.

PUSH IN on a screen: images from the Ambassador Hotel.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - DRESSING ROOM - NIGHT

The whole cast and crew, many in tears, gather around the
TV, which plays news of the Robert Kennedy assassination.
Elvis’ eyes are glued to the screen.

NBC FLOOR MANAGER
Steve, we gotta get back to work.

Binder stands:

BINDER
Listen... I just want to say that
I’m looking at all of us...
(re: himself)
Jewish director, black
choreographer, Puerto Rican
choreographer, dance sections of
black, white and you know, purple.
And of course...
(to Elvis)
Our gentleman from Tupelo... And
to me, this is the kind of nation
we are. Right here. In this room.
And we cannot end this show with
‘Here Comes Santa Claus.’ We have
to say something. You have to make
a statement, E.P.
(CONTINUED)
116.
CONTINUED:

COLONEL (O.S.)
Mr. Presley does not make
statements.

The curtain that hides Elvis’ bedroom is slowly drawn
back. It’s the Colonel. He walks in and stares the entire
room down.

COLONEL
He sings ‘Here Comes Santa Claus’,
and wishes everyone ‘Merry
Christmas’ and ‘Goodnight.’

Colonel's jabs at the dial; the screen goes black.

COLONEL
The show must go on.

The West cousins and the Floor Manager move everyone out
of the room. Elvis says nothing. Faces fall, disgusted by
the cowardice of the King.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - CONTROL ROOM

It’s late and Bones is making coffee for himself and
Binder as they watch coverage of the Robert Kennedy
shooting on the monitors. PUSH IN ON: a monitor.


INT. NBC - DRESSING ROOM - LATER

MATCH SHOT: pull out on a miniature TV in Elvis’ dressing
room. Billy helps Elvis into his robe.

COLONEL
Poor Mrs. Kennedy. A tragedy, a
tragedy... But it has nothing to
do with us.

Suddenly, Elvis bursts through the curtains.

ELVIS
It has everything to do with us...

COLONEL
I just do not think we should be
making speeches about politics and
religion.

ELVIS
Dr. King was shot eight miles from
Graceland, while I was out here
singing to turtles. And now this,
and all you can think about is how
many goddamn sweaters I can sell?!
(CONTINUED)
117.
CONTINUED:

This wounds Colonel's pride.

COLONEL
I'm a promoter, that’s what I do.

But Elvis does not back down...

ELVIS
Well I’m Elvis Presley. That’s
what I do.

The Colonel's eye takes on that crocodile gleam.

COLONEL
Well, Mr. Bindle has really gotten
inside your head with all of his
hippy friends. You actually think
that singing your old songs
dressed in black leather,
sweating, mumbling incoherently to
the audience, was a good show?

ELVIS
Colonel, I know when I’ve excited
an audience.

The Colonel rounds on him.

COLONEL
That was not a real audience my
boy. There was a sign flashing
‘applaud’ telling them when to
clap for you.

This touches Elvis' Achilles heel. The Colonel knows he's
landed a blow and drives in, brandishing his cane.

COLONEL
This entire jamboree is an
embarrassment!
(thud goes the cane)
You have embarrassed the
sponsors...
(off thud)
You have embarrassed yourself...
(off thud)
And you have embarrassed me...
(off thud)
Now, you can sing whatever songs
you and Mr. Bindle choose for 55
minutes, but at the end of the
show there will be a Christmas
song.
(MORE)


(CONTINUED)
118.
CONTINUED: (2)
COLONEL (CONT'D)
Or we will be sued-- no, you will
be sued for breach of contract,
because I will no longer be the
promoter your career... I will
have to leave you.

Elvis takes this in. Colonel makes his way to the door.

COLONEL
I have convinced our friends at
Singer to come back tomorrow for
‘Here Comes Santa Claus.’ I’ll see
you in the morning, Mr.
Presley.
(turning before he
exits)
Oh, and as I recall, Dr. King said
rock and roll contributed to
juvenile delinquency.

Elvis turns back to the television. PUSH IN ON: L.B.J. on
the television and MATCH CUT TO:
Genres: ["Drama","Musical","Biographical"]

Summary In this emotional and tense scene from Elvis' comeback special, Elvis performs at the NBC studios while the Colonel watches from a ghostly casino in Vegas, fearing a breach of contract. Elvis reflects on his lost loved ones and the recent Robert Kennedy assassination, causing a conflict with the Colonel. The scene ends with Elvis determined to make a statement and the Colonel storming out.
Strengths
  • Intense conflict
  • Emotional depth
  • Strong character development
Weaknesses
  • Some dialogue may be overly dramatic

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

The scene's primary job is to dramatize the climax of Elvis's artistic rebellion against Colonel Parker's control, and it lands with powerful emotional and political resonance, but the surreal 1997 casino sequences, while thematically rich, occasionally disrupt the narrative flow and clarity, making the overall impact slightly uneven.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The concept of juxtaposing the 1968 comeback with the ghostly 1997 casino and the Kennedy assassination is bold and thematically potent, but the execution in this scene sometimes feels more like a collage than a cohesive narrative.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances the central conflict between Elvis and the Colonel, but the intercutting with the 1997 sequences and the assassination news creates a fragmented progression that, while intentional, may confuse the linear story.

Originality: 8

The scene offers a fresh take on the biopic genre by using surreal fantasy and political context to deepen the character conflict, though some elements feel familiar.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Elvis's defiance and vulnerability are well-drawn, and the Colonel's manipulative control is clear, but the scene relies on established character dynamics rather than introducing new dimensions.

Character Changes: 6

Elvis shows a shift from passive acceptance to active defiance, but the change is more a reaffirmation of his earlier stance than a new development.

Internal Goal: 8

Elvis's internal goal is to reclaim his artistic identity and honor his mother's memory by staying true to his music, driven by a need for authenticity and a fear of losing himself to the Colonel's control.

External Goal: 7

Elvis's external goal is to perform his own music and avoid the mandated Christmas song, facing the Colonel's ultimatum.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

The central conflict between Elvis and the Colonel is intense and personal, but the external political tragedy adds a layer that, while relevant, dilutes the focus on their personal struggle.

Opposition: 7.5

The Colonel is a formidable opponent, using emotional manipulation and threats of career ruin, but his opposition is somewhat one-dimensional in this scene.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are high: Elvis's career, his relationship with the Colonel, and his public image are all on the line, but the political assassination adds a broader but less personal stake.

Story Forward: 8

The scene moves the story forward by forcing Elvis to choose between his artistic soul and the Colonel's control, setting up the climax of the special.

Unpredictability: 7.5

This scene is unpredictable because it blends historical events with surreal fantasy sequences, and the Colonel's ultimatum introduces a sudden shift in power dynamics.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene pits Elvis's artistic integrity and personal expression against the Colonel's commercial pragmatism and control, reflecting a broader clash between art and commerce.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7.5

The scene evokes strong emotions through Elvis's grief over his mother and the Kennedy assassination, but the surreal 1997 sequences create emotional distance.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and confrontational, especially in the dressing room argument, but some lines feel expository, and the Colonel's threats are more effective than his earlier monologue.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because of the high-stakes confrontation between Elvis and the Colonel, the emotional weight of the Kennedy assassination, and the surreal visual metaphors that keep the viewer intrigued.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing is effective in building tension during the dressing room argument, but the intercuts to the casino and the assassination news create a jarring rhythm that may disrupt immersion.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7

The formatting is professional with clear scene headings and transitions, but the frequent intercuts and match cuts require careful reading to follow the timeline.

Structure: 6.5

The scene uses a non-linear structure with intercuts to the 1997 casino and the assassination news, which is effective for thematic resonance but may undermine narrative clarity.


Critique
  • The described scene is disjointed, mixing multiple storylines and not flowing smoothly.
  • The transition from the control room to the stage and back is confusing and disorienting.
  • The dialogue is mostly expositional and does not move the story forward.
  • The characterization is too simplistic, with Elvis portrayed as a pawn and the Colonel as a one-sided villain.
  • The scene lacks emotional depth and does not offer any meaningful insights into the characters or the situation.
Suggestions
  • Start the scene with a clear focus and goal, and stick to it.
  • Use smooth transitions to connect different parts of the scene.
  • Incorporate more action and dialogue that drives the story forward.
  • Develop the characters more fully, giving them complex motivations and emotions.
  • Use the scene to reveal something important about the characters or the situation.



Scene 26 -  Elvis's New Song: A Triumph at NBC Studios
INT. NBC STUDIOS - CONTROL ROOM/STAGE - NIGHT

L.B.J. on the monitor in the control room. Binder turns
off the three monitors with a ‘click, click, click.’
Bones behind him. He notices Elvis down in the studio.

CUT TO: the abandoned studio floor. A stark work light
slashes the Santa set, where Elvis stands in deep
contemplation. He sings a couple of melancholic lines
from "Here Comes Santa Claus.”

BINDER (V.O.)
(intercom)
We're set for the number tomorrow
right E.P?

Elvis looks up to Binder in the control room.

BINDER
It's pretty familiar territory...
Is it okay if we just run through
it in the morning?

He looks to Bones, pulling on his jacket to leave, weary
with disappointment. Elvis stares back at Binder and
Bones, defiance in his eyes...

ELVIS
A reverend told me once: ‘When
things are too dangerous to say...
sing.’
119.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - CONTROL ROOM - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Binder ponders. He turns to Bones, who has stopped
putting on his jacket. Binder looks down at the script he
was about to throw out. We hear simple piano chords.

CLOSE ON Binder’s script as we match cut to...


INT. NBC STUDIOS - DRESSING ROOM - NIGHT

TOP SHOT: Elvis, lying on the floor, holding Binder’s
script. He moves the paper to reveal the lyrics to ‘If I
Can Dream’ on the flip-side. Binder, Bones and BILLY
GOLDENBERG are around the piano, shaping up a song.

ELVIS
(sings)
There must be lights burning
brighter somewhere
Got to be birds flying higher in a
sky more blue...

Time passes and the piano chords transform into a warm,
stirring brass section.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - CONTROL ROOM - DAY

We once again see Colonel barreling along past the window
at the back of the room, wearing a Christmas sweater.
Diskin, also in sweater, and Charlie Hodge in tow.

CHARLIE
They were in there all night...

COLONEL
Doing what?

CHARLIE
Working on the new song. He says
he’s singing it...

COLONEL
New song? No.

Colonel enters the control room.

COLONEL
Oh, it's beginning to look a lot
like Christmas! Mr. Bindle... You
and I are on the same page at
last.



(CONTINUED)
120.
CONTINUED:

Binder looks up. Eight monitors hold a wide shot of the
Santa set with dancers and a choreographer rehearsing
“Here Comes Santa Claus.”

Colonel turns to the Singer Executives, but before he can
speak, we hear the stirring brass, and the Singer
Executives' faces turn ashen.

BINDER
Bring up the lights on the sign.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - STAGE - CONTINUOUS ACTION

The West cousins pull back a curtain to reveal a white-
suited Elvis. Priscilla kisses him before he takes the
stage.

PRISCILLA
Good luck, baby.

Suddenly, the TV cameras turn away from the Santa set and
towards the giant “ELVIS” letters illuminated in red.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - CONTROL ROOM - CONTINUOUS ACTION

The Colonel moves in disbelief to the window as a crane
with a CAMERAMAN sweeps in front of his reddening face.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - STAGE - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Elvis, now fully revealed in the spotlight, sings as if
speaking to the whole world from the depths of his soul.

ELVIS
(sings)
We're lost in a cloud!
With too much rain!

The cast looks on, moved by the power of the message and
the voice.

ELVIS
(sings)
We're trapped in a world!
That's troubled with pain!
But as long as a man
Has the strength to dream... He
can redeem his soul
And fly!
121.


INT. NBC STUDIOS - CONTROL ROOM - DAY

Colonel’s face is like thunder. Diskin, inscrutable, yet
an undeniable inner approval.

Just then, Priscilla walks in. She shares a look with
Binder and stands by him.

ELVIS (V.O.)
Deep in my heart there's a
tremblin' question
Still I am sure that the answer,
answer's gonna come somehow
Out there in the dark, there's a
beckoning candle
And while I can think, while I can
talk


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

ELVIS (V.O.)
While I can stand, while I can
walk
While I can dream, please let my
dream
Come true, right now!!!

Colonel, now walking away from the Elvis set, back into
the ghostly casino whence he came.

OLD COLONEL
I was certain it was going to be a
disaster.

We STAY ON Colonel’s face as it transforms.

OLD COLONEL
(a tepid whisper)
But I was wrong.

Never before have we seen the Colonel so vulnerable.


EXT. GRACELAND - DAY (1969)

A lively picnic to the sounds of Elvis’ ‘Memphis
Tennessee.’ Elvis and Priscilla race around on a golf
cart. A new era at Graceland.


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

Old Colonel sits ever-so-slowly at the roulette table,
his face frozen in catatonic despair. He SCREAMS...

(CONTINUED)
122.
CONTINUED:

OLD COLONEL
Wrong!

His breath heavy, full of self-pity.

OLD COLONEL
All those years I stood by him.
One little mistake and he leaves
me?!


INT. GRACELAND - MUSIC ROOM - AFTERNOON (1969)

Graceland, completely reimagined in a hip, sixties look,
with an equally hip cocktail party in swing. Elvis,
Priscilla, Jerry ,and a cool, rangy character, TOM
HULETT, look over the plans for a touring plane.

JERRY
Air Presley’s new wings.

ELVIS
(sings)
I’ll fly away, oh glory
I’ll fly away, in my Convair 880.

HULETT
With a state room in the back,
extra seating in the front.

PRISCILLA
You mean we can sleep on the
plane?

HULETT
That’s the whole point! When you
play stadiums, it’s like a week of
shows in just one night. So when
it’s done, you hop on the plane
and go where you want...

ELVIS
“Go where you want, play where you
want, and if they don’t like it,
go some place else.” B.B. King
told me that.

HULETT
B.B. knows, man... I’ve been doing
some research. Last year alone,
you turned down two offers in
Germany and Japan for a million
bucks... for one night! You know
who gets offers like that?

Elvis shrugs.
(CONTINUED)
123.
CONTINUED:

HULETT
Nobody... Nobody except Elvis.
Aaron. Presley. Just last week,
with our newest group, Led
Zeppelin, they sold out the
Coliseum in Vancouver. Just
imagine what you could do. Why the
Colonel turned them down is beyond
me.

JERRY
Well if you figure it out, let us
know.

A tense moment. Elvis spies little LISA MARIE and picks
her up.

PRISCILLA
We should call it the “Lisa
Marie.” Are you guys hungry? Let’s
eat.

Joining Vernon, his new wife, DEE, Charlie, Lamar and
girlfriends, they hold court like the Kennedys.

They all sit down for dinner. A phone RINGS. Charlie pops
out, and back in.

CHARLIE
Hey EP, it’s the Colonel.

ELVIS
Not now, Charlie. I’m sitting down
to dinner with my family.

CHARLIE
(into the phone)
You’re gonna have to call back
later.

ELVIS
(to the table)
I want you to get me some songs. I
want you to get me some songs,
too. I want every one of you, if
you know somebody, to get me some
songs.

LAMAR
Hey, I got something from a young
guy, Eddie Rabbitt: "Kentucky
Rain" You’ve got to do it. It’s
just that good.

We PAN to the dining room chandelier as the lights turn
on, signaling the transition to night.
124.
Genres: ["Musical","Biographical","Drama"]

Summary In this scene, Binder, Elvis, Bones, and Billy Goldenberg collaborate on a new song for 'Here Comes Santa Claus' at the NBC studios' control room and dressing room at night. The Colonel initially opposes the new song but changes his mind when he hears it. The scene ends with Elvis's inspiring performance of the new song on stage during the day, with the approval of the cast and Colonel. The main conflict is the Colonel's opposition, which is resolved when he hears the song. The emotional tone is hopeful and triumphant, with significant dialogue including Elvis's quote and the Colonel's exclamation. The visual elements include the Santa set, abandoned studio floor, and Elvis performing on stage.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Character development
  • Thematic richness
  • Engaging dialogue
Weaknesses
  • Some ambiguity in the Colonel's motivations
  • Limited exploration of secondary characters

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

This scene's primary job is to deliver Elvis's artistic and emotional rebirth through the performance of 'If I Can Dream,' and it lands powerfully with a stirring musical climax and a rare moment of vulnerability from the Colonel. The single biggest limiter is the abrupt tonal shift to the 1969 Graceland picnic, which undercuts the emotional momentum and feels like a separate scene tacked on.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of using a newly written song as a defiant act against the Colonel's control is strong, and the ghostly Colonel framing adds depth. However, the transition to the 1969 party feels conceptually disjointed.

Plot: 6.5

The plot moves from the Colonel's attempted sabotage to Elvis's creative rebellion, but the 1969 segment introduces new plot threads (plane, songs) without resolving the immediate conflict.

Originality: 7

The use of a newly written song as a narrative turning point is fresh, and the ghostly Colonel framing adds originality, though the 1969 party is more conventional.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Elvis's defiance and the Colonel's vulnerability are well-drawn, but the 1969 party introduces many characters (Tom Hulett, Lamar) without depth, diluting focus.

Character Changes: 7

Elvis changes from a performer constrained by the Colonel to one asserting his own vision; the Colonel shows rare vulnerability. However, the 1969 segment shows no clear change.

Internal Goal: 8

Elvis's internal goal is to reclaim his artistic integrity and express his true self through music, driven by a need for authenticity and fear of being a puppet.

External Goal: 7

Elvis's external goal is to perform 'If I Can Dream' instead of the Colonel's Christmas number, and later to plan a touring plane and gather new songs.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The central conflict between Elvis and the Colonel is vivid in the control room and ghostly casino, but the 1969 party diffuses it.

Opposition: 7

The Colonel is a strong opposition figure, actively trying to control Elvis's performance, but his opposition weakens in the 1969 segment where he is absent.

High Stakes: 7

Stakes are high in the control room (Elvis's career, his relationship with the Colonel), but the picnic lowers them to casual planning.

Story Forward: 6.5

The scene advances the story by showing Elvis reclaiming his artistic voice, but the 1969 segment feels like setup for future events rather than forward momentum.

Unpredictability: 7.5

This scene is unpredictable because the Colonel admits he was wrong, a surprising moment of vulnerability, and the sudden shift to a 1969 party is also unexpected.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The clash is between the Colonel's commercial, image-controlled approach and Elvis's desire for artistic freedom and social relevance, embodied in the song's message.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7.5

The performance of 'If I Can Dream' and the Colonel's admission of being wrong are emotionally powerful, but the picnic scene feels emotionally flat by comparison.

Dialogue: 6.5

Dialogue is functional and occasionally sharp ('One little mistake and he leaves me?!'), but much of the 1969 segment is expository and lacks the tension of earlier scenes.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because the musical performance is emotionally charged and the Colonel's rare admission of error is compelling, but the picnic segment loses momentum.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the slow build to the song's climax and the Colonel's reaction is well-timed, but the picnic scene drags with exposition.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is professional with clear scene headings, intercuts, and transitions, though the jump from 1997 to 1969 could be clearer.

Structure: 6.5

The scene uses a three-part structure: the defiant performance, the Colonel's reaction, and a celebratory aftermath. The shift to 1969 feels structurally abrupt, breaking the dramatic arc.


Critique
  • The dialogue between Binder and Elvis is a bit wooden and unnatural. It sounds more like a script than a real conversation.
  • The scene lacks a clear focus. It starts with Elvis singing 'Here Comes Santa Claus,' then cuts to Binder and Bones in the control room, then back to Elvis on stage. It's not clear what the point of the scene is.
  • The Colonel's reaction to Elvis's new song is over-the-top and unrealistic. He seems to be more concerned with his own ego than with Elvis's career.
  • The pacing of the scene is too slow. There are long stretches of dialogue and inactivity that could be cut without losing anything important.
  • The scene doesn't really advance the plot. It's more of a filler scene that could be cut without affecting the overall story.
Suggestions
  • Rewrite the dialogue between Binder and Elvis to make it more natural and conversational.
  • Give the scene a clearer focus. What is the main point that you want to convey? Once you know what the focus is, you can cut out any unnecessary dialogue or action.
  • Tone down the Colonel's reaction to Elvis's new song. Make it more believable and in character.
  • Speed up the pacing of the scene. Cut out any unnecessary dialogue or action.
  • Consider cutting the scene altogether. If it doesn't advance the plot or develop the characters, it may be better to cut it.



Scene 27 -  Celebration, Gifts, and Tense Concerns at Graceland followed by a Bold Decision in Vegas
INT. GRACELAND DINING ROOM - LATER

PAN off the chandelier to find STAFF clearing away the
last of the plates at the meal’s end. It’s a warm
atmosphere and spirits are high. Elvis’ end of the table
is abuzz with talk of the new album:

JERRY
You know E, I love the new song,
man it’s--

ELVIS
(interrupting)
It’s unlike anything I’ve ever
sung before.

PRISCILLA
The first time Elvis played it for
me, I cried.

CHARLIE
I don’t know about the title: “In
The Ghetto”...

DEE
“In The Ghetto?” That’s going to
put a lot of people off.

CHARLIE
Well it’s a great song but, you
know, it might...

JERRY
Have you settled on a name for the
album?

ELVIS
From Elvis... in Memphis. Going
back to my roots recording here in
my home town. And then we take it
to the world with our new wings.

Priscilla summons the maid who brings a tray of jewelry
boxes with a tag reading: “From Elvis.” She hands them
out around the table.

PRISCILLA
And in honor of that, Elvis and I
have organized a little surprise.
It’s nothing crazy.

ELVIS
To celebrate this new chapter, the
new album, and the tour.


(CONTINUED)
125.
CONTINUED:

Vernon, now a few drinks past his limit, attempts an
aside to Dee.

VERNON
And if the tour doesn’t go off as
planned, those costs, the
musicians, that airplane, that’s
gonna be on my head, yeah.

A tense silence, as if Colonel’s presence is suddenly
felt.

HULETT
Mr Presley, with all due respect,
man, there’s no way this tour
won’t bring in mucho dinero.

VERNON
Well son, I’m sorry, but it’s my
job to worry about these finances
because I am business manager.

PRISCILLA
Vernon, we’re all taking care of
business now.

Hulett opens one of the boxes, holding up a lightning
bolt necklace, emblazoned with “TCB”.

ELVIS
That’s right. We’re gonna TCB
around the world... but that don’t
mean nothin’ without a little
tender loving care at home.

One of the women at the table opens her box to find a
matching “TLC” necklace inside.

PRISCILLA
You can’t have one without the
other.

ELVIS
To TCB and TLC.

Glasses are raised as the guests respond, some trying on
their new necklaces with a laugh. Vernon looks on
incredulously.

VERNON
(to Dee)
And how much did these cost?

Priscilla looks to Elvis, catching a flicker of self-
doubt.
126.


EXT. GRACELAND - DAY

An RCA MOBILE RECORDING VAN is parked in the driveway. We
FOLLOW cables running from the van to inside the house.


INT. GRACELAND - JUNGLE ROOM - DAY

Elvis, backup singers, and band are recording. Priscilla
descends the stairs and watches.

ELVIS
(sings)
Well, the world turns
And a hungry little boy with a
runny nose
Plays in the street as the cold
wind blows
In the ghetto
And his hunger burns
So he starts to roam the streets
at night
And he learns how to steal, and he
learns how to fight
In the ghetto


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

The SCREEN FILLS with archival images of riots in
Chicago, Newark...

ELVIS (V.O.)
(vocal)
Then one night in desperation
A young man breaks away
He buys a gun, steals a car
Tries to run, but he don't get far
And his mama cries
As a crowd gathers 'round an angry
young man
Face down on the street with a gun
in his hand
In the ghetto


INT. GRACELAND - JUNGLE ROOM - DAY (1969)

Charlie answers the phone and mouths to Jerry, ‘It’s the
Colonel.’ Priscilla shakes her head at Charlie. Elvis
imbues the last lines with authentic emotion.

ELVIS (V.O.)
(vocal)
And as her young man dies
(MORE)
(CONTINUED)
127.
CONTINUED:
ELVIS (V.O.) (CONT'D)
On a cold and gray Chicago mornin'
Another little baby child is born
In the ghetto
And his mama cries


INT. ALADDIN CASINO (VEGAS) - GAMBLING FLOOR - DAY

The CROUPIER deals a card and Colonel taps the table,
requesting another.

COLONEL
Hit me.

But to his surprise, the Croupier does not deal him
another card. Colonel taps the table again.

COLONEL
Hit me.

CROUPIER
(nervously)
Mr. Parker, Mr. Kohn would like to
see you.

COLONEL
Colonel Parker. Hit me.

The Croupier just stares back while the FLOOR MANAGER
beside him shakes his head. Colonel drags himself from
the table, taking a basket of fried chicken with him.


INT. CASINO - MEYER KOHN’S OFFICE

MEYER KOHN and his INTIMIDATING ASSOCIATE stare the
Colonel down from across a desk.

MEYER KOHN
You’ve run up quite a tab,
Colonel, and now we hear your boy
is working with new people. You’ve
lost your meal ticket.

Kohn rises for emphasis.

MEYER KOHN
You better settle up, Colonel,
before we have to make things...

With an ominous knuckle-crack, Kohn’s Associate finishes
his sentence.

INTIMIDATING ASSOCIATE
...Uncomfortable.
128.


INT. GRACELAND - ELVIS' BEDROOM - NIGHT

Elvis brushes his teeth while Priscilla brushes her hair,
getting ready for bed.

ELVIS
I have to see him in Vegas. He’s
hurt his back...

PRISCILLA
Satnin’, you know what he’s like.
The moment you get near him, he’ll
have you under 10 feet of snow
before you know what’s happened.

Elvis looks to her, knows where she’s going.

ELVIS
Baby my mind’s made up. Business
is business, but I owe it to him
to tell him to his face.

PRISCILLA
Just be careful he doesn’t clip
your wings.

Elvis slides into the bed, cuddling her.

ELVIS
He won’t. I’m gonna go see him in
Vegas, look him in he eyes and
tell him it’s over.

PRISCILLA
I actually feel sorry for him.

ELVIS
Me too.

We can tell by the way Elvis gently nods that his
feelings for the Colonel still run deep. Priscilla clicks
off the TV remote and we go to black.
Genres: ["Drama","Musical"]

Summary The scene is set in the Graceland dining room, where everyone is in high spirits due to the success of Elvis' new song 'In The Ghetto'. Elvis and Priscilla hand out jewelry boxes as a surprise gift, but Vernon, Elvis' father, expresses his concerns about the tour's finances, causing a tense moment. The group then records new music in the Jungle Room. Charlie receives a call from the Colonel, which Priscilla advises against answering. The scene ends with Elvis deciding to confront the Colonel in Vegas, setting the stage for potential conflict.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Character dynamics
  • Thematic exploration
Weaknesses
  • Some repetitive dialogue

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to show Elvis asserting artistic independence while foreshadowing his break from the Colonel, which it does effectively through the recording session and bedroom conversation. The biggest limiter is the abrupt tonal shift to the Colonel's gambling subplot, which feels disconnected and dilutes the emotional momentum of Elvis's arc.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of using 'In the Ghetto' as a pivot point for Elvis's artistic and personal rebellion is strong, but the Colonel's casino debt subplot feels like a separate movie intruding.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances Elvis's decision to break from the Colonel and his commitment to meaningful music, but the casino scene stalls momentum with a tangential threat.

Originality: 7

The intercutting of a socially conscious recording session with a gambling debt subplot is a fresh take on the biopic genre, though the Colonel's caricature feels familiar.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Elvis is shown as conflicted but resolute; Priscilla is supportive and perceptive; Vernon is a worrywart; the Colonel is a desperate gambler. The ensemble is well-drawn but the Colonel's scene feels caricatured.

Character Changes: 6

Elvis solidifies his resolve to break from the Colonel, a significant step in his arc. Priscilla's role as confidante is reinforced.

Internal Goal: 8

Elvis wants to assert his artistic identity and break free from the Colonel's control, driven by a need for authenticity and fear of being a puppet.

External Goal: 7

Elvis plans to fly to Vegas to tell the Colonel their partnership is over.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 6.5

Conflict is layered: Elvis vs. the Colonel (offstage), Vernon vs. Elvis's spending, and the Colonel vs. his creditors. The central conflict of Elvis's independence is clear but not yet fully engaged.

Opposition: 6

Opposition comes from Vernon's financial anxiety, the Colonel's manipulative control (offstage), and the casino thugs. The Colonel is the primary antagonist, but his absence in the main timeline weakens the opposition.

High Stakes: 7

Stakes are high: Elvis's career direction, his relationship with the Colonel, and the Colonel's financial ruin. However, the personal stakes are more immediate than the gambling debt.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by setting up Elvis's break from the Colonel and his commitment to socially conscious music, but the casino subplot feels like a detour.

Unpredictability: 6

This scene is unpredictable because the Colonel's gambling debt and the threat from Meyer Kohn introduce a new, external pressure that wasn't foreshadowed in the backstory.

Philosophical Conflict: 7.5

Artistic integrity vs. commercial success; personal loyalty vs. professional independence. Elvis's worldview is shifting from pleasing others to following his own conscience.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6.5

The recording of 'In the Ghetto' and the bedroom conversation carry genuine emotional weight, but the casino scene undercuts the intimacy.

Dialogue: 7.5

Dialogue is natural and revealing, especially the bedroom exchange between Elvis and Priscilla. Vernon's line about tour costs feels a bit on-the-nose.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because of the emotional weight of Elvis's decision and the raw power of the 'In the Ghetto' recording, but the casino scene breaks the spell.

Pacing: 7

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the dinner and recording build a warm, confident rhythm, then the casino scene jolts with tension, and the bedroom scene slows to a quiet resolution. The shift is jarring but intentional.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8.5

Formatting is professional and clear, with proper scene headings and transitions. The intercut between Graceland and the casino is handled well.

Structure: 6.5

The scene uses a three-part structure: celebratory dinner, recording session, and bedroom resolution, with an intercut casino subplot. The intercut disrupts the dramatic rhythm.


Critique
  • The scene begins with a warm and celebratory atmosphere, but the mood changes abruptly when Vernon raises concerns about the tour's finances. This tonal shift feels jarring and could be smoothed out by giving more context or building up to the conflict.
  • The dialogue about the new album and the tour is informative, but it lacks emotional depth. Consider adding personal anecdotes or reactions from the characters to make the conversation more engaging.
  • The introduction of the jewelry boxes as a surprise gift is a nice touch, but it doesn't seem to have a significant impact on the scene. Explore ways to connect the gift to the characters' relationships or the overall narrative.
  • The recording session in the Jungle Room feels disconnected from the rest of the scene. Consider finding a way to integrate it more smoothly, perhaps by having the characters discuss the song or its significance.
  • The transition to the Colonel in the casino in Vegas is abrupt and doesn't provide enough context. Consider adding a brief establishing shot or a line of dialogue to clarify the setting and Colonel's current situation.
  • The Colonel's conversation with Meyer Kohn and his associate is tense and effective, but it could be more impactful if the stakes were raised. Consider adding specific consequences or threats to make the Colonel's predicament more urgent.
  • The final dialogue between Elvis and Priscilla in the bedroom is emotionally charged, but it could be strengthened by providing more specific details about Elvis's feelings for the Colonel. Consider adding a line or two that explores the complex emotions he's experiencing.
  • The ending of the scene, with Elvis and Priscilla cuddling and the lights turning on, feels anticlimactic. Consider finding a more impactful way to end the scene, perhaps by leaving the audience with a lingering thought or question.
Suggestions
  • Expand the dialogue about the financial concerns to include Vernon's motivations and fears. This will help make his concerns more understandable and relatable.
  • Add a line or two of dialogue where the characters express their excitement or anticipation for the new album and the tour. This will help build emotional momentum and make the audience more invested in the characters' journey.
  • Connect the jewelry gift to the characters' relationships by having them discuss the significance of the necklaces or by showing how they wear them later in the scene.
  • Integrate the recording session into the scene by having the characters discuss the song's lyrics or its connection to the album's overall theme.
  • Provide a brief establishing shot of the casino in Vegas before cutting to the Colonel. This will help orient the audience and create a sense of place.
  • Raise the stakes of the Colonel's conversation with Meyer Kohn by having the associate deliver a specific threat or ultimatum. This will make the Colonel's predicament more urgent and increase the tension.
  • Add a line or two of dialogue where Elvis expresses his conflicted emotions about the Colonel. This will help make his decision to confront the Colonel more believable and emotionally resonant.
  • Consider ending the scene with a close-up of Elvis's face as he looks determinedly into the camera. This will leave the audience with a lingering impression of his resolve and anticipation for the upcoming confrontation.



Scene 28 -  The Parting of Ways: Elvis and Colonel's Business Relationship Comes to an End
INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

Colonel’s eyes bulge, a dismissive smile as he intones...

OLD COLONEL
Sorry for me? She feels sorry for
me?

Colonel, IV in tow, walks into the model of the European
village we saw in the Christmas special.

A YOUNG WOMAN’s laughter echoes from a shopfront.
(CONTINUED)
129.
CONTINUED:

YOUNG WOMAN (V.O.)
Andreas, I feel so sorry for
you...

This strange memory clearly pains the Colonel.

OLD COLONEL
Sorry for me? For leaving me, Mr.
Presley? Well, we both had bills
to pay, but...

He lifts a finger TOWARDS the CAMERA.

OLD COLONEL
I had the perfect solution.


INT./EXT. LIMO/LAS VEGAS STRIP - DAY (1969)

Elvis and Memphis Mafia are driven past garish marquees:
"The Stardust," "Caesars Palace," "The Flamingo."


INT. HOSPITAL - HALLWAY - DAY

The West cousins secure the hallway as Elvis approaches
Colonel’s room. Diskin guides Elvis through the door.

DISKIN
Hey EP, he doesn't want you making
a fuss.


INT. HOSPITAL - ROOM - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Blinds drawn. A disturbing wheezing. Nurse Tish tends to
Colonel, in a hospital bed. A weak, husky voice...

NURSE TISH
Colonel, Elvis is here.

COLONEL
My boy...

Colonel feebly waves in Elvis' direction.

ELVIS
Admiral... How are you?

Elvis moves to him, concern hidden behind tinted glasses.

COLONEL
I should have gone down to see you
but as you can see I'm a... little
laid up, you know.

(CONTINUED)
130.
CONTINUED:

He moves to get out of bed, Diskin rushes to support him.

NURSE TISH
You’ve just had a heart attack;
you're not to get out of bed.

ELVIS
A heart attack? You said your
back.

But Colonel is already out of bed, Nurse Tish stabilizing
him with his walker.

COLONEL
Stop making such a fuss. Diskin,
get the lights. My heart just
stopped is all... I fell and put
my back out. It was just all the
excitement over your Christmas
special; but I shouldn't have
worried any.

He stops and looks Elvis directly in the eye.

COLONEL
You came through as you always do.
I may have very small ideas, but
no one can sell a show to an
audience like you can. I admit it,
I was wrong.

It's almost as if there's an invisible tear in Colonel's
eye. Elvis strengthens his resolve.

ELVIS
Colonel, I want to tell you in
person. As far as business is
concerned, I think we need to go
our separate ways.

But Colonel is all enthusiasm.

COLONEL
Well, you may be right. It may be
time for me to retire.

Elvis chuckles.

ELVIS
Come on Colonel, quit snowing me.
You ain’t retiring.

The Colonel seems hurt.



(CONTINUED)
131.
CONTINUED: (2)

COLONEL
I will miss the circus. I can’t
keep up with this young fella
Hulett is putting on your new
show, an international tour in
stadiums and the Olympia in Paris
and the Sydney Opera House and
what’s that one Diskin? “Boukin?”

DISKIN
The Budokan in Tokyo.

COLONEL
The Budokan in Tokyo... But
creating a show worthy of an
international tour is very, very
expensive. All those costs eat
into the artist’s profits and I
worry that the financial risk
would put a strain on your father.
I’ve been thinking, as your former
technical advisor and as an old
friend...

The Colonel looks to Elvis, looking for reassurance.

COLONEL
What if your show didn’t cost a
single cent? Then it would be all
profit! Every dollar you make
would be a dollar profit! And I
think your daddy would like the
sound of that very much.

Colonel touches a button and the drapes rush back to
REVEAL: the International Hotel, vaulting skywards!
Genres: ["Drama","Biopic"]

Summary In a 1969 hospital room, Colonel, still recovering from a heart attack, watches a memory of a young woman from a past Christmas special. Elvis pays a visit, expressing his concern for Colonel's health, but Colonel downplays his condition. Despite Colonel's attempts to convince Elvis to continue their professional relationship, Elvis decides it's time to part ways in terms of business. This emotional scene highlights the conflict between Colonel's desire to manage Elvis's career and Elvis's determination to move on, leaving Colonel looking hurt as the scene concludes.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Character exploration
  • Revealing dialogue
Weaknesses
  • Lack of external conflict
  • Limited action

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to stage a pivotal confrontation between Elvis and Colonel Parker, revealing the Colonel's manipulative genius and Elvis's attempt to break free. It lands well in its tense, layered dialogue and visual symbolism, but the overall score is limited by the scene's reliance on exposition-heavy backstory (the international tour details) that slows momentum and feels more like information delivery than dramatic action.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a hospital visit where the supposedly frail manager reveals a grand, manipulative scheme is strong, but the execution leans on familiar power dynamics without fresh subversion.

Plot: 6

The plot advances the central conflict—Elvis's desire for independence versus Colonel's control—but the scene's middle section bogs down in listing tour venues, which feels like plot summary rather than dramatic action.

Originality: 6

The scene offers a fresh take on the manager-artist confrontation by using a hospital setting and a theatrical reveal, but the dialogue and power dynamics are familiar tropes.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Colonel is vividly manipulative, using feigned weakness and grand gestures; Elvis is more reactive, his resolve undercut by the Colonel's theatricality. The characters are clear but Elvis's internal struggle could be sharper.

Character Changes: 3

Elvis's resolve to separate is stated but not tested; Colonel's manipulation seems to succeed in distracting him. No significant change occurs by scene's end.

Internal Goal: 6

Elvis's internal goal is to assert his independence and break free from Colonel's control, driven by a desire for authenticity and self-determination.

External Goal: 7

Elvis's external goal is to inform Colonel that they should go their separate ways professionally.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

Conflict is high: Elvis wants to separate, Colonel wants to keep him. The tension is palpable, especially in the reveal of the hotel.

Opposition: 8

Colonel is a strong opponent, using feigned weakness, emotional manipulation, and grand spectacle to counter Elvis's attempt to leave.

High Stakes: 7.5

Stakes are high—Elvis's career autonomy and personal freedom versus Colonel's control—but the scene's focus on logistics slightly undercuts the urgency.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by escalating the central conflict and setting up the International Hotel era, but the middle section stalls with exposition.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because Colonel's feigned retirement and sudden reveal of the International Hotel subvert expectations, though the overall arc of manipulation is familiar.

Philosophical Conflict: 5.5

The clash between artistic integrity (Elvis) and commercial manipulation (Colonel) is central, but the scene doesn't fully explore the moral weight of either side.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The emotional impact is moderate—Colonel's feigned vulnerability and Elvis's frustration are clear, but the scene's clinical exposition dampens deeper feeling.

Dialogue: 6.5

Dialogue is layered with subtext—Colonel's 'I was wrong' and 'time to retire' are transparently false—but some lines (the tour list) are expository and lack natural rhythm.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because of the tense power dynamic and the theatrical reveal of the hotel, but the mid-scene list of tour venues loses momentum.

Pacing: 6

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it builds tension slowly through the hospital visit, then accelerates with the drape reveal, but the tour list in the middle drags.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is standard and clear, with proper scene headings and action lines. The ghostly Vegas transition is handled with a slug line, but the memory within a memory could confuse.

Structure: 7

The scene uses a classic three-beat structure: setup (hospital visit), confrontation (Elvis's announcement), and twist (Colonel's reveal). The ghostly memory prologue adds atmosphere but feels disconnected.


Critique
  • The scene starts with a memory of a young woman, seemingly from a past Christmas special. This memory is not clearly connected to the present scene and may be confusing for the audience.
  • The Colonel's dismissive smile and intones do not provide clear insight into his character or motivations.
  • The transition between the ghostly Vegas casino and the hospital room is abrupt and may be jarring for the audience.
  • The dialogue between Elvis and Colonel lacks emotional depth and does not reveal much about their relationship.
  • The Colonel's sudden change of heart about retiring is not well motivated and may seem unrealistic.
Suggestions
  • Consider removing the memory of the young woman or providing more context to connect it to the present scene.
  • Expand on the Colonel's character by providing more details about his past or motivations.
  • Smooth the transition between the ghostly Vegas casino and the hospital room by using a dissolve or fade.
  • Rewrite the dialogue between Elvis and Colonel to make it more emotionally charged and revealing.
  • Provide a stronger motivation for the Colonel's change of heart about retiring, such as a desire to make amends with Elvis or a fear of losing his influence.



Scene 29 -  Elvis and the Colonel's Exciting Tour Preparations
INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SHOWROOM - LATER

A late-‘60s red-and-white extravaganza. Colonel at one
end of the auditorium. Nurse Tish by his wheelchair.
Elvis examines the cavernous stage.

ELVIS
It's a mighty big stage. Remember
when we saw itty bitty Barbara
Streisand? It ate her alive.

COLONEL
She worked out the bugs for us.

Colonel dismisses Nurse Tish and walks toward Elvis as he
examines the Versailles-like ceiling.


(CONTINUED)
132.
CONTINUED:

ELVIS
You can get lost in a place like
this.

Colonel has now arrived at the front of the stage.

COLONEL
When you started performing, you
always said something was wrong.
Your hair, your costume. But you
was just afraid. Afraid of being
Elvis, and if you weren't, you
wouldn't be a great artist.

Elvis considers. He knows there's a truth here.

COLONEL
Now yours and Mr Hulett’s
international tour can’t be
nothing less than great. Nothing
less than Elvis Presley.

ELVIS
(tentative)
I've been experimenting with a
new, big sound.

Colonel waves his cane towards the stage.

COLONEL
You can fill this stage with every
musical idea inside...
(feigns tapping
Elvis' head)
... that head.

ELVIS
It would cost.

Colonel leans into Elvis. There's an intimacy in their
closeness in this vast space:

COLONEL
Yes! That’s the beauty of it.
This here International Hotel
needs a mighty big draw card to
bring in the boobs... So they will
cover the costs of putting
together that show of yours. You
play here for six weeks and then,
off you go! Touring around the
world! With no financial risk to
Elvis Presley Enterprises. None.



(CONTINUED)
133.
CONTINUED: (2)

With this, the Colonel TAPS his cane, adopting that
strange, internal stare, drawing Elvis in for what feels
as though it could be a moment of hypnotism.

Elvis breaks the moment with a laugh.

ELVIS
God damn... The snowman strikes
again.

COLONEL
We are going to make it snow!
There will be so much snow, we'll
be able to ski down the Vegas
Strip.

ELVIS
So much snow, we'll be able to ski
off the top of the International!

COLONEL
So much snow, there’ll no longer
be a desert! And you’ll take this
show and ski around the entire
world! All the way straight to the
Rock of Eternity!

They laugh. Then, Elvis’ mind racing with creativity:


ELVIS
(sings)
Bright light city gonna set my
soul, gonna set my soul on fire.

ELVIS
We're gonna need the Sweet
Inspirations!

FOLLOW Elvis’ gaze and the famed soul sisters appear.

COLONEL
Done!

ELVIS
And the great Imperials.

COLONEL
Of course!

ELVIS
... and a 30-piece orchestra!

COLONEL
Strings, brass, a hundred pieces!
(to himself)
(MORE) (CONTINUED)
134.
CONTINUED: (3)
COLONEL (CONT'D)
And buttons, pins, calendars,
posters, photographs, scarves,
hound dogs. Giant stuffed hound
dogs. The biggest stuffed hound
dog on the planet earth.

Full brass section, rhythm, percussion, and male choir
appear alongside the Sweet Inspirations. Colonel, gone.

We are in a full-blown rehearsal. Elvis on a stool at the
center is trim, tanned, and terrific, mic in hand.

ELVIS
You know, the first thing I ever
recorded, the very first thing,
was “That’s All Right Lil Mama”
but it was back in 1927, I think
it was. Let’s see. I was quite
young, but we only had two or
three instruments at the time. We
had a guitar, a bass, and another
guitar. And well, now...

He whistles.

ELVIS
We’re gonna make something new
here... Listen, I want to try
something. Glenn, why don’t you
take the intro? 2, 3, 4...

Piano starts.

ELVIS
Alright, bring that bass up Jerry.

Bass joins.
Genres: ["Musical","Biographical","Drama"]

Summary In the showroom of the International Hotel in Las Vegas, Elvis and his manager, the Colonel, discuss the challenges of Elvis' upcoming international tour. The Colonel encourages Elvis to overcome his fear of performing in large venues, leading to a shared moment of excitement as they envision the success of the tour. The main conflict of Elvis' fear is resolved through the Colonel's support and the allocation of necessary resources for a grand sound. The scene concludes with the pair enthusiastically planning the tour and the spectacular show.
Strengths
  • Engaging dialogue
  • Creative collaboration between characters
  • Excitement for the upcoming musical performance
Weaknesses
  • Limited exploration of potential conflicts or obstacles

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.8

This scene's primary job is to re-establish the creative and business partnership between Elvis and the Colonel after their near-break, and it lands well through intimate negotiation and a burst of musical imagination. The single biggest limiter is that the scene feels more like a setup for future conflict than a scene with its own dramatic arc, and a sharper turn or obstacle within the negotiation would lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of using the empty International Hotel showroom as a blank canvas for Elvis's creative ambitions, with the Colonel manipulating the financial structure to enable it, is strong. The weakness is that the 'snow' metaphor feels a bit forced and the scene leans heavily on the audience's knowledge of Elvis's Vegas residency rather than earning it dramatically.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances the story by showing Elvis and the Colonel reconciling and planning the Vegas show, which is a major career pivot. However, the scene lacks a clear turning point or obstacle—the negotiation is too smooth, and the conflict from the previous scene (Elvis wanting to part ways) is resolved too easily.

Originality: 6.5

The scene is original in its use of the empty stage as a metaphor and the musical fantasy sequence, but the negotiation dynamic between artist and manager is familiar. The dialogue has some fresh moments but also clichés.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Elvis is shown as creatively hungry but still vulnerable to the Colonel's manipulation, and the Colonel is charming and calculating. The weakness is that the Colonel's 'hypnotism' moment feels a bit on-the-nose, and Elvis's capitulation happens too quickly, undercutting his earlier resolve.

Character Changes: 4

Elvis changes from tentative to excited, but the change feels superficial—he doesn't confront his deeper fears or the Colonel's control. The Colonel remains unchanged.

Internal Goal: 6

Elvis's internal goal is to reclaim his artistic identity and prove he can be a serious performer, driven by a fear of being controlled and a desire for creative fulfillment.

External Goal: 7

Elvis's external goal is to negotiate the terms of his Vegas show with the Colonel, securing the resources he needs for his creative vision.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 3.5

The conflict is low-key—Elvis is tentative, the Colonel persuades him, and they quickly agree. There is no real opposition or resistance, which makes the scene feel more like a planning session than a dramatic confrontation.

Opposition: 3

The opposition is weak—the Colonel is persuasive but not adversarial, and Elvis is easily convinced. There is no real antagonist force pushing back.

High Stakes: 5.5

The stakes are moderate—Elvis's career and creative freedom are on the line, but the scene presents the deal as a win-win, so there's little tension.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by setting up the Vegas show, which is a major plot point, but it does so without introducing new complications or raising the stakes.

Unpredictability: 5.5

This scene is unpredictable because the Colonel's pitch is cleverly framed as a way to give Elvis everything he wants, and the musical fantasy sequence is a surprise. But the overall outcome (they agree) is predictable.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The philosophical conflict is between artistic freedom (Elvis wanting to experiment) and commercial control (the Colonel framing everything as a business deal). The Colonel's argument that financial risk enables creativity is a clever twist, but the scene doesn't fully explore the tension.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 5.5

The emotional impact comes from the intimacy of the negotiation and the joy of the musical creation, but it lacks a strong emotional beat—no real stakes or vulnerability are exposed.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue has a playful, rhythmic quality that captures the unique dynamic between Elvis and the Colonel, especially in the 'snow' exchange. However, some lines feel expositional (e.g., 'We are going to make it snow!') and the banter lacks the sharp edge of real negotiation.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because the negotiation has a playful, almost hypnotic quality, and the sudden burst of music and musicians is visually exciting. However, the lack of real conflict or surprise makes it feel a bit flat.

Pacing: 7

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it starts slow and intimate, then accelerates into a musical crescendo. The weakness is that the negotiation section drags slightly before the payoff.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is professional and clear, with proper scene headings, character cues, and action lines. The use of ALL CAPS for sound effects and the musical fantasy sequence is effective.

Structure: 6.5

The structure follows a classic negotiation beat: setup (empty stage), persuasion (Colonel's pitch), agreement (Elvis's excitement), and payoff (musical fantasy). It works for the genre but lacks a clear midpoint turn or obstacle.


Critique
  • The exposition dump delivered by Colonel about them working out the bugs with Barbara Streisand feels out of place. The line "It ate her alive" has a fun macabre play on words, but the overall idea could be cut without losing anything in the scene.
  • The use of the word "boobs" is highly inappropriate and should be changed to a less demeaning term.
  • The "snowman" reference feels shoehorned into the scene and is somewhat confusing. The metaphor is lost as the Colonel then goes on to describe an expansion that includes several countries and continents.
  • The line "Straight to the Rock of Eternity" is awkward and unclear. The reference to the Rock of Eternity from the Shazam comics is unnecessary and distracting.
  • The use of the word "hound dogs" is repetitive and not very creative. Coming up with something different to describe the stuffed animals would add some variety to the writing.
  • The scene ends abruptly with no closure or indication of how the rehearsal went. The transition to the next scene could be smoother with a brief description of the rehearsal's outcome.
  • The scene lacks conflict. The Colonel and Elvis are in complete agreement about the need for a big show. This could be an opportunity to explore potential obstacles or concerns, making the scene more dynamic.
  • The dialogue feels a bit unnatural and forced in places. The characters could be given more distinct voices and motivations to make their interactions more engaging.
  • The scene doesn't seem to advance the plot in any meaningful way. The discussion about the upcoming tour and the need for a big show could be condensed to create a tighter pace.
  • The scene doesn't fully utilize the setting of the International Hotel. The grandeur and opulence of the venue could be used to create a more immersive and visually interesting scene.
Suggestions
  • Remove the exposition dump about Barbara Streisand.
  • Change the word "boobs" to a less demeaning term, such as "tourists" or "visitors".
  • Rework the "snowman" metaphor to make it more clear and effective, or consider removing it altogether.
  • Replace the line "Straight to the Rock of Eternity" with something more appropriate, such as "all the way to the top" or "to the ends of the Earth".
  • Come up with a more creative and varied way to describe the stuffed animals, such as "plush pooches" or "giant canine companions".
  • Add a brief description of the outcome of the rehearsal to provide closure and a smoother transition to the next scene.
  • Introduce a conflict or obstacle to create tension and make the scene more dynamic. This could be something as simple as a disagreement over the budget or a concern about Elvis' health.
  • Rework the dialogue to make it more natural and character-driven. Give the characters distinct voices and motivations, and make sure their interactions feel organic.
  • Consider adding a subplot or character arc to give the scene more depth and emotional resonance.
  • Explore ways to incorporate the setting of the International Hotel into the scene. This could involve describing the opulent décor, the bustling crowd, or the behind-the-scenes preparations.



Scene 30 -  Colonel's Marketing Efforts and Elvis' Energetic Rehearsal
EXT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - DAY

Colonel, Diskin at his side, watches as a crane places a
GIANT, GLITTERING “ELVIS!” MARQUEE.

He turns to gangster GOOCHERA and businessman MEYER KOHN.

COLONEL
If you don’t sell any tickets,
don’t blame me none; even the
gophers in the desert will know
about this show!
135.


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SHOWROOM - DAY

ELVIS
Now Inspirations, on the answer.
(sings)
That’s all right!

SWEET INSPIRATIONS
(sing)
That’s all right!

ELVIS
(sings)
That’s all right!

SWEET INSPIRATIONS
(sing)
That’s all right!

ELVIS
Boys?

IMPERIALS
(sing)
That’s all right!

ELVIS
With me.

ALL
(sing)
Any way you do!

He turns to the Memphis Mafia.

ELVIS
What are you looking at back
there?

He takes a sip of water, then throws the rest at the
Mafia. He turns around and sees Charlie Hodge bugging
James Burton.

ELVIS
Hey Charlie, get back, he ain’t
gonna teach you the guitar in five
minutes.

Guitar joins.

ELVIS
Play it James! Horns? Ba-da-da, ba-
da-dow!

Horns join.
136.


INT./EXT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - DAY

As rehearsal builds, INTERSPERSE SNAPSHOTS of Colonel’s
marketing madness: hats, bunting, billboards. Radio ads
simply repeating, “Elvis! Elvis! Elvis!”

Colonel oversees the installation of an endless army of
GIANT, STUFFED HOUND DOGS!

COLONEL
They need to be bigger!


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - LATER

Diskin presents Colonel with a bigger hound dog.

COLONEL
Still not big enough. Go bigger!


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SHOWROOM - DAY

ELVIS
Up the octave!

They up the octave. Trumpets wail... As music builds,
Elvis throws in karate moves, experimenting with his
unique style of movement.


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - FOYER - DAY

Just when we think the hound dogs can’t get any bigger...
Colonel stands in front of: “WORLD’S BIGGEST HOUND DOG!”


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SHOWROOM - DAY

Rehearsal reaches new, dizzying peaks.

ELVIS
Bones, give me something strong on
the one.

Trombones join. Elvis walks over to RONNIE TUTT.

ELVIS
Alright, take it home, brother. Do
it to me. Come on.

Drums go wild. Elvis wiggles in rhythm, as Ron Tutt's
thunderous drum solo from outer space begins...
137.


EXT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - NIGHT

THE “ELVIS!” MARQUEE. Rich and famous alight from limos.
MERCHANDISE SELLERS hawk to CROWDS.


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SHOWROOM - BACKSTAGE - NIGHT

The drum solo, LOUDER and LOUDER. MASSIVE BRASS CHORDS.

Elvis and his entourage walk around the back of the
stage, he tunes his guitar. Elvis takes a moment,
summoning all his strength.


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SHOWROOM - NIGHT

To deafening applause, the ornate showroom explodes into
a million flashbulbs as Elvis takes the stage and
launches into a super-fast up-tempo vocal:

ELVIS
(sings)
Well, that's all right, mama,
That's alright for you,
That's alright, mama, any way you
do...

In one booth, Colonel sits with stoic Goochera and Meyer
Kohn. In another, Priscilla, next to a proud Vernon and
Dee.


INT. JUKE JOINT - NIGHT (1947)

The juke joint’s on fire to Arthur Crudup, leaving no
doubt as to the influence on Elvis on stage.

BIG BOY CRUDUP
(sings)
Well, my mama, she done told me,
Papa told me, too,
‘This life you're living, son, now
women be the death of you,’ now
that's alright.

YOUNG ELVIS’ EYE peers in through the peephole.


INT. SUN RECORDS - STUDIO - NIGHT (1954)

19-year-old Elvis rocks out with Scotty and Bill.

ELVIS
(sings)
But that's all right,
(MORE) (CONTINUED)
138.
CONTINUED:
ELVIS (CONT'D)
That's all right now, mama, any
way you do...


INT. JUKE JOINT - DAY (1947)

BIG BOY CRUDUP
(sings)
Now, if you don’t want me, why not
tell me so?
You won’t be bothered with me
round your house no more.

Young Elvis mouths the words.


INT. SUN RECORDS - STUDIO - NIGHT (1954)

CLOSE ON 19-year-old Elvis, singing the words.

ELVIS
(sings)
But that's all right, that's all
right...
That's all right now, mama, any
way you do...
Genres: ["Musical","Biographical","Drama"]

Summary Colonel supervises the installation of promotional materials for Elvis' concert, including a massive marquee and stuffed hound dogs. Inside, Elvis practices with his band, refining his distinctive singing and karate moves. The Colonel convenes with significant figures to observe the rehearsal. The scene concludes with Elvis ascending the stage and commencing a song.
Strengths
  • Captivating musical performances
  • Emotional depth
  • Dynamic character interactions
Weaknesses
  • Some elements may feel repetitive or predictable

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.8

This scene's primary job is to showcase Elvis's triumphant return to live performance, blending rehearsal energy, marketing madness, and origin-flashbacks into a kinetic montage. The single biggest limiter is the lack of dramatic conflict or character change—the scene is celebratory and forward-moving but feels more like a highlight reel than a turning point, which caps its overall impact.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of intercutting the 1969 rehearsal with young Elvis watching Crudup and his first Sun session is strong, visually reinforcing his roots. However, the scene leans heavily on montage and lacks a clear narrative throughline or obstacle.

Plot: 5.5

The plot is minimal—Elvis rehearses, the Colonel markets, the show begins. There's no clear progression of events or turning point; it's a setup for the performance rather than a plot-driven scene.

Originality: 6

The intercutting of flashbacks to Elvis's origins during his comeback is a familiar biopic technique, but the giant hound dogs and the Colonel's obsessive marketing add a fresh, darkly comic touch.


Character Development

Characters: 6

Elvis is shown as confident and in control, the Colonel as obsessive and commercial. But neither character changes or reveals new depth here; they are consistent with established traits.

Character Changes: 1

No character undergoes a meaningful change in this scene. Elvis is already confident; the Colonel is already scheming.

Internal Goal: 6

Elvis's internal goal is to prove he still has the fire and connection to his roots, to reclaim his artistic identity after years of Hollywood formula.

External Goal: 7

Elvis's external goal is to successfully rehearse and launch his Vegas show, delivering a performance that wows the audience and the Colonel's business partners.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 3

Conflict is very low—the Colonel's oversized hound dogs are a minor comic friction, but there's no real opposition to Elvis's vision. The scene is about building momentum, not conflict.

Opposition: 3

Opposition is minimal—the Colonel's commercialism is a mild counterpoint, but no one actively opposes Elvis. The scene lacks a clear antagonist or obstacle.

High Stakes: 5

Stakes are moderate—the success of the Vegas show is important, but the scene doesn't raise the stakes or introduce new risks.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by showing the launch of Elvis's Vegas residency, but it's more of a montage than a plot-advancing scene.

Unpredictability: 4

This scene is somewhat predictable—it's a standard 'comeback rehearsal' montage. The giant hound dogs add a touch of absurdity, but the overall trajectory is expected.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The clash is between artistic authenticity (Elvis's raw, roots-driven performance) and commercial exploitation (the Colonel's oversized hound dogs and relentless marketing). Elvis's worldview is that the music itself matters most; the Colonel's is that spectacle sells.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The emotional impact comes from the energy of the rehearsal and the nostalgia of the flashbacks, but it's more exhilarating than deeply moving. The scene lacks a personal emotional beat.

Dialogue: 5

Dialogue is sparse and functional—Elvis's rehearsal directions and the Colonel's one-liners. It serves the scene but doesn't carry emotional weight or subtext.

Engagement: 7

This scene is engaging because the energy of the rehearsal, the absurdity of the giant hound dogs, and the nostalgic flashbacks create a dynamic, visually interesting sequence that builds anticipation for the show.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing of the scene is brisk and effective, cutting between rehearsal, marketing, and flashbacks to maintain energy. The rhythm builds nicely toward the performance.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and effective use of intercutting. The flashbacks are well-signaled.

Structure: 6

The structure is a montage-driven buildup, alternating between rehearsal, marketing, and flashbacks. It works for a musical biopic but lacks a clear three-beat dramatic arc.


Critique
  • The scene is too long and lacks focus. It tries to cover too much ground, from the Colonel's marketing madness to Elvis' rehearsal to the performance itself. As a result, it feels disjointed and unfocused.
  • The dialogue is often stilted and unnatural. The characters speak in a way that people don't actually talk. This makes it difficult for the reader to connect with the characters and the story.
  • The scene lacks tension and conflict. There is no real obstacle that Elvis has to overcome, so the reader doesn't feel invested in the outcome. As a result, the scene feels flat and uninteresting.
  • The ending of the scene is abrupt and unsatisfying. The reader is left hanging, wondering what happens next. This is because the scene doesn't have a clear resolution. It simply stops, leaving the reader feeling dissatisfied.
  • The scene is too focused on Elvis. The other characters are underdeveloped and don't have much to do. This makes the scene feel one-dimensional and uninteresting.
Suggestions
  • Break the scene into smaller, more focused scenes. Each scene should have a clear purpose and focus on a specific event or conflict.
  • Rewrite the dialogue to make it more natural and believable. The characters should speak in a way that people actually talk.
  • Add tension and conflict to the scene. Give Elvis an obstacle that he has to overcome. This will make the scene more interesting and engaging for the reader.
  • Give the scene a clear resolution. The reader should know what happens at the end of the scene. This will make the scene more satisfying.
  • Develop the other characters in the scene. Give them more to do and say. This will make the scene more interesting and well-rounded.



Scene 31 -  Elvis's Explosive Performance and High-Stakes Contract Negotiations
INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SHOWROOM - NIGHT (1969)

ELVIS
(sings)
Dee dee dee dee, Dee dee dee dee,
Dee dee dee dee dee dee dee dee
Dee dee doo, well, that's alright,
that's alright...


INT. JUKE JOINT/SUN STUDIOS/SHOWROOM - SPLIT SCREEN

The three performers across time now appear in a ‘70s-
style split screen. All now merge into the BIG FINISH!

BIG BOY CRUDUP/19-YEAR-OLD
ELVIS/34-YEAR-OLD ELVIS
(sing)
That's all right now, mama, any
way you do!
That's all right now, mama, any
way you do!


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SHOWROOM - NIGHT

The audience erupts. Even Kohn and Goochera cannot
contain their excitement as we SETTLE ON the Colonel.
(CONTINUED)
139.
CONTINUED:

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
He put everything he knew about
music into that show.

Elvis banters with the audience between numbers.

COLONEL
Ain’t nobody gonna do a better
show than that! If I was you, I’d
book him for the next hundred
years!

KOHN
Well, no better time than the
present.

GOOCHERA
We’d like to make him part of the
family, Colonel.

There is something chilling beneath Goochera’s bonhomie.

COLONEL
Well, I think Mr. Presley could be
persuaded to make the
International his home...

Suddenly, Elvis calls for a spotlight on Colonel.
Colonel waves to the audience, and with the spotlight
still on him, he says out of the side of his mouth:

COLONEL
Providing of course, he was paid
pretty well.

KOHN
What did you have in mind?

Colonel takes out his pen with a flourish as Elvis moves
into "Suspicious Minds."

ELVIS
(sings)
We're caught in a trap
I can't walk out
Because I love you too much, baby
Why can't you see
What you're doing to me
When you don't believe a word I
say?

COLONEL
Well, for an attraction as
tremendous as Mr Presley...


(CONTINUED)
140.
CONTINUED: (2)

As we INTERCUT with Elvis’ intensifying physical routine,
Colonel scrawls directly onto the tablecloth: "ELVIS
PRESLEY, $500,000 PER ENGAGEMENT FOR FIVE YEARS...

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
I couldn’t let him leave. I had to
keep him home, keep him safe.

ELVIS
(sings)
We can't go on together
With suspicious minds
And we can't build our dreams
On suspicious minds...

...1969 - 1970 - 1971 - 1972 - 1973 = $5,000,000 PLUS
$100,000 SIGNING BONUS.”

COLONEL
That’s what my boy would expect.

Colonel presents the pen to Kohn who considers, signs the
tablecloth, and hands the pen back.

COLONEL
Now what are you going to pay me?

KOHN
If there’s one thing I’ve learned,
it’s never bet against the
Colonel. Your sideshow is the
jackpot.

Kohn can’t help admire the Colonel’s unfailing chutzpah
as he scribbles on a COCKTAIL NAPKIN, shows it to
Goochera, who nods, and then slides it over to Colonel...

It reads, "THE UNDERSIGNED, COLONEL TOM PARKER, IS A
'SPECIAL GUEST' OF THE INTERNATIONAL HOTEL. HE HAS
UNLIMITED CREDIT AT ALL TABLES."

Colonel signs the napkin and snatches it up, before
easing himself out of the booth.

COLONEL
Oh, and of course I’ll reserve the
right to sell calendars, pictures
and such on the side.

Kohn rolls his eyes, and nods.

Colonel crocodiles through the audience, eyes locked on
Elvis' incredible performance. Entering the wings, he
sees Jerry between vaulting curtains, staring at the
apparition of Elvis. Colonel places a hand on Jerry's
shoulder and he turns around.
(CONTINUED)
141.
CONTINUED: (3)

JERRY
Elvis really wants to announce
tonight.

The Colonel peers at Jerry and raises a finger.

COLONEL
An announcement?

JERRY
The tour, at the press conference.
He’s gonna set E.P. up with his
own plane.

COLONEL
Or perhaps a rocket ship?

Jerry half-laughs at Colonel’s strange joke. Without
taking his eyes off Elvis, Colonel leans in:

COLONEL
Just one thing. Keep in mind...
security. Security.

JERRY
Hulett knows what he’s doing.

Colonel fades back to join Diskin at the legs of the
proscenium, the red floor lights flickering on them both.

ELVIS
(sings)
We're caught in a trap
I can't walk out
Because I love you too much, baby

Colonel halts abruptly, cane before his eyes, staring
inward. Suddenly, intense:

COLONEL
Diskin, have we discussed with Mr.
Hulett? Pertaining to the death
threats?

DISKIN
(unsure)
Death threats?

Colonel unconsciously taps his cane, deep in thought.

COLONEL
(mouthing the words)
Death threats...
142.
Genres: ["Musical","Biographical","Drama"]

Summary In this scene, Elvis delivers a captivating split-screen duet performance with his younger self and Big Boy Cruddup, leaving the audience in awe. Simultaneously, the Colonel negotiates a lucrative long-term contract for Elvis's performances at the International Hotel with Kohn and Goochera. The Colonel drives a hard bargain, demanding a $500,000-per-engagement fee for five years, unlimited credit at the hotel, and the right to sell merchandise. Amidst the excitement, concerns about Elvis's security arise due to death threats, leading to discussions between the Colonel and Diskin. The scene concludes with the Colonel securing favorable terms for Elvis, while also addressing his safety.
Strengths
  • Engaging negotiation process
  • Powerful musical performance by Elvis
  • Tension-filled interactions between characters
Weaknesses
  • Some dialogue may be overly dramatic or cliched

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

This scene's primary job is to dramatize the Colonel's contractual triumph and the beginning of Elvis's Vegas residency, while planting seeds of the Colonel's manipulative control and the looming tragedy. It lands effectively through the energetic performance and the symbolic deal-making, but the scene's impact is limited by the somewhat abrupt tonal shift from Elvis's artistic triumph to the Colonel's cold business maneuvering, which could be smoothed for greater cohesion.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of intercutting Elvis's electrifying performance with the Colonel's behind-the-scenes deal-making is strong, creating a dynamic contrast between art and commerce. The split-screen with past performers adds a layer of legacy and continuity. However, the concept is not entirely novel, as similar biopic techniques exist, but it's executed with flair.

Plot: 7

The plot advances the Colonel's securing of a lucrative Vegas contract, a key turning point in Elvis's career. It also introduces the subplot of death threats, hinting at future conflict. The scene is plot-driven, but the plot is somewhat straightforward, focusing on the deal rather than a major twist.

Originality: 7

The scene is original in its use of split-screen to merge past and present performances, and in the symbolic act of writing the contract on a tablecloth. The dialogue is authentic to the characters, though the overall scenario of a manager making a deal is familiar in biopics.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Elvis is shown as a magnetic performer, while the Colonel is portrayed as shrewd and controlling, with a hint of menace. Jerry serves as a foil, highlighting the Colonel's manipulation. The characters are well-defined, but the scene doesn't offer deep character development; it reinforces existing traits.

Character Changes: 2

Elvis doesn't change significantly in this scene; he remains the performer. The Colonel's character is reinforced as a deal-maker, but no new dimension is revealed. Jerry's concern is noted, but he doesn't change either. The scene is more about solidifying the status quo.

Internal Goal: 6

Elvis's internal goal is to connect with his audience and reclaim his artistic identity, as seen in his passionate performance. His need is for authenticity and freedom from the Colonel's control, though he may not fully articulate it.

External Goal: 8

Elvis's external goal is to deliver a successful performance and secure a long-term Vegas residency, which he achieves. The Colonel's external goal is to finalize the contract on his terms, which he also achieves.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The primary conflict is between Elvis's artistic expression and the Colonel's commercial machinations, though it's mostly latent. There's also a hint of conflict between Jerry and the Colonel over security. The conflict is present but not overtly confrontational in this scene.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is primarily the Colonel's manipulative control over Elvis's career, though it's not overtly confrontational. The death threats introduce an external threat, but it's not yet a direct opposition to Elvis's goals. The opposition is more systemic than personal in this scene.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are high for Elvis's career and for the Colonel's financial empire, but the scene doesn't raise the stakes dramatically; it's more of a successful negotiation. The death threats add a subtle layer of danger, but they are not fully developed here.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by securing the Vegas residency, a major career milestone, and by introducing the death threats, which will likely become a plot point. It also shows the Colonel's increasing control, setting up future conflicts.

Unpredictability: 6.5

This scene is somewhat unpredictable because the Colonel's deal is not the focus of the performance, and the sudden mention of death threats is a surprising turn. The split-screen is also an unexpected visual choice, though it's not entirely novel.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene presents a clash between artistic integrity (Elvis's performance) and commercial exploitation (the Colonel's deal). The Colonel's worldview is that Elvis is a product to be managed, while Elvis's worldview is that he is an artist to be heard. This conflict is central to the narrative.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6

The scene evokes excitement from the performance and a sense of unease from the Colonel's manipulations. The emotional impact is moderate; it doesn't reach a high emotional peak, but it effectively sets up future tensions.

Dialogue: 6.5

The dialogue is functional and reveals character, especially the Colonel's wheeling-and-dealing and his ominous aside about death threats. The lyrics of 'Suspicious Minds' add thematic resonance. However, some dialogue feels expository, and the Colonel's lines, while colorful, are not particularly memorable.

Engagement: 7.5

This scene is engaging because it combines the energy of a live performance with the intrigue of a backroom deal, and the Colonel's ominous mention of death threats adds a layer of suspense. The split-screen with past performers creates a sense of legacy that draws the viewer in.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is brisk, with the performance and negotiation intercutting to maintain momentum. The scene moves quickly from the performance to the deal to the death threats, which keeps the audience engaged but may feel rushed in the transition to the darker tone.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is professional, with clear scene headings, intercuts, and split-screen directions. The use of parentheticals for singing and the V.O. for the Colonel's narration is standard. The formatting is clean and easy to follow.

Structure: 7

The scene is structured as a performance intercut with a negotiation, creating a parallel that highlights the contrast between art and business. The split-screen adds a layer of historical continuity. The structure is effective for a musical biopic, though the transition to the Colonel's aside about death threats feels slightly abrupt.


Critique
  • The scene is very long and detailed. While the Elvis/Big Boy Crudup performance is well-written and exciting, the subsequent discussion between the Colonel, Kohn, and Goochera is overly detailed and could be streamlined to keep the pace of the scene moving.
  • The dialogue between the Colonel and Jerry is a bit repetitive, and it could be shortened to make the scene more concise.
  • The scene ends with a cliffhanger, but it's not clear what will happen next. This could be addressed by adding a line or two of dialogue to foreshadow the upcoming conflict.
Suggestions
  • Consider cutting some of the dialogue between the Colonel, Kohn, and Goochera to make the scene more concise.
  • Try to vary the dialogue between the Colonel and Jerry to make it more interesting.
  • Add a line or two of dialogue to foreshadow the upcoming conflict at the end of the scene.



Scene 32 -  Elvis' Intense Performance Amid Personal Struggles
FLASH FORWARD INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - ELVIS’ ROOM -
NIGHT

A door cracks ajar to reveal a Showroom menu on the floor
outside. The photo of Elvis’ face is scratched out.
Scrawled across it: “I am going to kill you.”

END FLASH FORWARD.


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SHOWROOM - NIGHT

Back in the present, Elvis has the audience spellbound,
as he repeats the final verse over and over...

ELVIS
(sings)
We're caught in a trap
I can't walk out
Because I love you too much, baby

A tap from the Colonel’s cane sends us into a stylized,
operatic bubble of Suspicious Minds.


FLASH FORWARD INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SHOWROOM - NIGHT

Elvis, in a different jumpsuit, is performing ‘Never Been
to Spain.’ FOUR MEN charge the stage, sending Elvis to
one knee, reaching for a holster in his boot. The Memphis
Mafia rush to stop him, dragging him from the stage.

The crowd applauds, thinking it is part of the show,
until Elvis returns.

ELVIS
I’m sorry ladies and gentleman.
I’m sorry I didn’t break his
goddam neck! If he wants to shake
my hand I’m fine, if he wants to
get tough I’ll whoop his ass...

Elvis charges into ‘Polk Salad Annie.’

END FLASH FORWARD.


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SHOWROOM - NIGHT

The audience cheers Elvis, as Suspicious Minds reaches
its thundering climax. As the stage lights drop to black,
the reaction is rapturous.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
That night he went from a man, to
a god...
(CONTINUED)
143.
CONTINUED:

From his vantage point by the stage, Colonel looks over
to Priscilla, sat with Vernon and his new wife, Dee.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
She had never seen him perform
live, and in her face I saw a
familiar expression. The same fear
I had seen in the face of his
mother. The realization that he no
longer belonged to her...

Dee turns to Pricilla, almost yelling amidst the fervor.

DEE
You must see this all the time!

But a clearly astonished Priscilla is slow to respond, a
thought dawning on her.

PRISCILLA
Never...

DEE
Never what?

PRISCILLA
I've never seen him perform a live
show before.

DEE
You're the lucky one, you get to
take him home!


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SHOWROOM - NIGHT

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
Yes, he was once again Elvis,
making love to a live audience.

More cheers.

ELVIS
(sings)
Wise men say, only fools rush
in...
But I can't help falling in love
with you...
Shall I stay?
Would it be a sin...
If I can't help falling in love
with you?




(CONTINUED)
144.
CONTINUED:

The Colonel has moved back into the auditorium. Leaning
down from the stage to kiss a woman in the audience,
Elvis looks up and connects with Colonel. They share a
smile; once again great together.

Elvis unexpectedly walks down into the audience, as if
offering himself as sacrifice. Colonel directs security
to throw an instant ring around Elvis.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
That’s what was great about Elvis.
He’d get an idea and take it to
the rock of eternity...

Placing his hands on Elvis’ waist, the Colonel guides
Elvis through the melée and an orgy of kisses.

Colonel shares a look with Priscilla.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
In this, his greatest moment, she
could see the nature of his love.
A love that we mere mortals could
only glimpse from the shadows.

Gifting Elvis back to his audience, Colonel saunters back
through the showroom in a victory lap.

ELVIS
(sings)
For I can't help falling in love
with you...

The enormous golden curtain falls. The crowd rises in
unrestrained adoration, while Jerry guides Priscilla,
Vernon, and Dee backstage.

JERRY
He did it! Next stop: the world!

Priscilla manages an insecure smile.


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - BACKSTAGE - NIGHT

Behind the curtain, the Memphis Mafia gather around and
swathe Elvis in towels, moving him towards Jerry,
Priscilla, Vernon, and Dee. The Colonel looks on from the
shadows on the other side of the stage. Priscilla
unabashedly throws her arms around Elvis.

PRISCILLA
I don't know who that was out
there, but I sure am glad I'm
married to him.

(CONTINUED)
145.
CONTINUED:

Elvis looks up and can see his father, proud and beaming.
Vernon’s warm and steady hands clasp his.

VERNON
Son, Mama was looking down on you,
clapping and celebrating with all
of us.

DEE
Oh, you were wonderful! Do you
mind signing these for my boys?

But Elvis is staring towards the Colonel, isolated,
alone. Priscilla, sensitive to this:

PRISCILLA
Mr Presley... I see that’s your
new manager over there.

With this, she and Jerry guide Vernon and Dee away.

PRISCILLA
We’ll see you at the party.

But Elvis has already begun to cross the stage.

COLONEL
Tremendous triumph, greatest show
on earth! My dear boy, this
brainchild came from you and me.
But you above it all made it work
with your talent and dedication.
We did it, my boy. We did it.

ELVIS
We did it. I can’t wait to show
the world what you and I can do.

Colonel's eyes drift towards the napkin gripped in his
hand. Like Judas clutching 30 pieces of silver...

COLONEL
Yes, the world will see your show.
I guarantee it. Whatever I have to
do I will carry it out... Whatever
it takes.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
... As long as they bought a
ticket to Vegas.
Genres: ["Musical","Biographical","Drama"]

Summary The scene opens with a flash forward of a threatening note outside Elvis' room, then cuts to Elvis performing 'Suspicious Minds' in the present. A future flash forward shows Elvis fighting on stage during 'Never Been to Spain', followed by his return to the show. Elvis finishes 'Suspicious Minds' to a rapturous applause, while struggling to balance his personal and professional life. The main conflict is not directly resolved, but Elvis' performance suggests he's dealing with it. The tone is intense and emotional, with a mix of fear, aggression, and adoration. Key dialogue includes Elvis' threat to 'whoop' someone's ass, Priscilla's realization that she's never seen Elvis perform live, and Vernon's pride in his son. Significant visual elements include the threatening note, Elvis' on-stage fight, and his connection with the audience and Colonel.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Engaging dialogue
  • Powerful performances
  • Strong character dynamics
Weaknesses
  • Some elements may be confusing without prior knowledge of Elvis' life and career

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

The scene's primary job is to dramatize Elvis's peak as a live performer while seeding the tragic irony of his decline, and it lands that duality powerfully through performance, reaction shots, and the Colonel's narration. The single biggest limiter is the heavy reliance on voiceover to spell out themes that the visuals already convey, which slightly undercuts the subtlety and could be trimmed to let the imagery breathe.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The concept of juxtaposing the triumphant 1969 show with flash-forwards of Elvis's later chaos is strong, creating dramatic irony. However, the flash-forwards are brief and somewhat disjointed, not fully integrated into the scene's flow.

Plot: 6.5

The scene advances the plot by solidifying Elvis's comeback and the Colonel's control, while hinting at future conflicts. The flash-forwards add foreshadowing but don't move the immediate plot forward much.

Originality: 8

The scene offers a fresh take on the biopic genre by using flash-forwards to create dramatic irony, and the focus on the Colonel's perspective is unique. The dialogue and actions feel authentic to the era.


Character Development

Characters: 8

Elvis is shown at his most charismatic, yet vulnerable; the Colonel is manipulative and possessive; Priscilla's realization of her husband's public persona is a subtle but effective beat. However, secondary characters like Vernon and Dee are underused.

Character Changes: 4

Priscilla undergoes a subtle change, realizing she doesn't know the public Elvis. Elvis himself is unchanged in this moment, but the scene sets up his future decline.

Internal Goal: 7

Elvis's internal goal is to reclaim his artistic identity and connect with his audience, seeking validation and a sense of purpose beyond the Colonel's control.

External Goal: 8

Elvis's external goal is to deliver a successful live performance and solidify his comeback, while the Colonel's goal is to maintain control and profit from the show.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 5

The central conflict is between Elvis's artistic fulfillment and the Colonel's commercial control, subtly present in their exchange. The flash-forwards introduce external conflict (stage intruders) but it's not developed here.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is primarily the Colonel's manipulative control, which is subtle but present. The flash-forwards show physical opposition from stage intruders, but it's not a direct threat in this scene.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are high for Elvis's career and personal life, but the scene focuses more on the triumph than the immediate danger. The flash-forwards raise the stakes by showing future chaos.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by establishing Elvis's comeback as a success and the Colonel's renewed control, while hinting at future troubles. It's a pivotal moment but not a major plot turn.

Unpredictability: 6

The flash-forwards are unpredictable, showing Elvis's future downfall, but the main scene follows a predictable arc of triumph. The Colonel's final line adds a twist of menace.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene pits artistic authenticity against commercial exploitation, with Elvis seeking genuine connection and the Colonel viewing him as a product. This clash is central to their relationship.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 8

The scene evokes joy and triumph, but also a sense of impending doom through the flash-forwards and the Colonel's ominous voiceover. Priscilla's realization adds a poignant layer.

Dialogue: 6.5

Dialogue is functional and reveals character, especially the Colonel's grandiose promises and Priscilla's quiet revelation. However, some lines feel on-the-nose, like the Colonel's 'Whatever it takes,' which telegraphs his betrayal.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because it captures the electric energy of a live performance and the tension between Elvis and the Colonel, while the flash-forwards create suspense about what's to come.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing is well-managed, with the performance scenes building energy and the quieter moments allowing for character reflection. The flash-forwards provide contrast but also disrupt the flow.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is professional, with clear scene headings and action lines. The use of CONTINUED and intercuts is standard, though the flash-forwards could be more clearly delineated.

Structure: 7

The scene uses a classic structure of performance, reaction, and aftermath, with flash-forwards interrupting the flow to create dramatic irony. The structure is effective but the flash-forwards feel slightly jarring.


Critique
  • The scene suffers from a lack of focus and a lack of clear stakes. The scene starts with Elvis being threatened with a note on his door, but this is quickly forgotten and the scene becomes more about his successful show and the Colonel's pride in him.
  • There is very little character development or interaction in the scene. The characters go through the motions of having a conversation, but they don't really say anything that is particularly revealing or insightful.
  • The dialogue is stilted and unnatural, and it doesn't really sound like the way that real people would talk.
  • The scene doesn't really advance the plot, and it could be cut without really losing anything from the story.
Suggestions
  • Revise the scene to give it a clear focus and a set of stakes. What is at stake for the characters, and what do they want to achieve?
  • Develop the characters more by giving them more specific goals and motivations. What do they want, and why do they want it?
  • Revise the dialogue to make it more natural and realistic.
  • Consider cutting the scene if it doesn't really advance the plot.



Scene 33 -  Elvis Presley's Post-Show Press Conference at the International Hotel: A Night of Reflection, Humor, and Camaraderie
INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - PRESS CONFERENCE - LATER

The post-show press conference. Elvis glows with pride in
an all-black ensemble as he is introduced to the room:
(CONTINUED)
146.
CONTINUED:

ANNOUNCER (O.S.)
Ladies and gentlemen, Mr. Elvis
Presley.

The room applauds.

ELVIS
Thank you. Thank you very much.
Gentlemen, how are ya? Would you
like me to sit down? First of all,
I plead innocent of all charges!

Laughter from the reporters. Elvis sits down.

REPORTER
We love you Elvis!

ELVIS
Thank you dear, I love you too.
Thank you.

REPORTER
Mr Presley, why do you think
you've outlasted every other
entertainer from the fifties and
for that matter the sixties as
well?

ELVIS
I take vitamin E. Uh no, no I was
only kidding. I don’t know. I just
embarrassed myself, man. Uh I
don't know dear. I just enjoy the
business. I like what I'm doing

REPORTER
Are you satisfied with the image
you've established?

ELVIS
Well, the image is one thing and
the human being is another, you
know, so...

REPORTER
How close does it come? How close
does the image come to the man?

ELVIS
It's very hard to live up to an
image, you know, I'll put it that
way.

REPORTER
How does your wife feel about you
being a sex symbol again?
(CONTINUED)
147.
CONTINUED: (2)

ELVIS
I don't know... you would have to
ask her.

REPORTER
Elvis, what finally made you come
out of seclusion and decide to
make personal appearances again?

ELVIS
I just missed it. I missed the
closeness of an audience, of a
live audience. So just as soon as
I got out of the movie contracts,
I started to do live performances
again.

REPORTER
Will you be continuing to do more
live work in the future?

ELVIS
I think so. There's so many places
I haven't been yet. I'd like to go
to Europe, I'd like to go to Japan
and all those places. I've never
been out of the country except in
the service, you know.

LORD SUTCH
One million pounds sterling to
make two appearances at the
Wembley Empire Stadium in England!

ELVIS
(gesturing to
Colonel)
You'll have to ask him about that.

COLONEL
Just put down the deposit.

REPORTER
How do you feel about being called
the ‘King of Rock and Roll’?

ELVIS
No, I’m not the King.

Elvis scans the room.

ELVIS
Fats! Hey man; come up here, would
you?

As Fats Domino makes his way up...
(CONTINUED)
148.
CONTINUED: (3)

ELVIS
Mr. Fats Domino, ladies and
gentleman. This is the real king
of rock n roll!

As Fats reaches Elvis, Elvis puts an arm around him.

ELVIS
He was a real big influence on me.

FLASHES light up a beaming Fats and Elvis.
Genres: ["Biographical","Drama","Music"]

Summary In this upbeat and friendly scene, Elvis Presley holds a post-show press conference at the International Hotel, where he is asked about his longevity, image, and personal life. He expresses a desire to perform in Europe and Japan, and Lord Sutch offers him a large sum to perform in England. Elvis humorously interacts with the reporters, and introduces Fats Domino as the real 'King of Rock and Roll', creating a memorable and heartfelt moment.
Strengths
  • Engaging dialogue
  • Character depth
  • Setting up anticipation for future developments
Weaknesses
  • Low conflict level
  • Limited character growth

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to showcase Elvis's post-comeback humility and reconnection with his roots, which it does effectively through the spontaneous Fats Domino moment. The single biggest limiter is the lack of dramatic tension or conflict, making it feel more like a celebratory coda than a scene that advances the plot.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of a press conference where Elvis deflects the 'King' title to a living legend is strong and character-revealing, but the scene is otherwise a standard Q&A without fresh structural innovation.

Plot: 5

The plot advances minimally—Elvis confirms his return to live performance and hints at future tours, but the scene is more a character beat than a plot driver.

Originality: 6.5

The scene is original in its specific moment—Elvis publicly honoring Fats Domino—but the press-conference format is familiar. The dialogue feels authentic to Elvis's voice.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Elvis is shown as humble, self-aware, and generous, but the other characters (reporters, Colonel, Fats) are flat or functional. The scene deepens Elvis's character but not others.

Character Changes: 2

Elvis does not change in this scene; he reaffirms his existing humility and gratitude. No arc shift occurs.

Internal Goal: 8

Elvis's internal goal is to be seen as authentic and humble, not as a manufactured icon—he wants to honor his roots and deflect the 'King' label to those he admires.

External Goal: 7

Elvis's external goal is to successfully handle the press conference, promote his return to live performance, and hint at future tours.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 2

There is no significant conflict; the scene is harmonious and celebratory, with only a mild tension in the Colonel's financial quip.

Opposition: 2

Opposition is minimal—the reporters are friendly, the Colonel is supportive, and no one challenges Elvis. The only mild opposition is the implicit pressure of the 'King' label.

High Stakes: 3

Stakes are low—no immediate threat or decision; the scene is a victory lap after the comeback special.

Story Forward: 5

The scene moves the story forward slightly by confirming Elvis's return to live performance and hinting at international tours, but it's largely a status update.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because the Fats Domino moment is a genuine surprise—the audience expects Elvis to accept the 'King' title, but he deflects it.

Philosophical Conflict: 7.5

The philosophical conflict is between the manufactured 'King' image and the human reality of Elvis as a grateful artist who sees himself as part of a lineage. He rejects the crown in favor of community.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 6.5

The emotional impact is moderate—warmth and pride from Elvis's humility, but no deep catharsis or surprise.

Dialogue: 7.5

The dialogue is natural and witty ('I plead innocent of all charges!'), but much of it is standard press-conference banter. The standout line is Elvis's deferral to Fats Domino.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because of Elvis's charisma and the genuine surprise of bringing Fats Domino on stage, but the lack of conflict or stakes reduces momentum.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it starts with light banter, builds through Q&A, and peaks with the Fats Domino reveal, then ends on a warm flash. It feels natural and unhurried.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is clean and professional—proper scene heading, character cues, parentheticals, and action lines. No errors.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic press-conference structure: introduction, Q&A, and a climactic moment (Fats Domino). It has a clear beginning, middle, and end, but lacks a traditional dramatic arc.


Critique
  • The scene lacks a clear focus and direction. It begins with Elvis answering questions about his longevity and image, but then shifts to his desire to perform in Europe and Japan, and ends with Elvis introducing Fats Domino as the 'real King of Rock and Roll'. These elements feel disjointed and don't contribute to a cohesive narrative.
  • The dialogue is mostly functional and doesn't reveal much about the characters or their relationships. Most of the questions from the reporters are generic and don't provide opportunities for Elvis to share meaningful insights or opinions.
  • The scene doesn't provide any insight into Elvis' personal life or struggles. While he briefly mentions missing the closeness of a live audience, this is not explored in depth and doesn't add much to our understanding of the character.
  • The introduction of Fats Domino feels like an abrupt and unnecessary diversion. While it's a nice gesture to acknowledge Domino's influence on Elvis, it doesn't advance the plot or contribute to the overall theme of the scene.
  • The scene ends without any clear resolution or sense of closure. Elvis doesn't make any significant announcements or decisions, and the reporters' questions are left unanswered.
Suggestions
  • Consider giving the scene a clearer focus and direction. What is the main point you want to convey about Elvis at this stage in his career?
  • Rewrite the dialogue to be more engaging and revealing. Give the reporters more specific and thought-provoking questions that allow Elvis to share his insights and opinions.
  • Explore Elvis' personal life and struggles in more depth. What are his fears, doubts, and aspirations? How do these affect his decision-making?
  • Consider removing the introduction of Fats Domino or finding a more organic way to incorporate it into the scene.
  • Give the scene a stronger sense of closure by having Elvis make a significant announcement or decision, or by having the reporters' questions lead to a meaningful discussion.



Scene 34 -  Colonel's Decision and Elvis's Paranoia
INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - COLONEL’S SUITE - MORNING

Hotel staff unload boxes of merchandise onto the table,
as Colonel points to the brick-a-brack displayed
throughout his vast new offices. He turns to Jerry:

COLONEL
I snowed them, I snowed these
hotel people! Not just for the
office but the entire floor for
Jamboree Attractions. We’re
setting up shop.

JERRY
(incredulous)
But I thought we were going on
tour in two weeks...

Colonel’s face suddenly darkens, as a rage unlike any
other comes upon him. He spits with terrifying vitriol:

COLONEL
Oh, the tour... have you thought
about security? Have you thought
about security? Security, Jerry!
SECURITY, SECURITY. There is
nothing more important than
security! Am I the only one who
ever thinks about Elvis’ security!
‘GODVERDOMME’

Furious, Colonel hurls his cane.


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - ELVIS’ ROOM - NIGHT

It’s late. Still buzzed from that night’s show, Elvis
swallows a handful of pills. He cradles the phone against
his ear, speaking softly as he did with Dixie, years ago.




(CONTINUED)
149.
CONTINUED:

PRISCILLA (O.S.)
Little Lisa's so funny. She’s
figured out how to put the records
on herself and she has a great
ear. The first one she picked was
Sweet Caroline. She was trying to
sing along with it, but she didn’t
know any of the words. It was so
cute. You should have been there,
Satnin'. When are you coming home?

ELVIS
I don’t know, ‘Scilla. There’s a
lot going on. We just added a
couple extra shows a week, plus
more press calls. It’s a lot. I
gotta stay focused.


INT. GRACELAND - CONTINUOUS

Priscilla on the other side, crestfallen.

PRISCILLA
I know, baby. Just promise me
things’ll be different when we’re
on the tour.


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - ELVIS' ROOM - CONTINUOUS

The silence hangs in the air.

ELVIS
(to Priscilla)
I-- I gotta go. Will you give my
baby girl a big hug for me? Okay,
bye bye.

He hangs up the phone. A woman beside Elvis, DIANE (late
20s), stirs at the noise. She starts to get up.

ELVIS
Hey, stay with me.

Diane sits on the side of the bed.

DIANE
I have to go.

ELVIS
No you don’t.

DIANE
I really have to go.

(CONTINUED)
150.
CONTINUED:

ELVIS
Don't leave me alone. Buntyn needs
a little extra lovin’ tonight.

Diane laughs. But then she sees that he's serious.

DIANE
What?

Elvis sits up. There's a thump upstairs.

ELVIS
What was that?

Fearful paranoia overtakes Elvis’ face. Diane starts to
pull on her clothes.

ELVIS
(to himself)
I don’t want no sonofabitch
walking around saying he killed
Elvis Presley...

DIANE
What did you say?

ELVIS
Nothing, baby...

Elvis checks behind the door and finds nothing there. He
regains his fragile composure.

ELVIS
C’mon baby, take your pants off.

DIANE
I have to go to work.

ELVIS
No you don’t, come sit down. Come
watch some television with me.

Diane starts to leave. Elvis’ words begin to slur as the
pills take effect.

ELVIS
You know, there’s a kind of bird I
read about somewhere, that don’t
have any legs... so it can’t land
on nothin’.

Diane doesn't know what to do.




(CONTINUED)
151.
CONTINUED: (2)

ELVIS
It lives its whole life on the
wing, and when it gets tired, it
just spreads its wings and goes to
sleep on the wind, and if it ever
does land, even but one time,
that’s when it dies. I just gotta
keep flying round and round.
(sings)
I’ll fly away, oh glory
I’ll fly away
When I die...

Elvis looks to Diane.

ELVIS
Hey, you want to fly away with me?

DIANE
I need to go.

ELVIS
Please stay.

But Diane grabs her shoes and exits. Elvis looks around
the room, scared. There's a KNOCK on his door.

ELVIS
I knew you'd come back.

No answer. He takes his gun, walks over to the door,
peers through the hole. An empty hall. He opens the door.
There's a showroom menu on the ground.

The photo of his face has been scratched out. Scrawled
across it: “I am going to kill you.”
Genres: ["Drama","Thriller"]

Summary Colonel and Jerry discuss setting up shop at the International Hotel, while Elvis talks to Priscilla about his absence and busy schedule. Elvis's fear of being killed escalates when he finds a showroom menu outside his door with a threatening message. The scene is filled with tension, conflict, and fear, as Colonel's decision and Elvis's paranoia create a rift between them.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Character exploration
  • Tension building
Weaknesses
  • Potential pacing issues
  • Lack of external action

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

This scene's primary job is to expose Elvis's psychological fragility and deepening isolation, which it does with haunting effectiveness through the bird metaphor and the threatening note. The biggest limiter is the abrupt tonal shift from the Colonel's comedic rage to Elvis's paranoid breakdown, which, while intentional, feels slightly jarring and could be smoothed for greater cohesion.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of showing Elvis's deteriorating mental state through a private encounter with a woman and a threatening note is strong, but the Colonel's scene feels like a separate thread that doesn't fully integrate.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances by showing the consequences of Elvis's lifestyle and the looming threat, but the Colonel's scene is more of a side note that doesn't directly connect to Elvis's immediate situation.

Originality: 7.5

The scene is original in its use of the bird metaphor and the intimate portrayal of Elvis's paranoia, but the Colonel's scene is more conventional.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Elvis is vividly portrayed as paranoid and vulnerable, but Diane is underdeveloped, serving more as a plot device than a fully realized character.

Character Changes: 4

Elvis's paranoia escalates, but he doesn't change fundamentally; the scene reinforces his existing state rather than transforming it.

Internal Goal: 8

Elvis's internal goal is to find peace and connection, but his fear of being killed and his inability to land (like the bird) prevent him from achieving it.

External Goal: 5

Elvis's external goal is to maintain his career and public image, but he is failing to manage his personal life and safety.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7

The conflict is internal (Elvis's paranoia) and external (the threatening note), but the Colonel's conflict is separate and less compelling.

Opposition: 6.5

The opposition is primarily internal (Elvis's own fears) and external (the unknown threat), but the Colonel's opposition is more about business than personal stakes.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are high for Elvis's personal safety and mental health, but the Colonel's scene lowers the tension.

Story Forward: 6

The scene moves the story forward by introducing the death threat and showing Elvis's instability, but the Colonel's scene is a detour.

Unpredictability: 7.5

This scene is unpredictable because the threatening note and Elvis's paranoid reaction are unexpected, and the bird metaphor adds a poetic twist.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene pits Elvis's desire for a normal life against the demands of fame, and his belief that he must keep flying to survive clashes with the need to land and face reality.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 8

The scene evokes strong empathy for Elvis's loneliness and fear, but the emotional impact is diluted by the Colonel's comedic tone.

Dialogue: 7.5

The dialogue is natural and revealing, especially Elvis's monologue about the bird, but some lines feel expository and the Colonel's outburst is over-the-top.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because it offers a raw look at Elvis's vulnerability and the ominous threat, making the reader worry about his fate.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is effective, starting with the Colonel's energetic scene and slowing down to the intimate, tense moments with Elvis, but the shift is abrupt.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is standard and clear, with proper scene headings and action lines, but the transition between the two locations could be smoother.

Structure: 6.5

The scene is structured as a two-part sequence: the Colonel's business dealings and Elvis's private breakdown, which creates a contrast but also a disjointed feel.


Critique
  • The scene starts in the middle of a conversation between Colonel and Jerry without providing any context or establishing the setting. The reader is thrown into the scene without understanding what has been happening or where the characters are.
  • The dialogue between Colonel and Jerry is repetitive and lacks clear purpose. Colonel repeatedly emphasizes the importance of security without providing any specific reason or details, making it difficult to understand the urgency or severity of the situation.
  • The sudden outburst from Colonel, where he spits with rage and hurls his cane, feels over-the-top and out of character without proper buildup or motivation. The use of the term 'GODVERDOMME' is jarring and unnecessary, distracting the reader from the intended impact of the outburst.
  • The shift to Elvis' room in the second part of the scene is abrupt and confusing. It's unclear why the scene switches to Elvis' private space, and the connection to the previous conversation about security is not made clear.
  • Elvis' dialogue with Priscilla on the phone is emotionally distant and lacks genuine connection. He seems more focused on the business aspects of their relationship than on expressing affection or concern for her and their daughter.
  • The scene introduces a new character, Diane, without providing any context or background information. Her sudden appearance and her interaction with Elvis raise questions about her role and purpose in the story.
  • Elvis' paranoia and fear toward the end of the scene seem exaggerated and out of character. His reference to a bird that can't land and his rambling about flying away feel disjointed and confusing.
  • The final image of the showroom menu with Elvis' face scratched out and the threatening message is a weak attempt at creating suspense. The message lacks impact and does not effectively foreshadow any significant threat.
Suggestions
  • Start the scene by establishing the context and setting, providing the reader with a clear understanding of the time, place, and characters involved.
  • Refine the dialogue between Colonel and Jerry to make it more concise and focused. Provide specific details about the security concerns and the reasons behind Colonel's urgency.
  • Revise Colonel's outburst to make it more proportionate and believable. Build up to the moment of rage by showing the gradual escalation of tensions or providing a clearer motivation for his reaction.
  • Consider removing the shift to Elvis' room or finding a more organic way to transition between the two scenes. Establish a clear connection between the conversation about security and the personal issues Elvis is facing.
  • Rewrite Elvis' dialogue with Priscilla to make it more emotionally resonant. Show Elvis expressing genuine love and concern for his family, even while acknowledging the challenges of their situation.
  • Introduce Diane with more context and purpose. Provide information about her relationship to Elvis and her role in the story.
  • Tone down Elvis' paranoia and fear to make it more believable. Consider using more subtle hints or foreshadowing to create suspense without resorting to exaggerated or overly dramatic behavior.
  • Rework the ending to create a stronger impact. Consider using a more threatening or ominous message, or using visual imagery to convey the impending danger.



Scene 35 -  Elvis's Continued Performances Amidst Threats and Personal Struggles
EXT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - DAWN

OFF the vaulting International Hotel marquee shimmering
in the golden light. Workmen lower the “ELVIS!” sign.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
He gave his all to the show, but
the threats on his life had left
him paranoid and exhausted.


INT. HOSPITAL (VEGAS) - DAY

Billy covers the windows with tin foil as we TRACK ACROSS
a Polaroid of Lisa Marie, holding a finger painting that
says "I miss you daddy!" taped to the mirror.


(CONTINUED)
152.
CONTINUED:

COLONEL (O.S.)
What is happening to law and
order! These radical hippies are
threatening and killing popular
entertainers...

The Colonel slaps down newspaper articles about the
Manson Family slaying of Sharon Tate.

COLONEL
Hulett’s security is not what it
needs to be and he knows it. An
international tour is out of the
question!

Elvis lies in the bed. Priscilla, Vernon, and Charlie
around him.

ELVIS
What are you talking about
Colonel? I ain’t gonna let any
sonofabitch push me off the stage.

He takes a handful of pills from Dr. Nick.

COLONEL
Precisely, you’re not one of
Hulett’s long-hair Zeppelins,
you’re Elvis Presley! And you are
beloved. I told him: ‘I need to
look Priscilla in the eye and
promise her that little Lisa’s
daddy will be safe.’

ELVIS
We gotta take this show to the
world. I can’t disappoint the
fans.

COLONEL
Well, if you want to book more
dates, we can do an American tour?
15-cities-in-15-days.

PRISCILLA
How's that going to be any safer?

COLONEL
Because here, I can handle every
aspect of security.

A darkly orchestral version of “Burning Love” slowly
builds...



(CONTINUED)
153.
CONTINUED: (2)

COLONEL
I'll get guarantees from every
mayor...


EXT. TARMAC - DAY

Elvis' jet taxis to a halt. “Burning Love” builds...

COLONEL (V.O.)
We’ll double the police
presence...


EXT. STREETS - DAY

A presidential-scale motorcade. Dozens of police cars,
sirens blaring. “Burning Love” continues.


EXT. VENUE - STAGE - NIGHT

COLONEL (V.O.)
You’ll have more security than the
President!

TWO ROWS OF COPS flank the stage. Elvis on stage
performing "Burning Love," jittery as hell.

ELVIS
(sings)
Lord almighty, I feel my
temperature rising.
Higher, higher, it’s burning
through to my soul.
Girl, girl, girl, you’re gonna set
me on fire...

A girl rushes the stage. The West cousins take her out.
Elvis shoots them a thumbs-up.

ELVIS
(sings)
My brain is flaming,
I don’t know which way to go...


INT. VENUE - BACKSTAGE - NIGHT

COLONEL (V.O.)
We can have Sonny, Red and Charlie
hustle you to the motorcade...

Elvis being swooped into a car as “Burning Love” powers.
154.


INT. ELVIS' LIMO (AMIDST THE MOTORCADE) - NIGHT

ANNOUNCER (V.O.)
Elvis has left the building!

Elvis, squeezed between Memphis Mafia, gulps down pills.
He lies back, as Dr. Nick injects him.


EXT. TARMAC - NIGHT

CLOSE ON the Memphis Mafia as they usher Elvis from his
limousine and up the stairs of his waiting jet.

COLONEL (V.O.)
And when you’re on the plane,
safe, in the air, you'll rest...


INT. HOSPITAL (VEGAS) - DAY

Elvis slowly nods; so far, he is good with the plan.

ELVIS
And then we go international.

COLONEL
Yes, yes, the Tokyo Opera House!
But before that we’ll put on a
good show.
(to Charlie)
And do what, Charlie?

CHARLIE
Have a lot of fun.

COLONEL
Taking care of business.

VERNON
Taking care of business.

Nurse Tish places a wet cloth over Elvis’ eyes.


INT./EXT. TARMAC/MOTORCADE/VENUE/BACKSTAGE

We ENTER MULTI-SPLIT SCREEN as the cycle repeats in
Detroit, San Antonio, Jacksonville...


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SHOWROOM - NIGHT

SUPERIMPOSED IMAGES: The International sign: "WELCOME
BACK FOR YOUR SECOND YEAR”...

(CONTINUED)
155.
CONTINUED:

Elvis performs karate against phantom attackers. The
number becomes more intense. We see Elvis performing,
practicing karate, bedding groupies.

ELVIS
(sings)
Just a hunk, a hunk of burning
love!

“THIRD YEAR”... Drugging, performing, groupies, drugging,
karate. It's clear he's not in the same reality.

We see Elvis change from jumpsuit to jumpsuit after each
refrain, moving forward through concert after concert in
one seamless performance.

The SPLIT SCREEN becomes a wall of TV monitors that
multiply until BANG! BANG! BANG!


INT. GRACELAND - BEDROOM/HALLWAY - CONTINUOUS

CLOSE ON jewelry being placed into a small valise. The
sound wakes Elvis, still in bed, groggy, discombobulated.
Priscilla, agitated, is packing.

ELVIS
What the hell are you doing?

She closes the valise and, without looking up:

PRISCILLA
I’m leaving.

ELVS
What time is it?

PRISCILLA
I wanted to wait for you to wake
up so we could talk about it, but
you’re never awake and you don’t
like to talk, so I’m leaving.

ELVIS
What do you mean leaving?

Elvis pulls himself out of bed.

PRISCILLA
I’m leaving this marriage, and I’m
taking Lisa with me.

Suddenly alarmed and defensive, Elvis follows her towards
the en suite bath.


(CONTINUED)
156.
CONTINUED:

ELVIS
What is this about? Is this
about...
(looks for the right
word)
What happens on the road? You know
that means nothing to me.

He follows as Priscilla grabs her makeup off the vanity.

PRISCILLA
You think I care about the girls
you sneak in through the side
door?

She stops, looks down at the myriad bottles of
medication. She starts throwing them at Elvis.

PRISCILLA
It’s this... and this, and this,
and this. And those has-been
leeches sucking you dry. You’re
strung out!

ELVIS
Strung out? It’s my medicine. I’m
in the best shape of my life!

PRISCILLA
The best shape of your life? The
only time you're alive is when
you're on stage and in between,
you're a ghost. We can’t keep
waiting around for you like one of
your boys.

She heads into the hall, as Elvis chases after her.

ELVIS
I’ve given you everything you
could want!
Genres: ["Drama","Musical"]

Summary The scene starts with the removal of Elvis's sign from the International Hotel marquee, foreshadowing his waning fame. Inside a hospital room, Elvis, pressured by the Colonel, decides to perform despite threats, leading to a 15-city American tour with heightened security. Amidst the concert, Elvis performs 'Burning Love' backed by a presidential-scale motorcade and police officers. Post-performance, Elvis is injected with medication in his limo. The scene concludes with Priscilla announcing her departure from Elvis at Graceland, citing his drug use and neglect, creating tension and emotional distress.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Character development
  • Tension-building
Weaknesses
  • Heavy dialogue

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to dramatize Elvis's physical and emotional decline and the collapse of his marriage, which it does with visceral montage and a raw confrontation. The single biggest limiter is the over-reliance on voice-over and montage to convey the Colonel's plan, which undercuts the immediacy of the on-stage and bedroom drama.


Story Content

Concept: 6.5

The concept of showing Elvis's burnout through a repetitive concert montage and a marital breakup is strong, but the execution leans on familiar biopic tropes (pill abuse, groupies, controlling manager).

Plot: 6

The plot advances the arc of Elvis's isolation and Priscilla's departure, but the Colonel's voice-over and the montage feel like exposition rather than organic story progression.

Originality: 6

The split-screen montage of concert cycles is a fresh visual take on burnout, but the pill-throwing and 'you're a ghost' line are familiar biopic beats.


Character Development

Characters: 6.5

Elvis is shown as groggy and defensive, Priscilla as fed up and direct—both are clear. The Colonel remains a one-note manipulator. The Memphis Mafia are background.

Character Changes: 4

Elvis shows no change—he remains in denial. Priscilla changes from patient to decisive leaver, but the scene is her exit, not a transformation.

Internal Goal: 6

Elvis wants to believe he is still in control and healthy, driven by a fear of losing his identity and relevance.

External Goal: 5.5

Elvis wants to continue touring and performing internationally, despite security threats and his deteriorating condition.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7.5

Conflict is high between Elvis and Priscilla, and between Elvis and his own addiction, but the Colonel's off-stage manipulation lacks direct confrontation.

Opposition: 6.5

Opposition comes from Priscilla (emotional), the Colonel (manipulative), and Elvis's own addiction—but the Colonel is absent from the main confrontation.

High Stakes: 7.5

Stakes are high—loss of family, health, and career control—but the scene tells us rather than shows the stakes through the Colonel's plan.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by ending Elvis's marriage and setting up his deeper isolation, but the montage feels like a recap of known territory.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because Priscilla's sudden departure and the pill-throwing are a sharp turn from the earlier performance montage.

Philosophical Conflict: 6

The clash between Elvis's desire for artistic freedom and the Colonel's need for control and profit, versus Priscilla's demand for a real life.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

Priscilla throwing pills and her line 'You're a ghost' land emotionally, but the montage dilutes the impact by spreading focus.

Dialogue: 6

Priscilla's lines are sharp and emotional ('You're a ghost'), but Elvis's dialogue is reactive and pill-addled. The Colonel's voice-over is functional but not distinctive.

Engagement: 6.5

This scene is engaging because of the raw emotional confrontation between Elvis and Priscilla, but the montage and voice-over slow the momentum.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the montage builds a sense of relentless repetition, then the bedroom scene slows to a painful halt.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7.5

Formatting is professional with clear scene headings and action lines, though the split-screen and montage descriptions could be tighter.

Structure: 6

The structure uses a montage to show decline, then a single-location confrontation. The shift from voice-over to live dialogue is jarring but intentional.


Critique
  • The scene starts with a powerful hook, showing the removal of the "ELVIS!" sign and the newspaper articles about Manson's family's crimes, setting a grim and ominous tone.
  • The conflict is clearly established, with the Colonel and Vernon worried about Elvis' safety, while Elvis insists on performing despite the threats.
  • The dialogue is well-written, capturing the characters' emotions and motivations, especially Priscilla's frustration and Elvis' denial about his addiction.
  • The scene effectively conveys Elvis' paranoia and drug-induced state through the use of hallucinations and disorientation.
  • The use of split screens and montage is effective in showcasing Elvis' relentless performance schedule and his deteriorating mental and physical health.
  • The scene ends on a strong note with Priscilla leaving Elvis, marking a turning point in their relationship and foreshadowing Elvis' decline.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding more details about the security measures being taken, such as the number of police officers or the use of metal detectors, to emphasize the heightened security concerns.
  • Explore the emotional toll that the threats and Elvis' addiction are taking on Priscilla and the rest of the Memphis Mafia.
  • Expand on the hallucinations and disorientation experienced by Elvis to make them more visually impactful and emotionally resonant.
  • Consider including a moment where Elvis confronts his fears or doubts about his ability to continue performing safely, adding depth to his character.
  • Strengthen the emotional climax of the scene by giving more weight to Priscilla's decision to leave, exploring the complexities of their relationship and the impact of Elvis' addiction on their marriage.



Scene 36 -  Confrontations and Emotional Revelations at Graceland and the International Hotel
INT. GRACELAND - HALLWAY/STAIRCASE - CONTINUOUS

As Priscilla descends the stairs, she turns on Elvis.

PRISCILLA
What I want is a husband. I am
your wife. I am your wife. Lisa is
your daughter, and she needs a
father. You know, I don’t remember
the last time that we laughed
together. When was the last time
we sat down and had dinner
together the three of us?
(MORE) (CONTINUED)
157.
CONTINUED:
PRISCILLA (CONT'D)
You don’t even make love to me
anymore. I’ve given you my life. I
have nothing left to give you.

This cuts deep, silencing Elvis.

ELVIS
Is there another man?

Priscilla says nothing. But her silence says everything.

ELVIS
I’ve lost you.

She stops, shakes her head.

PRISCILLA
We lost you a long time ago.

ELVIS
‘Scilla, do you still love me?

When she doesn’t answer, Elvis crumples on the stairs.

ELVIS
When you're forty and I'm fifty,
we'll be back together. You'll
see.

After a moment, both their defenses are down. She throws
her arms around him. They cling to each other, crying.

PRISCILLA
I have to go. If I stay now, I'll
never leave.

And with this, she's gone.


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - COLONEL’S SUITE - DAY

Jerry confronts the infuriatingly blank Tom Diskin.

JERRY
This is killing him! Vegas, the
repetition. He needs to be on a
professionally-run international
tour. He needs time to rest
between shows, not rely on some
doctor to get him on stage every
night. You know what Elvis is like
when he has a challenge. He gets
fit, focused, gets off the pills.
Why won’t Colonel let him go
overseas?

(CONTINUED)
158.
CONTINUED:

DISKIN
Security, Jerry, you--

JERRY
(angrily cutting him
off)
That’s bullshit! The Colonels’ a
businessman, I get it, but what I
don’t get is why he’s killing his
greatest asset without a reason.
So, what’s the reason?

Diskin retreats behind his trademark bland expression.

DISKIN
I’m a little busy right now.

Reining in anger, Jerry leans forward, trying to connect.

JERRY
C’mon, Tom, we all owe E.P. for
taking us on this ride with him.
And I’ve seen you, standing in the
wings when he’s channeling that
gift. You think no one’s watching,
but it’s the only time I ever see
you smile; you love him as much as
the rest of us.

Diskin, for a moment, can’t look at Jerry.

JERRY
Tell me the reason.

DISKIN
(choosing words
carefully)
Colonel always has reasons. I’m
not always aware of them, but even
if I was, I wouldn’t be at liberty
to divulge personal information
about Mr. Parker.

A long moment. Jerry looks at him with cold, hard hatred.

JERRY
Y’all are killing Elvis Presley.

He rises to leave...
Genres: ["Drama"]

Summary Priscilla confronts Elvis about their distant relationship, leading to a heartbreaking confirmation of their marriage's end at Graceland. Simultaneously, Jerry discusses his concerns about Elvis's health and the Colonel's decisions regarding Elvis's career with Tom Diskin in the Colonel’s suite at the International Hotel. The scene is filled with emotional intensity, sadness, and anger, resulting in Priscilla leaving Elvis and Jerry storming out of the Colonel’s suite.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Realistic character interactions
  • Compelling dialogue
Weaknesses
  • Lack of resolution
  • Limited external action

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

The scene's primary job is to dramatize the simultaneous breakdown of Elvis's personal life and his professional trust, and it lands with raw emotional power in the Graceland confrontation. The single biggest limiter is the abrupt tonal shift to the Colonel's suite, which, while thematically relevant, feels disconnected and dilutes the emotional momentum; a smoother transition or a more integrated parallel would lift the overall impact.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of pairing the dissolution of Elvis's marriage with the exposure of the Colonel's manipulation is strong, offering a dual crisis that deepens the tragedy. However, the execution in this excerpt is uneven, with the second half feeling more like a setup than a payoff.

Plot: 7

The plot advances through two key confrontations: Priscilla's departure and Jerry's failed appeal to Diskin. Both are pivotal, but the second lacks the emotional weight of the first and feels more like exposition.

Originality: 7

The scene offers a fresh take on the familiar trope of the star's personal life crumbling, with authentic dialogue and a specific historical context. The Colonel's suite scene is less original, relying on typical manager-artist conflict.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Priscilla is given a powerful, heartbreaking voice, and Elvis's vulnerability is palpable. Jerry's anger is clear, but Diskin remains a cipher, which is intentional but limits the scene's depth.

Character Changes: 6

Elvis changes from denial to acceptance of loss, but the change is subtle and not fully realized. Jerry's change is more about resolve than transformation.

Internal Goal: 8

Elvis's internal goal is to hold onto his family and his sense of self, driven by a fear of abandonment and a need for unconditional love.

External Goal: 5

Elvis's external goal is to maintain his career and his relationship with the Colonel, but he is passive in this scene, reacting to Priscilla's departure and Jerry's confrontation.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 7.5

The conflict is high in the personal scene (marriage dissolution) and moderate in the professional scene (Jerry vs. Diskin), but the latter lacks a direct antagonist, softening the tension.

Opposition: 6.5

The opposition is strong in the personal scene (Priscilla's resolve) but weak in the professional scene (Diskin's passive resistance), making the overall opposition uneven.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are personal (losing his family) and professional (losing his autonomy), but the professional stakes are not yet fully realized, making them feel less urgent.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by ending Elvis's marriage and setting up the conflict with the Colonel, but the second half is more about reinforcing existing tensions than introducing new plot points.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene is somewhat predictable in its emotional beats, but the specific details—like Priscilla's line about laughing—add freshness. The Colonel's suite scene introduces a new layer of intrigue.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene pits the value of personal connection against the demands of professional ambition, with Elvis caught between Priscilla's need for a husband and the Colonel's need for a star.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 8

The emotional impact is strongest in the Graceland scene, with the couple's raw grief and Priscilla's final line resonating deeply. The second scene is more cerebral, reducing overall impact.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue in the Graceland scene is raw and authentic, with lines like 'We lost you a long time ago' cutting deep. The Jerry-Diskin exchange is more functional, with Jerry's outburst feeling slightly on-the-nose.

Engagement: 8

The scene is engaging because of the raw emotional confrontation between Elvis and Priscilla, which is universally relatable, and the mystery of the Colonel's motives in the second half.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is effective in the first half, with a slow build to the emotional climax, but the second half feels rushed and less developed, creating an imbalance.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is standard and clear, with proper scene headings and dialogue attribution. The use of parentheticals is minimal but effective.

Structure: 7

The scene uses a two-part structure: an intimate confrontation followed by a professional one. This creates a thematic parallel but also a tonal break that could be smoothed.


Critique
  • The scene is emotionally charged and captures the conflict between Elvis and Priscilla well, showcasing the deterioration of their relationship.
  • The dialogue is authentic and believable, effectively conveying the characters' emotions and motivations.
  • However, the scene could benefit from a stronger visual element to enhance its impact. Consider incorporating specific details about the setting, such as the lighting, decor, or any notable props, to create a more immersive experience for the reader.
  • The scene's pacing could be improved by varying the sentence length and structure. For example, shorter, punchier sentences could be used to emphasize key moments, while longer, more descriptive sentences could provide context and build tension.
Suggestions
  • Consider adding a brief description of the hallway and staircase where the conversation takes place. This could include details about the lighting, wallpaper, or any other visual elements that contribute to the scene's atmosphere.
  • Enhance the emotional impact of the scene by incorporating specific gestures or body language into the characters' actions. For example, you could describe Elvis slumping against the wall or Priscilla wiping away tears.
  • To create a more dynamic rhythm, vary the sentence structure by alternating between short, impactful sentences and longer, more descriptive ones. This will help build tension and emphasize key moments in the dialogue.
  • Consider adding a specific visual element, such as a photograph or painting on the wall, that holds significance for Elvis and Priscilla. This could provide a tangible focal point for their conversation and add depth to the scene.



Scene 37 -  Revelations and Crisis: Jerry's Discovery and Elvis' Collapse
INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - JERRY’S ROOM - NIGHT

It’s obviously the end of a long night. Jerry, coat off,
looking exhausted, enters his room.

(CONTINUED)
159.
CONTINUED:

He turns on the light and stops. On the bed, a single
envelope. He picks it up. It’s addressed to “Colonel Tom
Parker, Elvis Presley Fan Club, Memphis.” It’s been
stamped “Fan Mail,” and has already been opened.

Jerry takes out the letter and, as he begins to read, we
hear the sound of a young man speaking in lightly
accented English:

THEO JR. (V.O.)
Dearest Uncle Andreas, I hope this
letter finds you well. I did not
have an exact address, but after
reading the letter you sent to my
father, I felt that I must ask you
some questions. You write of
mistakes, ‘that someone may have
made without meaning to do so.’
Are these ‘mistakes’ the reason
you left Holland all those years
ago?


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

As we continue to hear the letter, Colonel walks into the
life-sized model of BREDA, as if reliving the past.

THEO JR. (V.O.)
People whisper that it was because
of the woman who was murdered the
night you disappeared. I do not
believe it, but please, why do you
not return home to clear our
family name...?

OLD COLONEL
(directly to us)
Is it fair that the mistake that
someone might have made without
meaning to do so, should damn them
for the rest of their lives? Yes,
I was born in Holland. People say
‘well why didn’t you say so?’ Well
I say they didn’t ask. I work, I
wake up at five A.M. every day for
one man only. I am taking care of
business.


INT. INTERNATIONAL - SERVICE CORRIDOR - NIGHT (1974)

An exhausted and slightly discombobulated Elvis, guided
by the Memphis Mafia, makes his way down the backstage
corridor of the International Hotel.

(CONTINUED)
160.
CONTINUED:

Jerry has drawn in behind. As they move forward he
urgently intones under his breath.

JERRY
He lied! There was never gonna be
an international tour because he
can’t leave the country. He
doesn’t have a passport, no
citizenship, no identity...

Elvis stops, unsteady, trying to comprehend.

JERRY (CONT’D)
He doesn’t exist...

ELVIS
What the hell are you talking
about, Jerry?

JERRY
There never was a Colonel Tom
Parker.

Before Jerry can get out the last line, Elvis collapses
to the ground. The mafia rush to his aid. Sonny and Red
hold staff at bay.

COLONEL (O.S.)
The only thing that matters is
that that man...

As Colonel charges in, Nurse Tish suppresses panic and
Dr. Nick holds Elvis’ head above a bucket of ice water.

COLONEL (CONT’D)
... gets on that stage tonight!

This is the exact IMAGE FROM THE OPENING.

NURSE TISH
If he was my son...

She glances to Vernon hiding meekly by the window.

NURSE TISH
I’d put him in the hospital.

Colonel's eyes bore into Elvis' father.

COLONEL
Of course, it’s a Presley
Enterprises decision, Vernon...

All eyes on him. After an eternity, he mumbles...


(CONTINUED)
161.
CONTINUED: (2)

VERNON
What can you do for him, Dr. Nick?

Dr. Nick pops open his BAG OF TRICKS. WE GLIMPSE: MEDS,
PILLS, SYRINGES. As Dr. Nick prepares an injection...
Genres: ["Drama","Biography"]

Summary Jerry finds a letter from a Dutch fan, Theo Jr., addressed to Colonel Tom Parker, triggering flashbacks revealing Parker's Dutch origins and decision to leave. In 1974, Jerry reveals to Elvis that Parker has no identity or citizenship, causing Elvis to collapse. The Memphis Mafia and medical staff attend to Elvis, while Parker insists he must perform. The scene ends with Vernon asking Dr. Nick for help, leaving the outcome uncertain.
Strengths
  • Revealing plot twist
  • Emotional depth
  • Tension-filled dialogue
Weaknesses
  • Possible confusion for audience due to complex revelation

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

This scene's primary job is to deliver a devastating revelation about the Colonel's identity and its immediate physical and emotional toll on Elvis, which it does with strong dramatic impact. The biggest limiter is the slightly rushed handling of the revelation—Jerry's exposition feels a bit on-the-nose, and the transition from letter to collapse could be more seamless, which would lift the overall impact.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of revealing the Colonel's secret past through a fan letter and intercutting it with Elvis's collapse is strong and thematically rich, but the execution of the revelation feels slightly conventional.

Plot: 7

The plot advances significantly with the revelation of the Colonel's inability to leave the country, but the sequence of events (letter, collapse, confrontation) feels a bit compressed and could benefit from more breathing room.

Originality: 7.5

The use of a fan letter to reveal the Colonel's past is a fresh take on the biopic trope of the 'big secret,' and the intercutting with the ghostly Vegas model adds a unique visual layer.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Elvis's vulnerability and the Colonel's manipulative control are well-drawn, but Jerry's role as the revealer feels a bit functional rather than fully motivated.

Character Changes: 7.5

Elvis's understanding of the Colonel is fundamentally shattered, marking a major character change, though the scene focuses more on the revelation than on his immediate internal shift.

Internal Goal: 7

Elvis's internal goal is to understand the truth about his manager and his own life, driven by a need for authenticity and a fear of being a pawn.

External Goal: 6.5

Elvis's external goal is to get on stage and perform despite his collapse, driven by the Colonel's pressure and his own professional duty.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8.5

The conflict is high—both internal (Elvis's physical and emotional crisis) and external (Jerry vs. Colonel, Colonel vs. Vernon).

Opposition: 8

The opposition is strong: the Colonel's authority and manipulation are pitted against Jerry's truth-telling and Elvis's physical limits, creating a clear power struggle.

High Stakes: 9

The stakes are extremely high: Elvis's health, career, and trust are all on the line, and the Colonel's entire empire is threatened.

Story Forward: 8.5

The scene moves the story forward by exposing the central lie that has governed Elvis's career, setting up the final act's conflict.

Unpredictability: 7.5

This scene is unpredictable because the revelation of the Colonel's secret identity and Elvis's sudden collapse are both surprising, though the setup (the letter) is somewhat telegraphed.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The clash is between the Colonel's utilitarian, image-first philosophy ('the only thing that matters is that man gets on that stage') and Elvis's need for truth, health, and artistic integrity.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 8

The scene generates strong emotions of betrayal, shock, and pity, particularly through Elvis's collapse and the Colonel's cold response.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is effective in conveying key information and emotion, especially the Colonel's defensive monologue, but Jerry's lines are somewhat expository.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because it delivers a long-awaited revelation with high emotional stakes and a physical collapse, keeping the reader invested in the outcome.

Pacing: 7.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because it moves quickly from the quiet discovery of the letter to the explosive confrontation and collapse, maintaining tension throughout.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

Formatting is professional and clear, with effective use of intercutting and voice-over. Minor issue: the repeated 'CONTINUED' headers are slightly distracting.

Structure: 7.5

The structure uses a classic revelation sequence: setup (letter), rising action (Jerry's explanation), climax (Elvis's collapse), and aftermath (Colonel's control). It's effective but the pacing of the revelation could be more gradual.


Critique
  • The scene begins with Jerry entering his hotel room and finding a letter addressed to Colonel Tom Parker. This is a good way to hook the reader and create suspense, as it suggests that something important is about to happen.
  • The scene then cuts to Colonel walking into a life-sized model of BREDA, as if reliving the past. This is a confusing and disorienting transition, as it is not clear why Colonel is doing this or what it has to do with the rest of the scene.
  • The scene then cuts back to Elvis and his entourage walking down a backstage corridor. This is another confusing transition, as it is not clear why the scene has suddenly shifted back to Elvis and what has happened to Colonel.
  • Jerry then urgently tells Elvis that Colonel doesn't exist and that he has no passport, citizenship, or identity. This is a major revelation, and it is unclear why Jerry is only telling Elvis this now, after all these years.
  • Elvis collapses to the ground, and the scene ends with Colonel charging in and demanding that Elvis get on stage. This is a cliffhanger ending, but it is not clear what is going to happen next or what the stakes are.
  • The dialogue is stilted and unnatural, and it does not always make sense.
  • The scene is too long and could be shortened without losing any of the important information.
  • The scene is not clear and concise, and it is difficult to follow what is happening.
Suggestions
  • Rewrite the scene to make it more clear and concise.
  • Add more details to the setting and characters to make them more believable.
  • Cut out any unnecessary dialogue or action.
  • Rewrite the dialogue to make it more natural and believable.
  • Add some tension and suspense to the scene.
  • Give the scene a more satisfying ending.



Scene 38 -  Elvis' Drug-Fueled Rant: Accusations and Firing of Colonel Parker
INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SHOWROOM - NIGHT

AN AMERICAN EAGLE CAPE SPREADS ITS RHINESTONE WINGS!

ELVIS
Glory! Glory!!! Halleluuuujah!!!

The eagle turns to REVEAL: Superhero Elvis reaching for
the final divine notes, spreading his wings up to God...

ELVIS
(sings)
His truuuuth is maaaarching
ooooonnnnn!!!!!!!!

The ballad crescendoes, band lashing at their
instruments, two gospel choirs, one white, one Black.

ELVIS
(sings)
His truuuuth is maaaarching
ooooonnnnn!!!!!!!!

The last cymbal crashes, Elvis is showered with applause.

ELVIS
Thank you! Thank you very much!

Elvis waits for the applause to settle. The music always
transforms him. He may be slightly pale but he holds
himself strong, proud...

ELVIS
I’d like to turn the house lights
up, ladies and gentlemen. Now
you’ve seen me, I’d like to take a
look at you. You’re beautiful...

The lights go up. Charlie Hodge at his usual position on
stage, battle-weary from Elvis' erratic behavior. Jerry,
Billy, and the West cousins in the wings.

ELVIS
Thank you, leave them up for a
minute, man. Oh, boy, we got some
high-rollers in here tonight...
Mr. International Hotel himself!


(CONTINUED)
162.
CONTINUED:

As the crowd applauds, the SPOTLIGHT searches, finding
Meyer Kohn. Colonel sits beside him.

ELVIS
And right next to him... my so-
called manager, Colonel Tom
Parker.

Colonel, puffing on his cigar as Elvis continues with
drug-addled, unnerving humor:

ELVIS (O.S.)
But I hear rumors... that Colonel
is an alien... from outer space.

The crowd laughs.

ELVIS
Someone call the FBI and tell them
he's abducted me, locked me in
this golden cage, to keep me here,
forever-- with you, ladies and
gentlemen, and all these funky
angels on the ceiling...

The crowd applauds.

ELVIS
(sings)
So I’m caught in a trap, I can’t
get out...
‘Cause Colonel's got some big
debts, baby...

Colonel excuses himself from the booth and heads towards
the wings.

ELVIS
But this is the last show I’m ever
playin' here...

Audience, a collective sigh of disappointment...

ELVIS
I’m gonna get in my jet plane, the
Lisa Marie, named after my
beautiful daughter, and fly
away... Fly, fly away...

Colonel arrives in the wings, next to the stage manager.

COLONEL
Stop the show, stop the show.
(to Diskin)
We’ve got to do something!
(to the Mafia)
(MORE) (CONTINUED)
163.
CONTINUED: (2)
COLONEL (CONT'D)
Get over to Sonny and Red. Bring
the curtain down!

A strange mix of nervous laughter and confused applause.

ELVIS
Fuck the International! Fuck Las
Vegas! Ain’t no one gonna stop me,
man!

Colonel approaches Jerry.

COLONEL
What the devil is going on, Mr.
Schilling?

JERRY
I think that’s what he wants to
know.

Elvis spies Colonel in the wings and mocks him angrily,
microphone still in hand:

ELVIS
Oh, security, security!! 800
shows!! You don't have a goddamn
passport, you son of a bitch...

Elvis finds strength to say the words that have eluded
him since he first met Colonel. A gut-wrenching scream:

ELVIS
You're fired!!

The audience continues to laugh and applaud.

ELVIS
Fired!!

The audience laughs louder. Elvis, in a demonic rage:

ELVIS
FIRED!!!

The golden curtain crashes down. All on stage in shock,
as Elvis and Colonel stare at each other. As the applause
dies, the silence seems to last an eternity.

The panicked Memphis Mafia goes into their post- show
routine. Towels appearing, they move towards Elvis. But
he stays them with his hand. Everyone freezes.

Then, as if sanity, clarity, and dignity have re-entered
his soul, Elvis says one final time:


(CONTINUED)
164.
CONTINUED: (3)

ELVIS
You’re fired.

He turns, walks across stage, past Jerry, into shadow.

Colonel’s eyes are cold as we have ever seen.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
The Geek... The Geek...

Colonel slowly walks back over to Diskin. He shoots
Vernon a grave look.

COLONEL
Diskin, pull out all the contracts
and agreements since 1955..
Genres: ["Musical","Drama"]

Summary Inside the International Hotel's showroom, Elvis performs a ballad, receiving applause. He addresses the audience, accusing high-rollers and Colonel Parker of being aliens and keeping him hostage due to his drug-addled state. Colonel tries to stop the show, but Elvis, in a demonic rage, fires him, causing shock and laughter. The conflict remains unresolved, with Colonel looking grave and planning to review contracts. The scene is emotionally intense, with moments of humor, shock, and confusion.
Strengths
  • Intense emotional conflict
  • Powerful character dynamics
  • Memorable dialogue
  • High stakes
Weaknesses
  • Some elements of humor may detract from the seriousness of the scene

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

The scene's primary job is to dramatize Elvis's breaking point with the Colonel, and it lands with visceral power—the public humiliation, the raw anger, and the finality of 'You're fired' resonate. The biggest limiter is the abrupt tonal shift from playful mockery to full-blown rage, which feels slightly jarring and could use a smoother escalation to fully earn the emotional payoff.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of Elvis firing the Colonel on stage is inherently dramatic and historically resonant, but the execution leans on familiar tropes of the 'star vs. manager' conflict without adding new layers.

Plot: 6.8

The plot advances the central conflict to a climax, but the scene's progression from humorous banter to explosive confrontation feels rushed, lacking a clear catalyst for the sudden shift.

Originality: 7

The scene offers a fresh take on the familiar 'star fires manager' trope by setting it live on stage, but the execution relies on standard confrontation beats.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Elvis's character is vividly portrayed—vulnerable, defiant, and drug-addled—but the Colonel's reaction is underdeveloped, reducing him to a one-dimensional antagonist in this moment.

Character Changes: 7

Elvis undergoes a significant change, finally asserting his agency, but the change feels abrupt and lacks a clear internal turning point.

Internal Goal: 8

Elvis's internal goal is to reclaim his identity and freedom from the Colonel's control, driven by a need for authenticity and a fear of being trapped in a gilded cage.

External Goal: 8.5

Elvis's external goal is to publicly fire the Colonel and end their professional relationship.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8.5

The conflict is high-stakes and personal, but it's mostly one-sided—Elvis's outburst—while the Colonel's counter-moves are minimal, reducing dramatic tension.

Opposition: 6

The Colonel's opposition is present but passive—he tries to stop the show but doesn't directly confront Elvis, weakening the dramatic push-pull.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are career-defining—Elvis risks his entire professional future—but the scene doesn't fully convey the practical consequences, focusing instead on emotional outburst.

Story Forward: 8

The scene propels the story forward by severing the central professional relationship, but it leaves the aftermath unexplored, feeling like a climax without a denouement.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because the firing happens mid-performance, blending showbiz spectacle with real-life drama, though the outcome is historically known.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene pits Elvis's desire for artistic and personal freedom against the Colonel's pragmatic, contract-bound control, reflecting a clash between creativity and commerce.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7.8

The scene evokes strong emotions—anger, catharsis, and sadness—but the rapid shift from humor to rage may dilute the emotional resonance for some viewers.

Dialogue: 7.2

The dialogue is sharp and memorable, especially Elvis's improvised lyrics and the repeated 'You're fired,' but some lines feel on-the-nose, like the Colonel's 'The Geek' voiceover, which undercuts subtlety.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because it delivers a long-awaited confrontation with high emotional stakes and a shocking public declaration, keeping the reader invested in the outcome.

Pacing: 6.8

The pacing is effective in building tension through Elvis's performance and banter, but the rapid shift to rage feels rushed, and the Colonel's exit is abrupt.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 7.5

Formatting is professional with clear action lines and dialogue, but the use of ellipses and parentheticals occasionally disrupts flow.

Structure: 6.5

The scene follows a classic escalation structure—performance, mockery, confrontation, climax—but the transition from mockery to rage is too abrupt, lacking a clear trigger.


Critique
  • The beginning of the scene is very strong. The imagery of the American Eagle Cape with its rhinestone wings spreading out is visually striking and effectively sets the tone for Elvis' performance. The dialogue is also well-written, capturing Elvis' charisma and his connection with the audience.
  • However, the scene quickly becomes repetitive and predictable. Elvis' banter with the audience is funny the first few times, but it starts to lose its impact as it continues. The audience's laughter and applause also becomes monotonous after a while.
  • The conflict between Elvis and Colonel Parker is also not well-developed. It is clear that Elvis is angry with the Colonel, but the reasons for his anger are not fully explored. This makes it difficult for the audience to connect with Elvis' emotions and to understand his motivations.
  • The ending of the scene is also unsatisfying. Elvis simply fires the Colonel, and then the curtain falls. There is no resolution to the conflict, and the audience is left feeling confused and disappointed.
Suggestions
  • To improve the scene, I would suggest adding more depth to the conflict between Elvis and Colonel Parker. This could be done by exploring the reasons for Elvis' anger and by giving the Colonel a more sympathetic side.
  • I would also suggest varying the tone of the scene. The beginning of the scene is very upbeat and energetic, but the tone becomes more serious and somber as the conflict between Elvis and the Colonel escalates. This shift in tone could be more gradual, and it would help to build tension and suspense.
  • Finally, I would suggest adding a more satisfying ending to the scene. This could be done by having Elvis and the Colonel have a more emotional confrontation, or by having Elvis make a more definitive decision about his future.



Scene 39 -  The Financial Breakdown: A Refusal and a Storm Out
INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

Old Colonel watches Nightmare Alley. The movie shows an
alcoholic carnival performer sunk so disgracefully low
that he will do anything for a drink.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
... when he ran, as he always did,
it was my job to take a bottle and
bring him back.

PULL OUT to see the movie playing on endless televisions.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
The Geek lived in Hell, but every
night, before the cheering crowd,
he was resurrected. Perfect.
Forgiven. Some called it cruelty,
but I called it kindness. The
Geek needed to perform... And to
perform, he needed his bottle.


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - COLONEL’S OFFICE - NIGHT

We find ourselves in Colonel’s Vegas office. He stands at
his desk in front of the same Snowman’s League banner.

COLONEL
(into telephone)
This is Colonel Tom Parker. I wish
it to be known that Dr. Nick’s
services are no longer required.
Thank you.

He hangs up and turns to Diskin, at a typewriter.


(CONTINUED)
165.
CONTINUED:

COLONEL
Well Tom, if the boy wants to set
out on his own, that’s alright by
me, but Presley Enterprises must
cough up what it owes... Are you
ready?

DISKIN
(solemnly)
Ready.

Colonel begins to dictate...

COLONEL
Gasoline for my first trip to the
‘Hayride’: one dollar...
Unrecouped promotional costs
pertaining to souvenir calendars:
one hundred dollars; collectible
trading cards: one hundred
dollars; flyers, posters,
programs: one hundred dollars;
balloons: fifty dollars.
Untabulated royalties, prior
advances, shared rights and
commissions on all television
specials...


EXT. AIRSTRIP - TARMAC - DAY

TOP SHOT: The Lisa Marie drifts INTO FRAME...

COLONEL (V.O.)
...inclusive of 50% back end
participation in MGM multi-picture
contracts in perpetuity...


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - ELVIS’ ROOM - DAY

A clean, morning sunlight slashes across the Nevada
desert and into Elvis’ suite. Drop cloths over furniture,
gold records removed from the wall. We follow luggage on
a gold bellman’s trolley being pushed by Cousin Billy. He
gives a final look over their home of the past few years.

BILLY
E.P. says we need to hurry up.

CHARLIE
I know. You got the coats, that’s
all tour, and everything on this
side is going to Graceland.


(CONTINUED)
166.
CONTINUED:

As Billy exits, the door opens to reveal the ashen face
of Vernon. He enters past Charlie without acknowledgment,
and sets down a letter onto the piano.

VERNON
Where’s Elvis?

CHARLIE
Oh, Vernon... He’s downstairs.

VERNON
Tell him I need to talk to him.

Vernon pours himself a drink and stares out blankly over
the desert vista.


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - PARKING GARAGE - DAY

An endless stream of luggage is ferried into limousines
in the parking garage. FOLLOW the luggage to find...


INT. ELVIS’ LIMO - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Elvis in the back of his limo, a little jittery from
withdrawal. But if anything, this energizes him, making
him even more determined to leave, no matter what.

ELVIS
What’s the hold-up?

Charlie enters the garage, leans into Elvis’ window.

CHARLIE
Sorry, E.P. Your daddy won’t come
down, says he needs to talk...

Elvis exits the car and heads back toward the hotel

JERRY
You alright?

Elvis waves him back. OFF Elvis’ concerned expression...


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - ELVIS’ ROOM - DAY

Elvis enters the suite and Vernon gestures toward the
letter on the piano. ANGLE ON A “PRESLEY ENTERPRISES”
BALANCE SHEET WITH A BIG TOTAL CIRCLED IN RED:
“$9,800,099.”

ELVIS
Daddy... What is this?

(CONTINUED)
167.
CONTINUED:

Vernon stands there looking like a dead man.

VERNON
Son, we owe Colonel. We’re
broke...

ELVIS
I been playing this mausoleum for
a hundred years! How could we be
broke?

Vernon is shaking his head, eyes filled with tears.

VERNON
You spend so much. The cars, the
clothes, the girls, the new
airplane, everything.

ELVIS
Daddy, you’re my business manager,
you’re supposed to be taking care
of business!

VERNON
I don’t know what to tell you,
son. We’re broke, just plain
broke...

His eyes raise to meet Elvis.

VERNON
We gotta take Colonel back.

ELVIS
I’m not taking him back.

VERNON
We’ll lose Graceland.

ELVIS
He has taken fifty percent of
everything I make. And now he
wants to take the house that we
bought for Mama? The old bastard
can sue if he wants, but I’m
flying away, with or without you,
Daddy...

Elvis storms out of the suite...
Genres: ["Drama","Biography"]

Summary In a Ghostly Vegas casino of 1997, Old Colonel reflects on his past acts of 'kindness' towards a carnival performer, now an alcoholic. Meanwhile, he fires Dr. Nick and starts dictating Presley Enterprises' expenses. Simultaneously, Elvis and his team prepare to leave the hotel, but Vernon stays behind to discuss their financial obligations to Colonel Tom Parker. The conversation escalates into a heated argument, resulting in Elvis storming out, leaving their issues unresolved.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Tension-filled dialogue
  • Character development
Weaknesses
  • Potential lack of resolution in the scene

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

The scene's primary job is to dramatize the breaking point between Elvis and the Colonel, and it lands with raw emotional force, especially in the father-son confrontation. The biggest limiter is the somewhat on-the-nose exposition of the financial figures, which could be more subtly woven into the drama.


Story Content

Concept: 7

The concept of Elvis discovering he's broke and being forced to consider taking the Colonel back is a powerful dramatic turn, but it's a familiar trope in biopics.

Plot: 7.5

The plot advances the central conflict by introducing a major financial crisis that forces Elvis to confront his dependence on the Colonel, but the resolution is deferred.

Originality: 6.5

The scene is original in its focus on the financial mechanics of Elvis's downfall, but the father-son confrontation is a familiar trope.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

Elvis's determination and vulnerability are clear, and Vernon's guilt and desperation are palpable, but the Colonel remains offstage, limiting his direct characterization.

Character Changes: 6

Elvis's resolve to leave without the Colonel is reinforced, but he does not undergo a fundamental change; Vernon's despair is more evident.

Internal Goal: 8

Elvis's internal goal is to break free from the Colonel's control and reclaim his identity, driven by a need for autonomy and fear of being trapped.

External Goal: 7

Elvis's external goal is to leave Las Vegas and fly away, but he is confronted with the financial reality that may prevent him.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

The conflict is both external (financial debt) and internal (Elvis's struggle with his father's complicity), creating a layered tension.

Opposition: 7

The opposition comes from Vernon, who represents the Colonel's interests, and the financial debt itself, which is an impersonal but powerful force.

High Stakes: 8

The stakes are high: Elvis risks losing Graceland and his independence, but the scene focuses more on the emotional fallout than the practical consequences.

Story Forward: 7

The scene moves the story forward by introducing a major obstacle (financial ruin) that will force Elvis to make a critical decision, but the immediate action is stalled.

Unpredictability: 7

This scene is unpredictable because the financial revelation is a surprise, and Elvis's refusal to take the Colonel back defies expectations.

Philosophical Conflict: 7

The scene pits Elvis's desire for artistic and personal freedom against the Colonel's business pragmatism, highlighting the tension between art and commerce.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7.5

The scene evokes strong emotions through the father-son confrontation and the weight of financial ruin, but the emotional impact is somewhat muted by the focus on numbers.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and emotionally charged, especially in the Elvis-Vernon exchange, but some lines are expository and lack subtext.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because it reveals a major turning point in Elvis's life, with high emotional stakes and a powerful confrontation.

Pacing: 7

The pacing is effective, starting with the Colonel's cold business talk, then shifting to the emotional confrontation, but the middle section with the luggage feels like filler.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is professional with clear scene headings and action lines, but the intercutting between locations could be smoother.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic dramatic structure: setup (Colonel's dictation), complication (Vernon's news), and climax (Elvis's outburst), but the transition from the Colonel's office to Elvis's room is abrupt.


Critique
  • The scene opens with the Old Colonel watching a movie about an alcoholic carnival performer, and reflecting on how he used to bring the man back with a bottle of alcohol, considering it kindness. This opening is disjointed from the previous scene, which ended with Elvis firing the Colonel and storming out of the hotel room. It also doesn't provide any clear connection to the current scene, which takes place in the International Hotel's parking garage.
  • The transition from the Old Colonel's reflection to the Colonel's office is abrupt and jarring. It would be more effective if there were a smoother transition between these two scenes, perhaps by showing the Old Colonel finishing the movie and then cutting to the Colonel in his office.
  • The dialogue between the Colonel and Diskin is very exposition-heavy, and it's not clear why this information is being revealed at this point in the story. It would be more effective if this information were revealed more gradually, as the story progresses.
  • The scene ends with Elvis storming out of his suite, leaving Vernon with a grave look. This ending is unsatisfying, as it doesn't provide any resolution to the conflict between Elvis and the Colonel. It would be more effective if the scene ended with a more definitive resolution, such as Elvis and the Colonel having a final confrontation, or Elvis making a decision about whether or not to take the Colonel back.
  • The scene is too long and could be shortened to improve its pacing.
Suggestions
  • Start the scene with a tighter focus on Elvis and Vernon in the parking garage, and then gradually reveal the information about the Colonel's past and Elvis' financial situation.
  • Use more visual storytelling to convey the emotional tension between Elvis and the Colonel. For example, you could show Elvis pacing around the room, or the Colonel avoiding eye contact with him.
  • Give the scene a more definitive ending by having Elvis and the Colonel have a final confrontation, or by showing Elvis making a decision about whether or not to take the Colonel back.
  • Consider cutting some of the exposition-heavy dialogue, and instead reveal this information more gradually, as the story progresses.



Scene 40 -  Confrontation and Resolution: Elvis and Colonel's Parking Garage Showdown
INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - ELEVATOR - DAY

The elevator descends. Elvis -- a powder keg of emotions.
He takes deep breaths, reining himself in.

(CONTINUED)
168.
CONTINUED:

ELVIS
I’m gonna fly away, fly, fly
away... just you watch me...

BING! The elevator halts. The doors open to reveal...


INT. INTERNATIONAL - PARKING GARAGE - DAY

Colonel waiting in the empty concierge area. Beyond the
glass, Elvis can see the waiting cars.

A beat. Is this a set-up? He steps out of the elevator.

ELVIS
You blood-sucking old vampire; you
bled me dry, but still you want
more.

COLONEL
I’m not an uncaring man, Mr.
Presley.

ELVIS
Don’t you ‘Mr. Presley’ me, you
toad.

COLONEL
If you are so determined to get
out of our contract...

ELVIS
Goddamn right I want out!

COLONEL
Then I will personally loan you
the money you owe to Jamboree
Attractions.

ELVIS
Yeah, and you’ll still have your
claws in me. Still have me workin’
here like a slave in a salt mine,
you phony, no-good piece of trash.
Who are you, Colonel from outta
space?

COLONEL
Colonel from outta space, and
Captain Marvel Jr. Has a nice ring
to it, don’t you think?

ELVIS
I oughta shoot you in your fat,
goddamn face...

(CONTINUED)
169.
CONTINUED:

COLONEL
Remember, you were so ready to fly
‘faster than the speed of light
straight to the Rock Of Eternity.’

ELVIS
(intense)
Who are you?

COLONEL
I, am you. And you, are me.

ELVIS
Cut the horseshit...

COLONEL
Everyone else you’re associated
with lives from you. Even
Vernon...

Elvis, shocked. The realization dawning.

COLONEL
That’s right, even your own daddy
looks after himself, before he
looks after you. Yes, I lived from
you, too. But the difference is
that you also lived from me. Since
that first night on that big,
beautiful wheel, lookin up into
the moon and the stars, we
understood that we are the same,
you and I: we are two odd, lonely
children, reaching for Eternity.
And to my way of thinking, we
traveled beyond our wildest
dreams. Perhaps you should find
another manager to replace me.
But what cannot be replaced is the
20 years together, more than 20
years. Someone may promote you
better, but no one will ever
understand you better. And if you
do choose to leave, I for one will
be very lonely. Very lonely

Colonel makes his way over to the elevator. Elvis,
battling his emotions within. Beyond the glass, the cars
waiting to leave.

COLONEL
But, I think you may be lonely,
too. You know, my boy, the truth
about the Rock of Eternity, is
that it is forever just beyond our
reach.
(CONTINUED)
170.
CONTINUED: (2)

Elvis looks back to Colonel as the elevator doors close.
We hear the melancholy opening notes of “Are You Lonesome
Tonight”:

ELVIS (V.O.)
(vocal)
Are you lonesome tonight?
Do you miss me tonight?
Are you sorry we drifted apart?
Genres: ["Drama","Musical"]

Summary In this intense scene, Elvis confronts Colonel in an elevator in the parking garage of the International Hotel. Accusing Colonel of bleeding him dry and calling him a phony, Elvis expresses his desire to break free from their contract. Colonel, in turn, reminds Elvis of their shared history and understanding, and offers to step down as his manager. The conflicted Elvis looks on as Colonel walks away, leaving him to consider his options as the opening notes of 'Are You Lonesome Tonight?' play in the background.
Strengths
  • Intense dialogue
  • Emotional depth
  • Character dynamics
Weaknesses
  • Some repetitive dialogue

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.2

The scene's primary job is to dramatize the emotional and professional rupture between Elvis and Colonel, and it lands with raw intensity, but the Colonel's sudden philosophical turn feels slightly unearned, and the dialogue occasionally overreaches into melodrama, which tempers the overall impact.


Story Content

Concept: 7.5

The concept of a final confrontation in a parking garage, using the shared childhood comic book metaphor, is strong and thematically rich, but it's a familiar 'breaking up with the manager' trope, and the execution leans on exposition rather than fresh dramatic invention.

Plot: 6.5

The plot advances the central conflict—Elvis's desire to break free—but the scene is more of a verbal standoff than a plot turn; the outcome (Elvis leaving) is implied but not resolved, and the Colonel's offer to loan money is a twist that complicates but doesn't move the story forward decisively.

Originality: 6.5

The scene is original in its use of the Captain Marvel Jr. metaphor and the parking garage setting, but the 'confrontation with the manipulative manager' is a familiar trope, and the dialogue sometimes feels derivative of classic Hollywood melodrama.


Character Development

Characters: 7.8

Elvis's volatility and Colonel's manipulative tenderness are well-drawn, but the Colonel's sudden vulnerability feels inconsistent with his earlier ruthlessness, and Elvis's emotional whiplash (from rage to near-tears) is believable but could use more nuance.

Character Changes: 5

Elvis moves from rage to a moment of doubt, and Colonel reveals a softer side, but neither undergoes a fundamental change; the scene is more a confirmation of their existing dynamic than a transformation.

Internal Goal: 8

Elvis's internal goal is to reclaim his identity and autonomy, driven by a fear of being consumed by the Colonel and a desire for genuine connection and freedom.

External Goal: 7

Elvis's external goal is to terminate his contract with the Colonel and leave the hotel, but he is momentarily swayed by the Colonel's emotional appeal.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 8

The conflict is high—Elvis's rage vs. Colonel's calm manipulation—but it's mostly verbal, and the physical setting (parking garage) doesn't escalate the tension as much as it could.

Opposition: 7

The Colonel is a formidable opponent, using emotional manipulation and financial leverage, but his opposition is mostly verbal, and his sudden vulnerability weakens his strength as an antagonist.

High Stakes: 7

The stakes are high—Elvis's career and personal freedom—but they're mostly discussed rather than dramatized, and the scene lacks a tangible consequence beyond the emotional confrontation.

Story Forward: 6

The scene sets up the possibility of Elvis leaving but doesn't resolve it, so it advances the story by raising the stakes but not by delivering a turning point.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene is somewhat unpredictable in the Colonel's offer to loan money and his philosophical turn, but the overall outcome (Elvis leaving) is foreshadowed, and the emotional beats are familiar.

Philosophical Conflict: 7.5

The scene pits Elvis's desire for independence against the Colonel's belief in their symbiotic destiny, questioning whether freedom is worth the cost of loneliness.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7.5

The scene tugs at emotions through Elvis's vulnerability and the Colonel's loneliness, but the melodramatic dialogue and the sudden shift to 'Are You Lonesome Tonight' feel slightly forced, diluting the impact.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sharp and confrontational, with memorable lines like 'You blood-sucking old vampire,' but it occasionally becomes too on-the-nose, especially in the Colonel's monologue, which spells out the theme rather than letting it breathe.

Engagement: 7.5

The scene is engaging because of the raw emotional conflict and the iconic characters, but the dialogue's explicitness and the lack of physical action may reduce tension for some readers.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing is steady, with a slow build from the elevator to the parking garage, but the Colonel's long monologue slows the momentum, and the song cue at the end feels like a deliberate pause rather than a natural flow.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8.5

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and action lines, though the use of 'CONTINUED' and page numbers is standard and unobtrusive.

Structure: 7

The scene follows a classic confrontation structure: setup (elevator), escalation (parking garage), climax (Colonel's monologue), and a quiet resolution (elevator doors closing, song). It's effective but predictable.


Critique
  • The dialogue can be improved to make it more engaging and natural. For example, the line 'You blood-sucking old vampire; you bled me dry, but still you want more.' is a bit too on the nose and could be rephrased to be more subtle and effective.
  • The scene could use more visual elements to make it more engaging. For example, you could describe the setting in more detail, or use specific actions to create a sense of movement and tension.
  • The pacing of the scene could be improved. The beginning of the scene is a bit slow, and the ending is a bit rushed. You could try to find a way to balance the pacing so that the scene flows more smoothly.
  • The scene could use a stronger sense of conflict. The conflict between Elvis and the Colonel is a bit one-sided, with Elvis doing most of the attacking. You could try to find a way to give the Colonel a stronger voice in the scene, or to create a more balanced conflict.
  • The scene could benefit from a stronger ending. The ending is a bit abrupt, and it doesn't really give the audience a sense of closure. You could try to find a way to end the scene on a stronger note, or to give the audience a more satisfying sense of resolution.
Suggestions
  • Add more details to the setting to make it more realistic and immersive.
  • Include more dialogue between Elvis and the Colonel to develop their relationship and motivations.
  • Add more action to the scene to create a sense of tension and excitement.
  • Give the Colonel a stronger voice in the scene to create a more balanced conflict.
  • End the scene on a stronger note to give the audience a sense of closure.



Scene 41 -  Elvis's Loneliness and Fear of Oblivion: A Melancholic Conversation with Priscilla
EXT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SUNSET

VERY WIDE: As “Are You Lonesome Tonight” builds, the
elevator travels up the huge, brutal facade of the hotel.

ELVIS (V.O.)
(vocal)
Does your memory stray,
To a brighter summer day?
When I kissed you and called you
sweetheart?


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - ELVIS’ ROOM - SUNSET

As Elvis enters, “Are You Lonesome Tonight” plays.

ELVIS (V.O.)
(vocal)
Honey, you lied when you said you
loved me,
And I had no cause to doubt you

Elvis stands, staring out the hotel window as the sun
sets over Vegas... The loneliest man in the world.

ELVIS (V.O.)
(vocal)
But I'd rather go on hearing your
lies,
Than go on, living without you


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - COLONEL’S SUITE - SUNSET

Colonel sits in his suite, staring at the telephone.

ELVIS (V.O.)
(vocal)
Is your heart filled with pain?
Shall I come back again?
171.


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - ELVIS’ ROOM - SUNSET

Elvis sits behind the piano, he plays a few notes and
sings, barely audibly, to himself.

ELVIS
(sings)
Tell me, dear, are you lonesome
tonight...

Vernon approaches timidly, just looking at Elvis. A long
moment. Elvis doesn’t turn to him, but speaks with
heartbroken disgust:

ELVIS
Daddy, tell that sonofabitch I
want things to go back to the way
they were.

As Vernon heads to the door, Elvis gathers up two remote
controls, closing the curtains and clicking on the TVs.

ELVIS
And, Daddy...

Elvis flops down into the sunken lounge.

ELVIS
Tell the Colonel to send up Dr
Nick.

ELVIS (V.O.)
(vocal)
Tell me, dear, are you lonesome
tonight...


EXT. TARMAC - YEARS LATER

Vernon stands outside Elvis’ limo, watching as
Priscilla’s car pulls up. The Lisa Marie jet nearby,
engines roaring.

Taking Lisa Marie in his arms, Vernon heads towards
Priscilla. Lisa runs to her mommy and after a moment,
Priscilla hands her to a nanny.

Vernon looks to Priscilla as she passes.


INT. LIMO - CONTINUOUS ACTION

A knock. Elvis glances up as Priscilla gets in.



(CONTINUED)
172.
CONTINUED:

After a long, taut silence, Elvis, discombobulated, does
what he always does in moments like this. Without looking
up to Priscilla, he sings under his breath.

ELVIS
(sings)
If I should stay I would only be
in your way
And so I'll go, but I know I'll
think of you each step of the way
And I will...

He stops, unable to complete the line from this now very
famous song.

PRISCILLA
That’s beautiful.

ELVIS
(weakly)
Dolly Parton wanted me to record
it.

PRISCILLA
And?

ELVIS
(unengaged)
Publishing and what not. It’s not
gonna happen.

She reaches across and touches him gently.

PRISCILLA
How are you doing?

Elvis doesn’t respond.

PRISCILLA
Honey, there’s this place you can
go in San Diego where you can
rest.

Elvis looks up, connecting with her for the first time.

PRISCILLA
Heal. After the show, you can fly
there directly, and be in the
clinic before anyone knows. It’s
all been arranged.

ELVIS
‘Cilla I’m gonna be forty soon.
Forty. Forty years old. And people
are not gonna remember me.
(MORE)
(CONTINUED)
173.
CONTINUED: (2)
ELVIS (CONT'D)
I've never done anything lasting,
never made a classic film that I
can be proud of.

PRISCILLA
What about ‘A Star is Born’?

ELVIS
Well, you know, Barbara and the
Colonel...

They laugh together.

PRISCILLA
Please go... For Lisa. Promise me?
If you dream it, you’ll do it.

But Elvis cuts her off:

ELVIS
I’m all out of dreams.

She’s done her best. A knock at the door.
Genres: ["Drama","Musical"]

Summary The scene opens with Elvis singing 'Are You Lonesome Tonight?' in his hotel room, conveying his emotional pain and fear of being forgotten to his father, Vernon. Years later, Vernon is seen with Priscilla and Lisa Marie in a limo, where Elvis and Priscilla share a heart-to-heart conversation about his health and well-being. Priscilla suggests a healing clinic for him, but Elvis expresses his lack of dreams and motivation, leaving her concern unresolved. The scene takes place in two different settings, with the main conflict being Elvis's emotional pain and fear of being forgotten. The tone is melancholic and somber, with key pieces of dialogue including Elvis's desire to go back to the way things were and Priscilla's suggestion of a healing clinic.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth of characters
  • Poignant dialogue
  • Exploration of inner struggles
Weaknesses
  • Lack of external conflict
  • Limited action

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 6.5

This scene's primary job is to deliver the emotional fallout of Elvis's confrontation with the Colonel and his crumbling marriage, landing with poignant stillness and lyrical sorrow. The single biggest limiter is the lack of dramatic tension or forward momentum—it's a beautiful but static moment of resignation that doesn't advance the plot or raise stakes, and a more active internal conflict or a hint of a decision would lift it.


Story Content

Concept: 6.5

The concept of using Elvis's own song as a framing device for his loneliness is strong, but the scene is essentially a familiar 'broken star alone in a hotel room' trope without fresh variation.

Plot: 4.5

The plot barely moves—Elvis asks to go back to the old arrangement and calls for Dr. Nick, but no decision is made or action taken; the scene is more a pause than a progression.

Originality: 6

The use of Elvis's own song as internal monologue is a fresh take on the biopic trope, but the 'lonely star in a hotel room' scene is familiar; dialogue feels authentic to the characters.


Character Development

Characters: 7

Elvis is deeply drawn—vulnerable, self-aware, defeated—but Priscilla is reduced to a supportive, almost saintly figure with little agency or complexity of her own.

Character Changes: 1.5

Elvis does not change—he remains in his state of despair; Priscilla's attempt to help is met with a wall, so no arc occurs.

Internal Goal: 7.5

Elvis's internal goal is to find a reason to keep going, to feel remembered and meaningful, but he is paralyzed by the belief he has failed and is out of dreams.

External Goal: 6

Elvis's external goal is to restore his old arrangement with the Colonel and get Dr. Nick's medication—a retreat to a familiar, destructive pattern.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 3.5

Conflict is internal and low-key—Elvis's resignation vs. Priscilla's hope—but there is no active opposition or confrontation in the scene.

Opposition: 2.5

Opposition is minimal—Priscilla offers help, but Elvis's real opponent is his own despair and the Colonel's influence, neither of which is actively present.

High Stakes: 5

Stakes are personal (Elvis's health, marriage, legacy) but feel abstract because no immediate consequence is shown or threatened.

Story Forward: 3

The scene stalls the story—it's a reflective beat that confirms Elvis's emotional state but does not introduce new information or propel the narrative.

Unpredictability: 5.5

This scene is unpredictable because the audience might expect a confrontation or a decision, but instead gets a quiet, resigned conversation that subverts dramatic expectations.

Philosophical Conflict: 6.5

The clash between Priscilla's belief in healing and a future versus Elvis's resignation to a life without dreams or legacy; Elvis's worldview is one of fatalistic despair.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 7

The scene is emotionally effective through its quiet sadness and the use of song, but it lacks a cathartic release or a moment of genuine change.

Dialogue: 6.5

The dialogue is sparse and naturalistic, with Elvis's sung lines carrying more weight than his spoken ones; Priscilla's lines are functional but lack bite.

Engagement: 6

This scene is engaging because of its emotional honesty and the haunting use of Elvis's own lyrics, but the lack of action or tension makes it feel slow.

Pacing: 6.5

The pacing of the scene contributes to its effectiveness because the slow, deliberate rhythm mirrors Elvis's emotional paralysis, but it risks losing momentum.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 9

Formatting is clean and professional, with clear scene headings and effective use of V.O. and parentheticals; no errors.

Structure: 6

The scene uses a lyrical, circular structure—opening and closing with the same song—which suits the melancholic tone but sacrifices dramatic progression.


Critique
  • The scene starts with Elvis singing 'Are You Lonesome Tonight?' in his hotel room, expressing his loneliness and pain. This is a powerful and emotional moment, and it effectively sets the tone for the rest of the scene.
  • However, the scene quickly becomes repetitive, as Elvis continues to sing the same song and stare out the window. This repetition becomes tedious and it makes the scene drag on.
  • The dialogue between Elvis and Vernon is also somewhat stilted and unnatural. It doesn't feel like a real conversation between a father and son, and it doesn't do much to advance the plot.
  • The scene also suffers from a lack of focus. It's not clear what the main conflict is, and the scene doesn't seem to have a clear resolution.
  • Overall, this scene is a missed opportunity. It has the potential to be a powerful and emotional moment, but it's ultimately let down by its repetitive dialogue and lack of focus.
Suggestions
  • To improve this scene, I would suggest cutting down on the repetition and focusing on the emotional core of the moment. Elvis's loneliness and pain should be palpable, and the scene should build to a powerful climax.
  • I would also suggest reworking the dialogue between Elvis and Vernon to make it feel more natural and authentic. This conversation should be a key moment in the scene, and it should help to establish the relationship between father and son.
  • Finally, I would suggest giving the scene a clearer focus. What is the main conflict? What does Elvis want? What does Vernon want? Once you have a clear understanding of the scene's focus, you can tailor the dialogue and action to support it.



Scene 42 -  Farewell to the King: Elvis' Final Moments and Legacy
EXT. TARMAC - CONTINUOUS ACTION

Elvis gets out of the car, Priscilla gets out on the
opposite side. They’re about to part, but instinctively
stop for a moment, looking to each other across the roof.

Elvis’ voice is lost to the roar of the engines as he
mouths the final lyric to the song he could not sing: “I
will always love you.”

They part, and Elvis heads for the plane as the song
“Separate Ways” begins.


INT. CASINO (GHOSTLY VEGAS) - NIGHT (1997)

HIGH CRANE DOWN as Old Colonel wanders into an infinite
row of slot machines...

OLD COLONEL
The day he died...

Colonel settles into a chair at a favorite machine.

OLD COLONEL
First thing I did was pick up that
phone to the record company, and
tell ‘em they’d better print more
records.
(MORE)

(CONTINUED)
174.
CONTINUED:
OLD COLONEL (CONT'D)
And at the funeral when everyone
was crying, I said to his father
Vernon, ‘let's get to work.’ Do
you know why? I had to keep him
traveling endlessly toward the
Rock of Eternity-- because that’s
what he would have wanted. The
only relationship to which he was
forever true, was to you, his
audience.


INT. INTERNATIONAL HOTEL - SHOWROOM - NIGHT (1977)

Elvis performs his final concert.

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
The very last time I saw him sing,
he could seldom stand...

He’s shockingly overweight, heaving for breath, slurring.

ELVIS
This song is uh, I just recorded
it... I don’t know h-h-h-ahhh. Is
it out?

CHARLIE
About two weeks.

ELVIS
Two weeks it’ll be out? ‘Unchained
Melody’... from an album called
Unchained Melody...
(jokes)
Makes a lot of sense...

He sits at the piano, mops his brow. Even though he
hasn't started yet, he yells out to the audience:

ELVIS
How do you like it so far?

Cheers and laughs. Then Elvis' fingers hit the ivories...

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
But without fail, that voice rang
out!

Elvis' vocal begins to soar:

ELVIS
(sings)
Woah, my love, my darling
I’ve hungered for your touch,
A long lonely time...
(CONTINUED)
175.
CONTINUED:

IN FLASHBACK WE REVISIT: The beauty and greatness of the
tragic American opera of Elvis' life...

ELVIS
(sings)
And time goes by so slowly
And time can do so much
Are you still mine?

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
I didn't kill him. It was love.
His love for you...

Despite his bloated look and discombobulation, Elvis hits
the high note with impossible vocal beauty and strength.

ELVIS
(sings)
I need your love
I need your love

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
And yours...

ELVIS
(sings)
God speed your love...

OLD COLONEL (V.O.)
... for him.

ELVIS
(sings)
... to me!

Elvis, profusely sweating, manages to smile back one last
time at the wave of adulation and love coming to him from
the audience as he slowly fades into inky BLACKNESS.

ANNOUNCER (V.O.)
Elvis has left the building!

BEEEEPPPPP. The sound of a FLATLINE.

FADE OUT.


THE END
Genres: ["Biographical","Drama","Musical"]

Summary Elvis and Priscilla part ways at a plane, with Elvis mouthing 'I will always love you' as 'Separate Ways' plays. In 1997, the Old Colonel reflects on Elvis' death, his efforts to keep Elvis' memory alive, and the impact of Elvis' love for his audience, as flashbacks to Elvis' final concert showcase his powerful voice despite his physical state. The scene ends with the announcer declaring 'Elvis has left the building' and a flatline beep, implying Elvis' death. The main conflicts include Elvis' struggle with his health and the end of his relationship with Priscilla, which are not resolved. The tone is emotional and nostalgic, with a sense of loss and longing.
Strengths
  • Emotional depth
  • Character development
  • Powerful themes
  • Memorable performance by Elvis
Weaknesses
  • Some elements may feel repetitive or melodramatic

Ratings
Overall

Overall: 7.5

This scene serves as the emotional and thematic coda to the entire film, landing the tragedy of Elvis's life and the Colonel's complex role with a powerful final image. The biggest limiter is the heavy reliance on voice-over to convey the Colonel's perspective, which slightly distances the audience from the raw immediacy of Elvis's final moments.


Story Content

Concept: 8

The concept of juxtaposing the Colonel's cold, business-minded recollections with Elvis's final, vulnerable performance is a strong and fitting conclusion. It effectively encapsulates the central tension of their relationship.

Plot: 6.5

The plot here is less about forward momentum and more about thematic resolution. It ties together the narrative threads of Elvis's decline and the Colonel's role, but it doesn't introduce new conflicts or advance a traditional plot.

Originality: 7.5

The scene is original in its use of the Colonel's retrospective voice-over to frame Elvis's final performance, offering a unique perspective on a well-known story.


Character Development

Characters: 7.5

The scene offers a final, poignant look at Elvis's physical and emotional state, while the Colonel's voice-over reveals his self-justifying perspective. However, neither character undergoes a significant change within this scene; it's more of a final statement.

Character Changes: 2

Neither character changes within this scene; it's a final tableau. The Colonel's perspective is reaffirmed, and Elvis's fate is sealed.

Internal Goal: 7

Elvis's internal goal is to connect with his audience one last time, to feel their love and give his all despite his failing body. The Colonel's internal goal is to justify his actions and maintain his narrative of love and duty.

External Goal: 6

Elvis's external goal is to complete his final concert performance. The Colonel's external goal is to ensure Elvis's legacy and his own role in it.


Scene Elements

Conflict Level: 4

The conflict is internal and retrospective, primarily between the Colonel's self-justification and the audience's perception of the tragedy. There is no active, present-tense conflict.

Opposition: 5

The opposition is not a person but the inescapable consequences of Elvis's life choices and the Colonel's management. The Colonel's own narrative is the opposition to the truth.

High Stakes: 6

The stakes are existential and thematic rather than immediate. The scene is about the finality of death and the legacy left behind.

Story Forward: 3

The scene does not move the story forward in a traditional sense; it serves as an epilogue, providing closure and thematic resolution.

Unpredictability: 6

The scene is somewhat predictable as a biopic ending, but the specific details—the Colonel's cold phone call, the flatline sound—add a layer of unexpected darkness.

Philosophical Conflict: 8

The scene presents a clash between the Colonel's utilitarian view of love as service to the audience and the audience's (and the film's) view of love as personal connection, which Elvis ultimately sacrificed.


Audience Engagement

Emotional Impact: 8.5

The scene is deeply moving, especially with the juxtaposition of Elvis's frail performance and the soaring vocals. The flatline sound is a stark, effective emotional punch.

Dialogue: 7

The dialogue is sparse but effective, with Elvis's fragmented on-stage banter contrasting with the Colonel's polished, retrospective monologue. The voice-over is well-written but can feel a bit on-the-nose in its thematic explanations.

Engagement: 8

This scene is engaging because it delivers the emotional payoff of the entire film, showing Elvis's final performance and the Colonel's chilling justification. The flatline ending is a powerful hook.

Pacing: 8

The pacing is deliberately slow and contemplative, allowing the emotional weight to build. The intercutting between time periods maintains interest without rushing the final moments.


Technical Aspect

Formatting: 8

The formatting is clear and follows standard screenplay conventions. The use of 'CONTINUED' and 'V.O.' is appropriate, and the scene transitions are visually indicated.

Structure: 8

The scene uses a non-linear structure, intercutting between the Colonel's 1997 narration, the 1977 final concert, and flashbacks to earlier performances. This structure effectively creates a retrospective and elegiac tone.


Critique
  • The scene is a bit too long and could be shortened to make it more impactful.
  • The dialogue is a bit forced and unnatural, and could be improved by making it more conversational.
  • The ending of the scene is a bit abrupt and could be improved by adding a bit more closure.
  • The scene doesn't really advance the plot, and could be cut without losing anything important.
  • The scene is a bit too sentimental and could be improved by adding some more conflict.
Suggestions
  • Cut the scene down to about half its length.
  • Rewrite the dialogue to make it more natural and conversational.
  • Add a bit more closure to the ending of the scene.
  • Consider cutting the scene altogether if it doesn't advance the plot.
  • Add some more conflict to the scene to make it more interesting.